Cox & Kings Africa 2013 Brochure - Travel Club Elite

AFRICA 

& T H E I N D I A N O C E A N 

G R O U P TO U R S & TA I L OR - M A D E T R AV E L 

2013

OVER 250 YEARS OF DISCOVERY 

Cox & Kings, the longest established travel 

company in the world, marked its 250th 

anniversary in 2008. 

The company’s history stretches back to 

25 May 1758 when Richard Cox was appointed 

as regimental agent to the Foot Guards by his 

mentor, Lord Ligonier, the commander-in-chief 

of His Majesty’s Armed Forces. 

The role of agent included the arrangement 

of payment of officers and men, the provision 

of clothing, acting as a go-between for the 

buying and selling of officers’ commissions, 

and acting upon any special requests from the 

regimental adjutant. 

Regimental agents did not have a very good 

reputation before Cox, but such was his honesty, 

reliability and organisational ability that he made 

it a respectable business and Cox & Co soon 

became the agent for the majority of British 

regiments. By the end of the 18th century the 

company served 14 cavalry, 64 infantry and 17 

militia regiments. The company’s business grew 

hand in hand with the British empire, becoming 

involved in banking and shipping in addition to 

its other agency activities. 

Henry S King & Co, a rival bank and shipping 

agency, was started by Henry Samuel King in 

1868 and subsequently run for more than 45 

years by his son, Henry Seymour King, an MP 

and renowned mountaineer. The company had 

particularly strong links with India. After the first 

world war, the two companies merged as Cox’s 

& King’s and moved into grand premises on Pall 

Mall (now the site of the Sofitel St James Hotel). 

In 1923, the business was sold to Lloyds Bank 

and, while the banking arm stayed with Lloyds 

(becoming the Cox & Kings branch, as it is still 

known), the shipping agency became a separate 

company, running tours and organising the 

passage of people and their belongings around 

the world, notably to Egypt, India and south Asia. 

In 1970, Cox & Kings Agency was bought by 

Grindlays Bank as part of a deal with the then 

Indian prime minister, Indira Gandhi, to develop 

tourism into the country; and so the modern 

history of the company began. 

Cox & Kings has built on the tradition of 

high quality service and attention to detail 

established by Richard Cox more than 

250 years ago and it now provides travel 

arrangements of the highest calibre in many 

of the most culturally and naturally fascinating 

parts of the world. The company has extended 

its expertise to cover Africa, Australia, the 

Caribbean, Europe, the Far East, the Indian 

Ocean, the Indian Subcontinent, Latin America, 

the Middle East and New Zealand. 

Himba woman with baby, Namibia

AfricA MAP 

Design & Production: Cox & Kings Travel Ltd. 

Printing: Taylor Bloxham Limited 

Photography: 4Corners Images, Alamy, Cox & Kings Travel Ltd, Getty 

Images, istockphoto.com, bigstockphoto.com, Robin Pope Safaris

AfricA the cox & kings benefits 

THE COX & KINGS BENEFITS 

cox & kings is an independent tour operator, 

organising holidays to some of the most 

fascinating parts of the world. to do justice to 

these regions, we publish separate specialist 

brochures and retain separate specialist 

teams of experts. here are just some of the 

benefits of choosing to travel to the indian 

subcontinent with cox & kings: 

EXPERTISE 

More than 250 years of discovery: 

Our history, stretching back more than 

250 years, gives us unrivalled experience at 

organising travel throughout the Subcontinent. 

Dedicated team of Africa experts: Cox & 

Kings Africa tour consultants have all travelled 

extensively in the region and offer you a vast 

collective bank of expert knowledge. Whether 

you are planning to join a brochure tour or 

design a private tailor-made journey, you can 

travel with the reassurance that your itinerary will 

have been fully considered by a regional specialist. 

the best representatives throughout Africa: 

Over the years, Cox & Kings has sought out 

and developed working relationships with the 

very finest specialist local agents and safari 

companies in Africa. These are all companies 

that have a detailed knowledge of their own 

country, a comprehensive network of local 

representatives, an understanding of Cox & 

Kings’ standards and, not least, an appreciation of 

the expectations of those who travel with us. 

EXCELLENT VALUE 

Low price policy: Cox & Kings does not 

believe that you should pay a premium for 

excellent service and outstanding holidays. 

It is our policy to keep our prices as low as 

possible and, thereby, to make our holidays 

available to as many people as possible. 

buying power: The Cox & Kings low 

price policy is made possible through the 

development of long-standing relationships in 

the travel industry established over many years 

and buying power generated by the combined 

influence of the network of associated Cox & 

Kings companies worldwide. As a result, Cox 

& Kings is able to contract flights, hotels and 

ground services at highly competitive rates. 

comparing like with like: By its nature, high 

quality long-haul travel is not cheap and, when 

looking at the various holidays on the market, 

it can seem as if there is a big difference in 

price between what, on the surface, are similar 

holidays. Therefore, when weighing up holiday 

options, it is important to compare like with 

like and we are confident that our tours 

represent excellent value for money when 

the standard of accommodation, airline, and 

number and quality of services included are 

taken into account. 

HIGH QUALITY SERVICE 

services of the London office: In addition to 

the expertise of your personal tour consultant, 

Cox & Kings aims to provide the highest levels 

of customer care, from your initial inquiry, 

through to the detailed itineraries and tour 

notes sent to you prior to departure, and 

finally, in answering any queries you may have 

when you return from your travels. 

Personal service in Africa; Whether you are 

part of an Escorted Group Tour or travelling 

on a Private Journey, you will be met at each 

airport, train station or quay along the way, 

transferred to and from your hotel and have 

the details of your itinerary explained to you. 

Almost all Cox & Kings groups also benefit 

from the services of a local English-speaking 

tour manager who accompanies the group 

throughout their stay in Africa. All Cox & Kings 

travellers are in the capable hands of someone 

who can inform and, if necessary, smooth any 

wrinkles along the way. 

expert local guides: Cox & Kings uses the 

services of specially chosen local guides

the cox & kings benefits AfricA 

Flamingoes, Lake Naivasha 

who really know their subject and can bring 

places to life. In addition to providing relevant 

background information, as detailed or general 

as you like, they can also explain the local 

way of life, customs and issues in a way that 

guidebooks never can. 

RESPONSIBILITY 

Atol protection: Cox & Kings is 

a fully bonded and licensed tour 

operator and the air holidays in this 

brochure are Atol protected by the bonding 

scheme administered by the Civil Aviation 

Authority (CAA). Our Atol number is 2815. 

for more information about the protection 

offered by the CAA, please visit www.caa.co.uk. 

Abta: Cox & Kings is a member of 

Abta, the Association of British Travel 

Agents. for more information about Abta and 

its members, please visit www.abta.com. 

foreign & commonwealth office 

advice: Cox & Kings receives a great 

deal of information about conditions 

on the ground from its local representatives. 

However, when deciding whether particular 

countries or regions are safe for travel, the 

final decision is dependent on the guidance of 

the British foreign & Commonwealth Office 

(fCO). If you would like to know the current 

travel advice for any country, you can visit www. 

fco.gov.uk or call 0870 606 0290. Cox & Kings 

actively supports the fCO’s Know Before You 

Go campaign, to help you stay safe overseas. 

find out more at coxandkings.co.uk/kbyg. 

sustainable tourism: Cox & Kings 

has been awarded a 5-star rating 

by Aito, its highest Sustainable 

Tourism (ST) score. This means that 

Cox & Kings has successfully implemented 

and continually improved an ST policy and 

supports a specific project that contributes 

to the economy, culture or environment of a 

destination. for details of Cox & Kings’ full ST 

policy, please visit coxandkings.co.uk. 

cool earth: Cox & Kings 

supports the charity Cool 

Earth, which partners indigenous communities 

to keep endangered rainforest standing. You 

too can help and every time you travel with 

Cox & Kings you will be given the option of 

protecting a plot of rainforest and saving it 

from destruction. Just £60 safeguards a whole 

acre (4,000 sq metres) of Amazon rainforest 

in the Ashaninka region of Peru. for more 

information or to donate, please visit www. 

coolearth.org/coxandkings. 

Aito: Cox & Kings is also a member 

5035 

of Aito, the Association of Independent Tour 

Operators, assuring you of Cox & Kings’ 

commitment to high quality service and ethical 

business practices. for more information about 

Aito and its aims, please visit www.aito.co.uk. 

the Aito Quality charter 

Aito is an association of the thorough training of 

independently minded employees. 

companies specialising in financial security: 

particular areas or types Aito takes care to 

of holiday and sharing a ensure that all members 

common dedication to comply with current UK 

high standards of quality government regulations 

and personal service. Aito regarding the protection 

defines ‘quality’ as “providing of clients’ money. 

a level of satisfaction which, 

exclusive membership: 

based upon the holiday 

Aito has strict membership 

information provided by 

criteria that must be 

the tour operator, aims 

satisfied before new 

to meet or exceed a 

companies are allowed 

customer’s reasonable 

to join. All members must 

satisfaction, regardless of 

adhere to a rigorous code 

the type of holiday sold or 

of business practice 

the price paid”. 

that governs their 

Accurate brochures: operational conduct. 

Aito members ensure that 

environmental issues: 

their brochures clearly and 

Aito is committed to 

accurately describe the 

raising the level of 

holidays and services offered. 

environmental awareness 

Product improvements: within the industry. 

Aito members listen 

In the unlikely event that 

to their customers and 

a dispute between an Aito 

welcome suggestions for 

member and customer 

improving standards. All 

cannot be resolved 

customers receive a postholiday 

questionnaire. 

amicably, either side may 

call upon Aito’s low-cost 

Professional service: Aito Independent Dispute 

members are committed to Settlement Service to bring 

high standards of personal the matter to a speedy and 

service, maintained by acceptable conclusion.

AfricA hoLiDAys exPLAineD 

COX & KINGS 

HOLIDAYS EXPLAINED 

Cape winelands, South Africa 

there are different ways to travel with 

cox & kings: escorted group tours, Private 

Journeys and tailor-made holidays. below, we 

differentiate between them; however, please 

bear in mind that almost all escorted group 

tour itineraries may also be taken as Private 

Journeys and prices for this option are shown 

in the bottom sections of the price tables. 

in a few cases, an escorted group tour may 

not be exclusive to cox & kings’ clients 

and in such cases the term ‘non-exclusive 

escorted group tour’ will be indicated. 

ESCORTED GROUP TOURS 

All Cox & Kings Escorted Group Tours benefit 

from the following features: 

tour manager: Cox & Kings tour managers 

are carefully selected for their travel 

experience and organisational abilities. Your 

tour manager will meet your group on arrival 

in Africa and will escort you throughout your 

journey (unless otherwise specified). 

expert local guides: On some tours, in 

addition to the services of the tour manager, 

Cox & Kings Escorted Group Tours also 

benefit from the knowledge of local guides 

who accompany each excursion. In some 

cases, where appropriate, the tour manager 

will also act as the local guide. Where 

possible, your entrance fees are included in 

the holiday price. In some cases, the guide 

may also act as the driver. 

Airport representatives: for all group 

departures where six or more people are 

travelling on the same flight from London 

Heathrow or Gatwick, a Cox & Kings 

representative is available to assist with check 

in and any seat requests you may have during 

the main check-in period. 

scheduled flights: Cox & Kings only uses 

the services of scheduled airlines for 

international and most internal flights. All 

prices are based on Economy Class flights; 

however, Cox & Kings offers excellent 

upgrade rates if required, and details of these 

are shown on the tour pages. 

flight schedules to, from and within Africa 

mean that some early morning departures or 

arrivals may be unavoidable. 

comfortable land travel: for road journeys, 

Cox & Kings uses air-conditioned buses of 

a size appropriate to the size of the group 

(subject to availability). 

first class accommodation: The standard 

and style of accommodation varies from 

place to place and tour to tour, however, 

Cox & Kings generally uses first class 4- or 

5-star hotels, lodges and camps, or the best 

available, on all its tours. 

small group sizes: To enhance your enjoyment 

of the tour, we like to keep our groups 

small and manageable. Therefore, numbers 

are normally restricted to a maximum of 

25 people.

hoLiDAys exPLAineD AfricA 

PRIVATE JOURNEYS 

All Escorted Group Tours may also be taken as 

Private Journeys and some tours are available 

as Private Journeys only. Private Journeys are 

taken by one or more passengers on the 

date of their choosing, subject to schedules 

and availability*. These tours operate exactly 

as per Escorted Group Tours except that 

there is no airport representation in the UK. 

Depending on the destination, travellers may 

be accompanied throughout by a guide or 

locally escorted in each city / destination. In 

addition to the services they have in common 

with Escorted Group Tours, Private Journeys 

offer the following benefits: 

support on the ground: On arrival in 

Africa, and at each new destination on 

your journey, you will be met by a Cox & 

Kings representative. This representative will 

accompany you to your hotel, help you check 

in and confirm the itinerary for your stay. You 

will be given the contact numbers of all the 

relevant Cox & Kings local representatives, so 

assistance is only ever a phone call away. 

transfers by car: In most cases, for all road 

journeys you will have your own car / 

minivan and driver. This allows you to travel 

in comfort and stop off along the way if you 

see something of interest, want to take a 

photograph or have a break. Most cars used 

are air conditioned, but you will be told in 

advance if air-conditioned cars are not available 

for any section of your journey. 

Priest, Lalibela, Ethiopia 

Private guides: All sightseeing excursions are 

accompanied by your own private Englishspeaking 

local guide. This means that you can 

ask as many or as few questions as you like and 

take sightseeing trips at your own pace, with 

the emphasis on your own particular interests. 

Accommodation flexibility: If you would like 

to stay in any hotels other than those featured 

in the tour itinerary or if you would like to 

upgrade the standard of your room, this can 

easily be arranged and you will be informed of 

the difference in price. 

travel at your own pace: Private Journeys 

are very flexible, allowing you to start road 

journeys or sightseeing when you choose – 

within reason. 

* Availability: Cox & Kings cannot hold 

allocations for all Private Journey services all 

year round and, as a result, all the services are 

subject to availability. If any element of a Private 

Journey is not available at the time of booking, 

Cox & Kings will suggest the most comparable 

available alternative. 

TAILOR-MADE TRAVEL 

for those who prefer to travel at their own 

pace or to explore places not included in 

the brochure itineraries, Cox & Kings has 

years’ of experience at organising tailor-made 

holidays to Africa. 

Our expert tour consultants will be pleased 

to suggest ideas to complement your own and 

to organise the most appropriate programme 

to suit your interests, time and budget. Tailormade 

journeys operate on exactly the same 

basis as Private Journeys. 

TOUR TYPES 

Most Cox & Kings tours are based on 4- or 

5-star accommodation, or the best available, 

and are termed ‘Superior Tours’. Where a 

holiday differs from that level significantly, 

either because it is particularly luxurious 

or simpler in emphasis, we have highlighted 

this fact by applying the terms ‘Luxury Tour’ 

and ‘Standard Tour’ respectively immediately 

above the tour title. In some cases, tours 

include some departures in one category and 

some in another. In such cases, the itinerary 

is generally the same, just the standard of 

Springbok and doves, Etosha National Park

AfricA hoLiDAys exPLAineD 

Dhow, Zanzibar 

accommodation varies. However, if there are 

any variations in the excursions included, these 

are explained on the page. The departure 

dates table indicates the departures for which 

the alternative version of a tour applies. 

A Luxury Tour will usually feature 5-star 

de luxe accommodation throughout, while 

a Standard Tour will usually feature 4-star 

accommodation throughout. An additional 

type of holiday is the ‘Discovery Tour’, which 

would be better suited to the hardier traveller, 

as it will typically include some quite basic 

accommodation, possibly longer and rougher 

road journeys and, in some cases, more 

arduous activities, such as trekking. 

WHEN TO TRAVEL 

Although Africa is a year-round destination, the 

changing climate throughout the year can have 

a major impact on the timing of trips to specific 

regions. Pages 102-103 have detailed charts 

showing the average temperature and rainfall. 

These pages also mention other factors that 

should help to determine when to travel, such 

as when wildlife viewing is most rewarding. 

COMBINING MULTIPLE 

REGIONS 

Should you wish to combine multiple regions 

of the world in a single journey, Cox & Kings 

has a great deal of experience at tailoring such 

travel plans, including arranging round-theworld 

flights. Please contact us for details of 

the various options and a price quotation. 

HOLIDAY EXTENSIONS 

Cox & Kings is happy to arrange for you to 

extend your stay in Africa. We have suggested 

possible extension options for most of the 

tours in this brochure. However, our specialist 

consultants would also be delighted to design a 

tailor-made extension, either pre- or post-tour, 

to fit in with your particular interests. Please 

note that tour extensions are operated on the 

same basis as Private Journeys unless other 

members of the main tour group choose to 

take the same extensions, in which case the 

relevant services may be shared. 

NORTH AFRICA 

If you are interested in visiting the north 

African countries of Morocco, Tunisia and 

Egypt, please see our Middle East brochure or 

look online at coxandkings.co.uk. 

ACCOMMODATION 

There is not room to describe all the hotels 

in this brochure; however, many of the best 

properties are described and depicted in 

the hotel brochure pages and the facilities of 

almost all the hotels are listed in the hotel 

guide on our website, coxandkings.co.uk. 

MEAL BASIS & 

INCLUSIONS 

On all tour pages, the meals included are 

shown on each day of the itinerary. for some 

hotels, camps and lodges, the package prices 

quoted are described as ‘fully inclusive’. This 

indicates that all meals and, where applicable, 

standard wildlife-viewing activities are included 

in the price – however, imported drinks are 

not normally included. 

REGIONAL AIR 

CONNECTIONS & 

FLIGHT UPGRADES 

Most Cox & Kings holidays are based on flights 

from London Heathrow or Gatwick airports. 

In most cases, it is possible to connect with 

those flights from regional British airports for 

a small supplement. In addition, Cox & Kings 

offers very favourable prices for upgrading to 

Premium Economy, Business and first Class 

cabins. for many holidays, this supplement 

information is included on the tour page. 

Where space does not allow for this, you can 

refer to another tour that features the same 

international airline to find the applicable 

supplement prices. 

SINGLE & SOLE 

SUPPLEMENTS 

Most hotels around the world charge more 

per person for a single-occupancy room 

than for a shared twin room, as the cost of 

maintaining a room for one person can be 

almost as high as it is for two. In addition, many 

single-occupancy rooms are the same as twin / 

double rooms. Most of the price tables in this 

brochure indicate supplementary charges for 

single or sole passengers. In some cases, 

Cox & Kings has arranged for there to be no 

single supplement for particular departures. 

On the relevant tours this benefit is 

highlighted under the Cox & Kings Difference 

special features. 

The difference in definition between a ‘Single 

Supplement’ and ‘Sole Supplement’ is that 

a ‘single’ traveller is someone occupying a 

single room when travelling with one or 

more other people, while a ‘sole’ traveller, is 

someone travelling entirely on their own. If 

you are planning to travel on a group tour as 

a single traveller you should look at the ‘Single 

Supplement’ price. However, if you are planning 

to add an extension to that tour, you should 

read down the ‘Sole Supplement’ column. 

These prices take into account the fact that 

you are ‘sole’ only on the extension section. 

ENSURING YOUR 

ENJOYMENT 

When making a booking, if you feel that there 

is anything Cox & Kings should know about 

that is essential to your enjoyment of the 

holiday, please ensure that we have been 

made aware of this in writing at the time of 

booking, preferably using the reservation form 

itself (see page 106).

MoRe hoLiDAy oPtions cOX & KiNGS 

RELAX WITH 

COX & KINGS 

COX & KINGS 

HONEYMOONS 

Relax is our online collection of luxury tailor-made non-touring travel 

ideas, designed for those who seek to combine authentic travel 

experiences in fascinating corners of the world with the simple pleasure 

of relaxation in stylish surroundings. Typically based in just one or two 

carefully selected hotels, the holidays offer stunning surroundings in which 

to unwind, plus a range of activity options. Relax holidays are perfect for 

honeymoons, special occasions and well-earned luxury escapes. 

The hotels featured are generally small scale, often boutique, 

properties, which offer superb service, supreme attention to detail and 

an exceptional location. Destinations include the Caribbean, the Indian 

Ocean islands, Mediterranean Europe, the far East, the South Pacific 

the Indian Subcontinent, Africa, Latin America and the Middle East. 

for full details, please visit coxandkings.co.uk/relax or call a 

Cox & Kings tour consultant on 020 7873 5008. 

Cox & Kings has pooled the best of its luxury Relax collection with an 

array of other romantic escape options, including railway journeys, city 

breaks and exotic journeys, to create a complete honeymoon range. 

featuring destinations from around the world, the online collection 

includes ideas to suit most tastes, all seasons and a range of budgets. 

In each destination, Cox & Kings has cherry-picked the finest hotel 

options from first class resorts to boutique properties and ultraluxurious 

hideaways. However, ultimately all honeymoons are 

completely tailor-made for the individual couple. 

As an added benefit, Cox & Kings offers a honeymoon contribution 

service, enabling friends and family to contribute to the holiday 

as a wedding present. for more information about our honeymoons, 

please call a tour consultant on 020 7873 5004 or visit coxandkings. 

co.uk/honeymoons. 

ART TOURS 

WORLDWIDE 

PRE-HOLIDAY 

EXTRAS 

Cox & Kings is the travel partner of The Royal Academy of Arts (RA). 

The Art Tours Worldwide programme, created on behalf of the 

friends of the Royal Academy, is open to anyone with a passion for the 

world’s greatest artistic, architectural and archaeological wonders. 

It is the expert lecturers who make these tours so rewarding for 

art enthusiasts and experts alike. All of great academic repute and 

lecturing experience, they are integral to the planning of the itineraries 

and, in many cases, they are able to open doors that would be closed 

to members of the general public. 

for full details, please call 020 7873 5013 or visit coxandkings.co.uk/ra. 

To request a brochure, please call 0844 576 5518. 

In partnership with our sister company, Superbreak, Cox & Kings is 

now able to offer a range of pre-holiday extras at airports around the 

UK. Benefits include great value deals on airport hotels and parking 

packages, allowing you to avoid an early start, or transport worries, 

and begin your holiday with a relaxed stay at an airport hotel. In fact, 

many of our combined hotel and parking packages are available for 

less than the standard price of a car park alone. 

To start your holiday in even more style, you can also pre-book an 

airport lounge and avoid the crowds before you fly. 

for full prices and details, please speak to your tour consultant at the 

time of booking.

AfricA fLying in styLe 

FLYING 

IN STYLE 

your choice of scheduled airlines: It is Cox & 

Kings’ policy to use scheduled flights on airlines 

with strong reputations for service, reliability 

and punctuality only. Our holidays to Africa and 

the Indian Ocean feature a number of worldclass 

airlines and on these pages we have 

highlighted eight of the best and the different 

services they offer. 

stretch out: On long-haul flights, a little extra 

room can make a big difference to your 

comfort, so Cox & Kings offers a range of 

upgrade options at great prices. 

In addition, the faster check-in and comfortable 

lounges available to most upgrading passengers 

allow you to pass through the airport with ease. 

Regional connections: Cox & Kings offers 

excellent add-on prices for those wishing to 

connect to long-haul flights from regional UK 

airports. 

for further information, please either refer to 

the table below the price grid applicable to 

your tour or contact Cox & Kings. 

BRITISH AIRWAYS 

British Airways flies from Heathrow non-stop 

to Cape Town, Johannesburg, Mauritius, Nairobi, 

Entebbe, Dar es Salaam and Lusaka. With most 

British Airways tickets, you can either check in 

at the check-in kiosk or online, printing your 

boarding pass and taking your luggage direct to 

the fast Bag Drop desk. 

World traveller benefits: A 79cm (31in) 

seat pitch with lumbar support, footrest and 

adjustable headrest; personal television screens 

with audio video on demand, offering access 

to 200 film, television and music channels; 

and three-course meals with complimentary 

bar service. Throughout 2013, British Airways 

is introducing a new World Traveller cabin 

with a new interior, enhanced seats and new 

entertainment system. 

World traveller Plus benefits: A quiet cabin 

with a maximum of six rows of seats; a 97cm 

(38in) seat pitch, wider seat with adjustable 

headrest, leg rest, footrest and lumbar support, 

offering more personal space than World 

Traveller; personal television; and upgraded 

choice of meals and complimentary bar 

service. Throughout 2013, British Airways is 

introducing a new World Traveller Plus cabin 

with a new interior, enhanced seats with an 

increased recline, and new entertainment 

system. 

Upgrade from £495 per person return. 

club World benefits: Club World customers 

benefit from dedicated check-in desks, 

departure and arrival lounges and treatments 

in the Elemis Travel Spa*. Club World features 

183cm (6ft) fully flat beds and Club World 

seats are 25% wider, with large tables; personal 

televisions; excellent local and international 

cuisine is served, along with a dedicated wine 

cellar; and hot and cold snacks and beverages 

are also available. 

Upgrade from £2,315 per person return. 

first benefits: first customers benefit from 

dedicated check-in desks, departure and arrival 

lounges and treatments in the Elemis Travel 

Spa*. Your exclusive ‘suite’ creates a private 

environment; seats convert into a 198cm 

(6ft 6in) flat bed; duvet, pillows and sleeper 

suits are provided; fold-down companion 

seat; and pre-flight dining is available at 

London Heathrow. On board, choose from a 

formal gourmet menu or an informal dining 

option, accompanied by the finest wines 

and champagnes. Throughout 2013, British 

Airways is introducing a new first cabin with 

a new interior, seats that are 60% wider at the 

shoulder level, and a personal wardrobe. 


* elemis travel spa: Available at London 

Heathrow departure and arrival lounges. 

Club World 

VIRGIN ATLANTIC 

Virgin Atlantic operates daily non-stop 

services from Heathrow to Cape Town and 

Johannesburg. Virgin operates from a dedicated 

check-in area at Terminal 3. With Virgin Atlantic, 

you can check in at the check-in kiosk or 

online, printing your boarding pass and taking 

your luggage directly to the Bag Drop. 

economy class benefits: Up to 81cm (32in) 

seat pitch with lumbar support and adjustable 

headrests; personal television screens with 

hours of entertainment; choice of three meals 

with complimentary drinks; and free amenity kit. 

Premium economy benefits: Separate check-in 

and a dedicated cabin with a maximum of 63 

passengers; leather seat, the widest in its class 

with a width of 53cm (21in) and 97cm (38in) 

seat pitch, adjustable headrest and footrest; 

personal television screens; and upgraded 

meals and complimentary drinks, including after 

dinner liqueur. 

Upgrade from £580 per person return. 

Upper class benefits: Separate check-in at 

Virgin Atlantic’s Upper Class Wing; quick 

transfer through Virgin Atlantic’s Private 

Security Channel to the Clubhouse Lounge, 

which offers complimentary meals, drinks and 

treatments. The Upper Class Suite is one of the 

longest fully flat beds in Business Class, at 56cm 

(22in) wide and more than 198cm (6ft 6in) 

long. All seats have direct aisle access. On most 

flights, the Graze Menu allows you to dine 

when you wish. In addition, features include an 

onboard bar and a personal 26cm (10in) wide 

screen television. 

Upgrade from £3,220 per person return.

fLying in styLe AfricA 

SOUTH AFRICAN AIRWAYS 

South African Airways (SAA) offers twice 

daily non-stop flights from Heathrow to 

Johannesburg, with onward connections to 

Cape Town, and an extensive domestic and 

regional network across southern Africa. 


seat pitch; personal 25cm (10in) television 

screen with audio video on demand; and a 

choice between two meals and complimentary 

drinks, including a range of South African wines. 

Premium class benefits: Separate check-in; 

access to departure and arrival lounges in both 

the UK and South Africa; a spacious aircraft 

cabin featuring 2-2-2 seating with separating 

seat shells for absolute comfort and privacy; 

seats that convert into lie flat beds with a 

188cm (6ft 2in) length; personal 30cm (12in) 

wide screen video offering audio video on 

demand; and a la carte menu with top South 

African wines. 

Upgrade from £2,120 per person. 

EMIRATES 

Emirates operates 16 daily flights from the 

UK to Dubai – offering onward connections 

to Cape Town, Johannesburg, Durban, Harare, 

Lusaka, Dar es Salaam, Entebbe, Nairobi, Addis 

Ababa, Seychelles and Mauritius. 


seat pitch with adjustable footrests, lumbar 

support and headrests; personal television 

screens with audio video on demand; and 

multi-course meals with full complimentary bar 

service. 

business class benefits: Complimentary 

airport chauffeur-drive service; priority check-in 

and exclusive airport lounge access; lie-flat 

beds with up to 201cm (6ft 7in) pitch; up to 

43cm (17in) personal digital television screens; 

and award-winning wines and 5-star gourmet 

cuisine. 


KENYA AIRWAYS 

Kenya Airways operates daily non-stop flights 

from Heathrow to Nairobi with onward 

connections to 57 destinations worldwide, 

including Antananarivo in Madagascar. 

Departures are available from 14 UK regional 

airports to Nairobi, via Amsterdam, in 

conjunction with Skyteam partners. Online 

check-in available. 

economy class benefits: An 81cm (32in) seat 

pitch; choice of meals and complimentary bar 

service; and personal television screens with 

audio video on demand. 

Premier World benefits: Separate check-in 

and complimentary lounge access; sleeper 

seat with 193cm (6ft 4in) pitch, which reclines 

into a state-of-the-art fully flat bed; personal 

television screens with audio video on demand; 

and restaurant-style meal and complimentary 

bar service, serving fine wines and beverages. 


AIR NAMIBIA 

Air Namibia flies daily from frankfurt to 

Windhoek. Air Namibia offers codeshare 

flights from Heathrow to frankfurt with British 

Airways. 


seat pitch; personal televisions with audio video 

on demand; and meals are accompanied by a 

free bar service. 

business class benefits: Separate check in; 

access to lounges; Business Class seat with 

adjustable headrest, footrest and reading 

light; seat width of 68cm (27in), which 

reclines by 80%; personal television screens; 

and a la carte menu served with a selection 

of wines. 


KLM ROYAL DUTCH 

AIRLINES 

KLM offers departures from Heathrow and 15 

other regional airports, including Manchester, 

Birmingham, Newcastle, Edinburgh and 

Glasgow, to Amsterdam. There are onward 

connections to Cape Town, Johannesburg, 

Lusaka, Dar es Salaam, Kilimanjaro, Kigali, 

Nairobi, Entebbe and Addis Ababa. 


seat pitch, ergonomically designed seats with 

adjustable head-rests; personal television 

screens with audio video on demand; and 

choice of meals with complimentary wines. 

World business class benefits: Separate 

check-in and access to lounges; seats that 

convert into a 190cm (6ft 3in) fully flat bed 

with an in-seat massage function; personal 

39cm (15in) television screens; and choice of 

three-course gourmet meals and fine wines. 


ETHIOPIAN AIRLINES 

Ethiopian Airlines operates six times a week 

from Heathrow to Addis Ababa, with onward 

connections to countries including Kenya, 

Uganda, Tanzania, Rwanda, Malawi, South Africa, 

Zanzibar and the Seychelles. 

economy class benefits: from 81cm (32in) 

seat pitch with adjustable footrests; personal 

televisions, depending on flight; and choice of 

meals and complimentary bar service. 

business class benefits: Dedicated check-in 

and access to lounges; seats with recline of 

130 to 150 degrees, with 124-139cm (49-55in) 

seat pitch; personal televisions, depending on 

flight; and upgraded meal service with choice 

of meal and complimentary bar service. 

Upgrade from £1,195 per person return.

Cape Town, South Africa

TOuR south africa 

STANDARD & SuPERIOR DEPARTuRES 

A TASTE OF 

SOUTH AFRICA 

Escorted Group Tour, Private Journey or Self-Drive 

10 Days / 7 Nights from £1,895 

AFRIC A 

AFRIC A 

Oudtshoorn 

✈ 

Cape Town Stellenbosch 

Knysna 

Hermanus 

S O U T H A F R I C A 

INDIAN OCEAN 

Shamwari 

Game Reserve 

Garden Route 

Port Elizabeth 

THE COX & KINGS DIFFERENCE 

Cable car ascent of Table Mountain 

Tractor trip into the Matroos mountains 

Wine tastings & cellar tour in the vineyard-filled Cape Winelands 

Guided stargazing & alfresco traditional dinner (Superior Tour only) 

Experience a taste of South Africa’s Cape 

region on this outstanding tour of some of 

the country’s most famous sights. From the 

beautiful city of Cape Town, travel to Cape 

Peninsula and the Winelands region, home 

to historic towns and scenic vineyards. The 

journey ends in the delightful coastal town of 

Stormsriver on the Garden Route. 

THE JOURNEY 

Day 1 – To Cape Town: Fly overnight from 

London to Cape Town with British Airways. (N) 

Day 2 – Cape Town: Arrive and take a short 

orientation tour, including a cable car ascent of 

Table Mountain (weather permitting). Transfer 

to Winchester Mansions / Taj Cape Town* (see 

page 32) for 3 nights. Afternoon at leisure. (N) 

Day 3 – Cape Peninsula: Full-day tour of the 

Cape Peninsula. Travel along spectacular coastal 

roads to the Cape of Good Hope and return 

via the penguin colony at Simon’s Town and 

Kirstenbosch botanical gardens. (B) 

Day 4 – Cape Town: Full day at leisure to 

explore the Victoria & Alfred Waterfront or 

take an optional excursion to Robben Island 

(£35 per person). (B) 

Day 5 – To Cape Winelands: Full-day tour of 

the Cape Winelands, travelling through the 

vineyard-filled valleys of Stellenbosch, Paarl and 

Franschhoek. There will be two wine tastings 

and a cellar tour. Stay overnight at the Protea 

Hotel Franschhoek / Le Franschhoek Hotel & 

Spa*. (B) 

Day 6 – To Oudtshoorn: Depart over Sir 

Lowry’s Pass to Montagu. Take a tractor 

trip up the Matroos mountains and enjoy 

panoramic views over the Koo valley 

followed by a traditional poitjie kos lunch. 

Travel to Hermanus, where whales may be 

seen between July and November. Continue 

to Oudtshoorn, centre of the late Victorian 

fashion-led ostrich feather industry. Stay 

overnight at the Queens Hotel / Surval 

Boutique Olive Estate*. (B,L) 

Day 7 – To Knysna: Morning orientation tour 

of Oudtshoorn, including a visit to an ostrich 

farm and ostrich lunch. In the afternoon, drive 

to Knysna and stay 2 nights at Knysna Log Inn / 

Turbine Hotel*. (B, L) 

Day 8 – Garden Route: Take the ferry to the 

Featherbed Nature Reserve to have a guided 

nature walk and outdoor buffet lunch. In the 

afternoon, tour along the Garden Route, 

visiting Plettenberg Bay, the Tzitzikamma forest 

and Stormsriver. (B, L) 

Day 9 – To London: Drive to Cape Town via 

Swellendam, where you will stop for lunch 

(payable locally). Take an optional visit to the 

Drostdy Museum. Fly to London this evening 

with British Airways. (B) 

Day 10 – London: Early morning arrival. (N) 

a taste of south africa tour prices for departures on or between the following dates 

2013 / 2014 departure dates * Superior departures † Whale watching departure 

Out (Fri) Rtn uK (Sun) 

11 Jan 13 20 Jan 13 

08 Feb 13* 17 Feb 13 

22 Mar 13 31 Mar 13 


05 Apr 13 14 Apr 13 

13 Sep 13 22 Sep 13 

11 Oct 13* † 20 Oct 13 

Meal basis: As per itinerary – B: Breakfast, 

L: Lunch, D: Dinner, N: No meals. 

NOTES 

* Superior Tour: The asterisk denotes the 

Superior Tour hotel accommodation used on 

the selected dates shown in the price table. 

Extensions: Please see the recommended 

extension options on page 18. 

Whale watching in October 

On the 11-day / 8-night departure, which 

leaves on 11 October, an extra night will be 

spent at Quarters Hermanus (Standard) or 

Misty Waves Boutique Hotel (Superior) in 

Hermanus. You will have the opportunity to 

look for southern right whales by boat (pay 

locally) and / or walking along the cliff path, 

a nature-lover’s paradise. 

Code Escorted No of 11 Jan to 13 Sep 11 Oct 15 Nov 20 Dec 17 Jan 14 Feb 14 Mar to Single Supp Sole Supp 

Group Tour nights 05 Apr 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 04 Apr 14 from from 

TSA Standard tour 7 2,245 2,245 2,695 2,295 3,095 2,395 2,395 2,395 220 • 

TSX Superior tour 7 2,495 • 2,895 • • • 2,595 • 525 1,775 

TSACPT + Standard Cape Town 3 300 300 315 315 315 320 320 320 95 135 

TSXTAJ + Superior Cape Town 3 355 • 355 • • • • • 330 355 

TSASHA + Shamwari 2 1,125 1,075 1,095 1,125 1,095 1,245 1,245 1,245 375 650 

TSAVFC + Victoria Falls & Chobe 5 1,625 1,945 1,775 1,575 1,345 1,645 1,645 1,645 235 255 

Code Private No of 01 Jan to 01 May to 22 Aug to 21 Sep to 10 Oct to 29 Oct to 05 Dec to 13 Dec to Single Supp Sole Supp 

Journey nights 30 Apr 13 21 Aug 13 20 Sep 13 09 Oct 13 28 Oct 13 04 Dec 13 12 Dec 13 24 Dec 13 from from 

TSD Standard self-drive 7 1,995 1,895 1,945 2,145 2,375 2,145 2,375 2,945 255 515 

TCode Private No of 01 Jan to 01 May to 10 Oct to 29 Oct to 01 Nov to 05 Dec to 13 Dec to 25 Dec to Single Supp Sole Supp 

Journey nights 30 Apr 13 20 Sep 13 28 Oct 13 31 Oct 13 04 Dec 13 12 Dec 13 24 Dec 13 31 Dec 13 from from 

TDX Superior self-drive 7 2,245 2,195 2,245 2,475 2,275 3,075 2,495 2,275 545 765 

Code Private No of 01 Jan to 01 Oct to 01 May to 27 Jun to 15 Aug to 01 Oct to 01 Nov to 01 Dec to Single Supp Sole Supp 

Journey nights 30 Sep 13 09 Oct 13 26 Jun 13 14 Aug 13 30 Sep 13 31 Oct 13 30 Nov 13 31 Dec 13 from from 

TSN Standard private tour 7 2,945 3,295 3,545 3,295 2,975 3,225 3,795 3,245 220 1,295 

Code Private No of 01 Jan to 01 Oct to 10 Oct to 29 Oct to 05 Dec to 13 Dec to 25 Dec to 01 Jan to Single Supp Sole Supp 

Journey nights 30 Sep 13 09 Oct 13 28 Oct 13 04 Dec 13 12 Dec 13 24 Dec 13 31 Dec 13 31 Mar 14 from from 

TSK Superior private tour 7 3,225 3,445 3,695 3,245 3,495 4,075 3,495 3,275 495 975 

additional information Please go to coxandkings.co.uk for further information and supplement details 

Prices above are per person in pounds sterling (£), based on two people sharing a twin-room. Extension prices are based on two or more people taking the same 

extension. The prices which were valid at the time of publication, may be subject to change, particularly as a result of any additional fuel surcharges. You will be 

informed of any such changes prior to booking. See coxandkings.co.uk for current prices. 

British airways flight upgrades 

Q World Traveller Plus: from £495 per person return* 

Q Club World: from £2,315 per person return* 

Q First: from £4,845 per person return* 


15 Nov 13 24 Nov 13 

20 Dec 13 29 Dec 13 

17 Jan 14 26 Jan 14 

regional air connections 


14 Feb 14* 23 Feb 14 

14 Mar 14 23 Mar 14 

04 Apr 14 13 Apr 14 

Q From £50 return* British Aiways. London to/from: 

Aberdeen, Edinburgh, Glasgow, Manchester, Newcastle or Jersey 

* All prices subject to availability

south africa & sWaZiLaND TOuR 

STANDARD & SuPERIOR DEPARTuRES 

SPLENDOURS OF 

SOUTH AFRICA 

Escorted Group Tour or Private Journey • 15 Days / 12 Nights from £3,595 


Wildlife drives & guided nature walks 

Tour the Zululand Battlefields with a specialist historian 

Take in a Zulu show at Shakaland 

Lunch at the renowned Blaauwklippen Wine Estate 

NAM 

✈ 

AFRIC A 

BOTSWANA 

Johannesburg 


Stellenbosch 

Cape Town Knysna 

Zulu Battlefields 

LESOTHO 

Idube Game Reserve 

Nkomazi Game Reserve 


INDIAN OCEAN 

SWAZ 

ILAND 

Durban 

A land of cultural and scenic diversity, South 

Africa offers a wealth of spectacular sights. 

This journey combines the thrill of a safari in 

Kruger National Park or Sabi Sands with the 

rugged scenery of Mpumalanga and historic 

battlefields of Zululand. The tour continues 

along the Garden Route and concludes 

with stays in the Cape Winelands and 

cosmopolitan Cape Town. 

THE JOURNEY 

Day 1 – To Johannesburg: Fly from London to 

Johannesburg with British Airways. (N) 

Day 2 – To Mpumalanga / Sabi Sands*: Arrive 

in Johannesburg and drive to White river in 

Mpumalanga. Stay at Jatinga Country Lodge for 

1 night. Afternoon wildlife drive into the Kruger 

National Park in an open 4x4 vehicle. (N). 

The Superior Tour will fly to Kruger 

Mpumalanga airport and transfer to Idube 

Safari Lodge, in Sabi Sands and stay for 2 nights. 

Evening wildlife drive and boma dinner (L, D) 

Day 3 – To Nkomazi Game Reserve / 

Sabi Sands*: Depart by road for a morning 

exploring the Panorama Route, a spectacular 

region of mountains and waterfalls. Visits 

include God’s Window (weather permitting), 

the Blyde river canyon, Bourkes Luck potholes 

and the Mac Mac Falls. In the afternoon, 

transfer to Nkomazi Game Reserve, situated 

right on the banks of the Komati river, and 

stay overnight in one of the 12 luxury tents. 

This is a wildlife-rich reserve with big herds of 

plains wildlife as well as lions, elephants, hippos, 

cheetahs and crocodiles. Evening wildlife drive 

and boma dinner (weather permitting). (B, D) 

The Superior Tour will have a morning wildlife 

drive followed by a hearty breakfast, then a 

bush walk followed by lunch. The afternoon 

is at leisure to relax or have a spa treatment 

(optional). After high tea, there is an evening 

wildlife drive. (B, L, D) 

Day 4 – Nkomazi Game Reserve / To 

Mpumalanga*: Morning wildlife drive and 

afternoon nature walk. (B, L, D) 

The Superior Tour will have a morning wildlife 

drive and then leave to explore the Panorama 

Route (as per the Standard departure on day 

3). Overnight at Jatinga Country Lodge. (B). 

Day 5 – To Swaziland: Drive south into 

Swaziland, a rugged country characterised 

by mist-shrouded peaks. Stop en route at 

Ngwenya Glass Factory and Mantenga Cultural 

Village where crafters can be seen at work and 

lunch taken (payable locally). Visit the Swazi 

candle factory and continue to the border 

stop. Stay overnight at the Jozini Tiger Lodge 

(both Standard and Superior itineraries). (B) 

Day 6 – To the Battlefields: Travel to Rorke’s 

Drift / Isandlwana, where the Zulus defeated 

the British army. Stay 2 nights at Rorke’s Drift 

Hotel / Isandlwana Lodge*, overlooking the 

battlefields. Afternoon at leisure or, for those 

on the Superior Tour, an optional tour of a 

modern Zulu village. (B, D) 

Day 7 – The Battlefields: Morning tour of 

Isandlwana with a historian, who will explain 

Girl in traditional dress, Swaziland 

Leopard cubs, Kruger National Park

TOuR south africa & sWaZiLaND 

Blyde River Canyon, Mpumalanga 

the story of Britain’s military defeat. Afternoon 

departure for Rorke’s Drift, where more 

Victoria Cross medals were awarded than at 

any other battle in history. (B, L, D) 

Day 8 – To umhlanga: Drive south through 

Zululand, stopping at Shakaland for lunch and 

a cultural show. Continue along the coast 

to Umhlanga and stay overnight at the PH 

Umhlanga Ridge (both Standard and Superior 

itineraries). (B, L) 

Day 9 – To Knysna: Morning flight to Port 

Elizabeth. Drive along the Garden Route 

to Knysna, via the Tzitzikamma forest and 

Stormsriver. Stay 2 nights at Knysna Log Inn / 

Belvidere Manor* (see page 33). (B) 

of Table Mountain (weather permitting). Visit 

the pretty seaside suburbs of Camps Bay and 

Hout Bay, with an optional cruise to Seal Island. 

Continue to the southern tip of the peninsula 

and visit Cape Point, returning via the penguin 

colony in Simon’s Town and Kirstenbosch 

botanical gardens. (B) 

Day 14 – To London: Those extending 

their holiday will depart this morning. Those 

returning home may spend the day at leisure 

or take an optional excursion to Robben Island 

(£35). Evening transfer to the airport and fly to 

London with British Airways. (B) 




NOTES 

* Superior Tour: The asterisk denotes the 

Superior Tour hotel accommodation used on 

selected dates. Please see page 9 for more 

details about Superior Tours. 

Touring the Battlefields 

Whether staying at Rorke’s Drift Hotel 

or Isandlwana Lodge, both properties 

have resident battlefields experts who will 

accompany the groups and recount, in rich 

detail, the Zulu history of Isandlwana 

and the battle of Rorke’s Drift. 

Day 10 – Knysna: Morning departure by ferry 

to the Featherbed Nature Reserve on the 

Western Heads. Take a guided nature walk 

through forests and along the scenic coast, 

ending with an outdoor buffet lunch. Return by 

ferry to the Knysna waterfront. (B, L) 

Day 11 – To Franschhoek: Drive to 

Franschhoek, the gourmet capital of South 

Africa, via Swellendam. Stay 1 night at Protea 

Hotel Franschhoek / Le Franschhoek Hotel 

& Spa*. (B) 

Day 12 – To Cape Town: Full-day tour of the 

Winelands. There will be two wine tastings, a 

cellar tour and lunch at Blaauwklippen Wine 

Estate. Continue to Cape Town and stay 2 

nights at the Winchester Mansions / Cape 

Grace* (see page 32). (B, L) 

Day 13 – Cape Peninsula: Full-day tour of the 

Cape Peninsula, including a cable car ascent 

splendours of south africa tour prices for departures on or between the following dates 

Code Escorted No of 11 Jan 08 Feb 15 Mar 09 Aug 11 Oct 08 Nov 10 Jan 07 Feb to Single Supp Sole Supp 

Group Tour nights 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 Mar 14 from from 

WOC Standard tour 12 3,795 3,695 3,695 3,595 3,895 3,795 3,895 3,895 375 n/a 

WOX Superior tour 12 4,645 n/a n/a n/a 4,795 n/a 4,865 n/a 845 n/a 

WOCCPT + Standard Cape Town 3 305 305 305 305 320 320 320 320 95 130 

WOXCPG + Superior Cape Town 3 665 n/a n/a n/a 695 n/a 730 n/a 420 435 

WOCLVI + Victoria Falls 2 1,075 1,075 1,075 12,45 975 1,075 1,095 1,095 450 450 

WOCMRU + Mauritius 6 1,925 1,925 1,925 2,265 1,565 1,925 1,935 1,935 470 470 

Code Private No of 01 Jan to 01 Sep to 10 Oct to 29 Oct to 01 Dec to 05 Dec to 13 Dec to 25 Dec to Single Supp Sole Supp 

Journey nights 31 Aug 13 09 Oct 13 28 Oct 13 30 Nov 13 04 Dec 13 12 Dec 13 24 Dec 13 28 Mar 14 from from 

WPJ Standard private tour 12 5,595 5,695 5,845 5,675 5,675 5,845 6,375 5,895 375 3,375 

Code Private No of 01 Jan to 01 Apr to 16 Aug to 10 Oct to 29 Oct to 05 Dec to • • Single Supp Sole Supp 

Journey nights 31 Mar 13 15 Aug 13 09 Oct 13 28 Oct 13 04 Dec 13 12 Dec 13 from from 

WPX Superior private tour 12 6,165 6,095 6,195 6,375 6,195 6,375 • • 805 3,555 


Prices above are per person in pounds sterling (£), based on two people sharing a twin-room. Extension prices are based on two or more people taking the same 



2013 / 2014 departure dates * Superior departures 

Out (Fri) Rtn uK* (Fri) 

11 Jan 13* 25 Jan 13 

08 Feb 13 22 Feb 13 

15 Mar 13 29 Mar 13 

British airways flight upgrades 





09 Aug 13 23 Aug 13 

11 Oct 13* 25 Oct 13 

08 Nov 13 22 Nov 13 


10 Jan 14* 24 Jan 14 

07 Feb 14 21 Feb 14 

14 Mar 14 28 Mar 14 

regional air connections 




south africa TOuR ExTENSIONS 

TASTE OF SOUTH AFRICA 

EXTENSIONS 

Wildlife viewing, Shamwari 

Tour + Shamwari 


Shamwari offers an excellent luxury safari 

experience. Set in 160 sq km of wilderness, 

morning and evening wildlife walks and drives 

are offered to look for the Big Five. 

In between safari drives, visit the Born Free 

Foundation where big cats have been rescued 

from dangerous situations. 

Day 9 – To Shamwari: Transfer to Shamwari 

Private Game Reserve and stay 2 nights at 

the luxury Long Lee Manor* (see page 34). 

Afternoon safari drive. (B, L, D) 

Day 10 – Shamwari: Morning and afternoon 

wildlife activities. (B, L, D) 

Day 11 – To London: Morning safari drive. 

After lunch, transfer to Port Elizabeth and 

fly to London, via Johannesburg, with British 

Airways. (B, L) 


* upgrades: It is possible to upgrade to 

Bayethe and the de luxe Eagles Cragg Lodge. 

Please ask for details. 

Hippos, Chobe National Park, Botswana 

Tour + Cape Town 


Cape Town has one of the most spectacular 

city locations in the world, between Table 

Mountain and the Atlantic Ocean. 

Day 9 – To Cape Town: Return to Cape 

Town and stay at the Winchester Mansions 

(standard) / Taj Cape Town (superior) (see 

page 32) for 3 nights. (B) 

Days 10-11 – Cape Town: Days at leisure or 

optional excursions. (B) 

Day 12 – To London: Transfer to the airport 

and fly to London with British Airways. (B) 


Table Mountain 

Table Mountain, Cape Town 

Tour + Victoria Falls & 

Chobe National Park 


Combine Victoria Falls with the spectacular 

wildlife of Chobe in Botswana, home to 

southern Africa’s largest elephant herds. 

Day 9 – To Cape Town: Stay 1 night at 

Winchester Mansions. (B) 

Day 10 – To Victoria Falls: Transfer to the 

airport and fly to Livingstone, via Johannesburg. 

Transfer to the Zambezi Sun* for 2 nights. 

Sunset cruise on the Lady Livingstone (see 

page 60). (B) 

Day 11 – Victoria Falls: At leisure. (B) 

Day 12 – To Chobe: Drive to Muchenje Safari 

Lodge* (see page 50) in Botswana for a 

2-night stay. Afternoon safari drive. (B, L, D) 

Day 13 – Chobe: Wildlife viewing. (B, L, D) 

Day 14 – To London: Transfer to Livingstone. 

Fly via Johannesburg with British Airways. (B) 


* upgrades: It is possible to upgrade to the 

Royal Livingstone in Livingstone and Ngoma 

Safari Lodge in Chobe. Please ask for details.

TOuR ExTENSIONS south africa 

SPLENDOURS OF 

SOUTH AFRICA EXTENSIONS 

Tour + Victoria Falls 


At Victoria Falls, the mighty Zambezi river 

thunders over a 100-metre drop into a 

narrow ravine, dividing Zimbabwe and 

Zambia. While it is not the highest or 

widest waterfall in the world, it can lay claim 

to being the largest sheet of falling water 

and one of the seven Natural Wonders of 

the World. 

Day 14 – To the Victoria Falls: Transfer to the 

airport and fly to Livingstone, via Johannesburg. 

Transfer to the Royal Livingstone Hotel (see 

page 59) for 2 nights. (B) 

Day 15 – Victoria Falls: At leisure or take 



and fly to London, via Johannesburg. (B) 




Extend your stay in Cape Town and explore 

the city at leisure. Located in Table Bay, 

with the famous Table Mountain providing a 

stunning backdrop, this is one of the world’s 

most multi-cultural cities and the most popular 

tourist destination in South Africa due to its 

superb climate and easy access to stunning 

nature, from beaches to mountain trails. 


Town this evening and stay at the Winchester 

Mansions (standard) / Cape Grace (superior) 

for 3 nights (see page 32). (B) 

Days 15-16 – Cape Town: Days at leisure or 


Day 17 – To London: Afternoon flight to 

London with British Airways. (B) 


Tour + Mauritius* 


This extension provides a relaxing end to 

your tour, with an opportunity to enjoy the 

white sandy beaches and turquoise waters of 

Mauritius. With only 34 rooms, 20 Degrees 

South prides itself on offering a personal 

service to all its guests. 

Day 14 – To Mauritius: Late morning transfer 

to the airport and fly to Mauritius. Stay at 20 

Degrees South (see page 97) for 6 nights. (B). 

Days 15-19 – Mauritius: At leisure. (B) 

Day 20 – To London: Morning transfer to the 

airport and fly to London with Air Mauritius. 

(B) 

*Flights: Travel outbound on Virgin Atlantic and 

inbound on Air Mauritius when taking 

this extension. 

Victoria Falls, Zambia 

Table Mountain 

Mauritius

south africa PRIVATE JOuRNEYS & TAILOR-MADE TRAVEL 

SELF-DRIVE IN 

SOUTH AFRICA 

Self-drive itineraries are a flexible and cost effective way to discover South Africa at your own 

pace. One popular itinerary starts in Cape Town and travels along the Garden Route to Port 

Elizabeth. Alternatively, KwaZulu-Natal lends itself to circular routes, starting and finishing in 

Durban. Whatever appeals to you, our team of specialists will plan your holiday so that you can 

see the highlights of this remarkable country without spending too much time in the car. 

NAM 

✈ 

AFRIC A 

BOTSWANA 

Johannesburg 


Stellenbosch 

Cape Town Knysna 


LESOTHO 

Idube Game Reserve 

Nkomazi Game Reserve 


INDIAN OCEAN 

SWAZ 

ILAND 

Durban 

Chapman’s Peak, Cape Town 

SELF-DRIVE DETAILS 

Cox & Kings can arrange for you to collect your 

car from the airport upon arrival or have it 

delivered to your hotel. It is also easy for us to 

arrange one-way car hire within South Africa. 

To ensure that you benefit from the highest 

standards of reliability, service and support, 

we work with Europcar in South Africa, which 

offers a 24-hour helpline, SOS emergency 

service and medical / legal assistance. All Cox & 

Kings self-drive holidays include Classic Plus car 

hire insurance and a local mobile phone with 

reliable coverage. 

On arrival in South Africa, you will be met by 

a guide and given a comprehensive self-drive 

pack. This will allow you to talk through and 

consider any aspects of the itinerary and the 

routing that you may be unsure of. South 

Africans drive on the left side of the road and 

conditions are generally good. 

Vehicle types for hire 

Group B – Hyundai I20 (hatch) or similar 

Features include: Manual gearbox 

with air conditioning, radio / CD 

player, airbags, ABS and power 

steering. Capacity: 4 passengers maximum. 

Price per day: £37. 

Group O – Mercedes C180 or similar 

Features include: Automatic 

gearbox, air conditioning, radio / 

CD player, airbags, ABS and power 

steering. Capacity: 4 passengers maximum. 


Group S – Renault Koleos or similar 

Features include: Manual gearbox, 

air conditioning, radio / CD player, 

airbags, ABS and power steering. 

Capacity: 5 passengers maximum. 


Vineyard, Franschhoek 

SAMPLE JOURNEY 

Explore the Cape 


Day 1 – To Cape Town: Fly overnight to 

Cape Town. (N) 

Days 2-4 – Cape Town: Arrive in Cape 

Town. Meet your driver / guide or pick up 

your hire car. Stay 3 nights at Kensington 

Place. (B) 

Days 5-6 – To Franschhoek: Drive to 

Franschhoek and stay 2 nights at Mont 

Rochelle & Mountain Vineyard. (B) 

Days 7-8 – To Hermanus: Travel south to 

Hermanus and stay 2 nights at the Marine 

(see page 33). (B) 

Days 9-10 To Sanbona: Drive to Sanbona 

Wilderness Reserve, home to the Big Five 

and rare white lions. Stay 2 nights. (B, L, D) 

Day 11 – To London: Return to Cape Town 

and fly to London. (B) 

Day 12 - London: Early morning arrival. (N) 

GuIDELINE PRICES 

Low season from: £2,795 (self-drive) / 

£4,195 (fully guided) 

High season from: £3,165 (self-drive) / 

£4,595 (fully guided)

TAILOR-MADE TRAVEL south africa 

SOUTH AFRICA 

TAILOR-MADE 

Cederberg 

e 

Mountains 

Cape Town 

South Africa’s extraordinary natural beauty and cultural diversity often amazes visitors to the 

country. Superb infrastructure, a great variety of accommodation and world class service mean 

that South Africa has something to offer the most discerning traveller. With a fascinating mix of 

indigenous inhabitants and immigrants, nine provinces to explore and some superb wildlife parks, 

South Africa is culturally, scenically and naturally inspiring. Please contact Cox & Kings to discuss 

further ideas with one of our experts or refer to our website, coxandkings.co.uk, for full itineraries. 

NAM 

AFRIC A 

Johannesburg 


Stellenbosch 

Hermanus 

BOTSWANA 

Knysna 

Madihove 

Game Reserve 


LESOTHO 


INDIAN OCEAN 

Sabi Sand Private 

Game Reserve 

The Waterberg 

AZILAN ZILAND 

Durban 

Stellenbosch 


From Cape Town to 

the Winelands 


Cape Town 

• Explore the Cape Peninsula 

• Experience a live jazz brunch at 

Winchester Mansions 

Cosmopolitan, relaxed and with a comfortable 

Mediterranean climate, Cape Town is the 

ideal gateway into South Africa. Sandwiched 

between Table Mountain and the Atlantic 

Ocean, the city enjoys one of the world’s most 

spectacular locations. 

Take a cable car to the summit of Table 

Mountain for superb views over Cape Town to 

the beaches beyond; visit Robben Island, where 

Nelson Mandela was imprisoned for three 

decades, or stroll along the attractive Victoria 

& Alfred Waterfront in the city’s old port area, 

full of vibrant restaurants, shops and cafes. Arts 

and the theatre will also not disappoint. Other 

excursions delve deeper into South Africa’s 

Camps Bay 

political past and open doors to communities 

not always visible in the city itself. The colourful 

Bo-Kaap area is one of the oldest residential 

areas in the city, and home to the Malay 

community for example. 

Extending south of the city are many chic and 

leafy suburbs. Camps Bay is well known for its 

beachfront sidewalk and lively restaurant and 

cafe culture. The prestigious Upper Claremont 

district is close to the magnificent Kirstenbosch 

Gardens, from where hiking enthusiasts can 

climb Table Mountain. 

Cape Town is a perfect base from which 

to explore the Cape Winelands, the Cape 

Peninsula and the seaside town of Hermanus 

or to venture north to the Cederberg 

Wilderness Area. Big Five wildlife viewing is 

now available just two-and-a-half hours from 

Cape Town, in Sanbona Wildlife Reserve. 



Day 2 – Cape Town: Arrive in Cape Town. 

Pick up you Group B hire car. Drive to Four 

Rosmead for a 4-night stay. (N) 

Days 3-5 – Cape Town: At leisure or 


Day 6 – To Stellenbosch: Drive to 

Stellenbosch and stay at River Manor 

Country House & Spa for 4 nights. (B) 

Days 7-9 – Stellenbosch: At leisure or 


Day 10 – To London: Fly to London. (B) 

Day 11 – London: Early morning arrival in 

London. (N) 


Low season from: £1,945 

High season from: £2,195 

Other recommended accommodation 

pairings for this itinerary include: 

5-star boutique hotels: Abbey Manor in 

Cape Town and Majeka House in Stellenbosh. 

5-star hotels: Cape Grace in Cape Town 

and Lanzerac Hotel & Spa in Stellenbosch.

south africa TAILOR-MADE TRAVEL 

Cape winelands 

Cape winelands & the whale route 

• World renowned wine estates 

• Picturesque mountain scenery 

A short drive from Cape Town takes you into 

the undulating valleys and towering mountains 

of the Cape Winelands, South Africa’s main 

wine producing region. This area, which 

encompasses the small towns of Stellenbosch, 

Franschhoek and Paarl, can be easily visited 

on a day trip from Cape Town, but we 

recommend a longer stay to fully absorb the 

atmosphere of the region. Sample local wines, 

have lunch at a wine estate or arrange to 

have a picnic beside one of the area’s many 

streams and lakes. 

The oldest European settlement in South 

Africa, Stellenbosch is a university town of 

oak-lined avenues surrounded by vineyards, 

while the French Huguenot village of 

Franschhoek is considered the prettiest of the 

three towns, and is home to some of South 

Africa’s finest chefs. 

For those with a particular interest in wines, 

we recommend a tour with Pietman Retief. 

Having spent 30 years in the wine industry, 

Pietman has extensive knowledge and an 

infectious enthusiasm. For gourmet travellers 

and recreational cooks, African Relish’s cooking 

courses, based in the charming town of Prince 

Albert, provide a fantastic opportunity to 

discover South Africa’s eclectic cuisine. 

Hermanus is Africa’s top spot for whale 

watching between July and November, 

either by boat or from the scenic cliffs. We 

recommend a stay at Grootbos Private 

Reserve (see page 33) to learn about the 

Cape’s unique fynbos plants and to spot 

migrating southern right whales. 

COX & KINGS RECOMMENDS . . . 

Picnic basket 

Pick up a picnic in the country kitchen of 

Mont Rochelle & Mountain Vineyard. Take 

a stroll, with blanket in hand, through the 

vineyards, down to the dam and into the rose 

garden or to the shade of an oak. Unpack 

your picnic basket, open a bottle of wine and 

relax. Baskets are available every day and can 

be pre-ordered. 

Waterford wine safari 

Take a trip ‘safari style’ through this awardwinning 

120-hectare estate situated on the 

slopes of the beautiful Heldeberg Mountain 

near Stellenbosch. Guests will be able to 

taste the wines made from the respective 

vineyards while learning about the estate’s 

organic approach to wine-making, as well 

as the unique plants of the Cape Floral 

Kingdom. 

Le Quartier Francais 

Classic Cape cuisine walk 

Savour traditional Cape food and wine as your 

culinary guide leads you through the historic 

heart of Stellenbosch. Try biltong and bobotie, 

koeksisters and melktert while meeting a host 

of colourful characters en route. 

Le Quartier Francais day 

cooking courses 

This Franschhoek-based property enjoys 

an almost unrivalled reputation for all things 

food related. From the award-winning Tasting 

Room to the rustic Bread and Wine, executive 

chef Margot Janse continues to enthral food 

lovers from around the world. 

Cox & Kings recommends the Culinary 

Concierge menu – a selection of day courses 

where you can learn anything from bread 

baking to the art of charcuterie.


The Garden Route 

• Sunset paddle cruise on Knysna’s lagoon 

• Explore the rocky coastline of 

Tsitsikamma National Park 

This compact coastal belt, running from 

George to the Tsitsikamma National Park, is 

a picturesque stretch of wide beaches, lakes, 

rivers, indigenous forests and impressive 

mountain passes. It is particularly suited to 

self-drive holidays. 

The Garden Route is known for its small 

owner-run guesthouses and farms (although 

larger hotels are also available), which give a 

real feel for the country and its culture, and 

enable guests to meet the locals. 

Oudtshoorn, known as the ‘feather capital,’ 

has a picturesque setting in the semi-desert 

region of the Little Karoo. Popular visits from 

Oudtshoorn include the dramatic Cango 

Caves and a local ostrich farm. 

Continue east along the Garden Route to the 

small seaside town of Knysna, which overlooks 

a picturesque lagoon. Have dinner on a paddle 

cruiser or walk in the secluded Featherbed 

Nature Reserve. Plettenberg Bay offers long 

stretches of sweeping, unspoilt, beaches and, 

closeby, the quaint hamlet of Stormsriver lies 

at the feet of the Outeniqua and Tsitsikamma 

mountains. The area is characterised by vast 

expanses of Cape flora and gigantic trees, and 

is teeming with birdlife. 

For big animal viewing, a logical extension to 

Knysna loerie, Garden Route 

the Garden Route is the Eastern Cape (see 

page 24) just a short drive from Port Elizabeth. 

It is also possible to fly from Port Elizabeth to 

the Kruger National Park, via Johannesburg. 

Both destinations offer excellent opportunities 

to view wildlife at close quarters. 


South Africa in Luxury 


Day 1 – To Cape Town: Fly to Cape Town. (N) 

Day 2 – Cape Town: Arrive in Cape Town. Pick 

up you Group B hire car. Drive to the Cape 

Grace (see page 32) for a 3-night stay. (N) 



Day 5 – To Franschhoek: Drive to 

Franschhoek and stay at the Last Word 

Franschhoek (see page 33) for 2 nights. (B) 

Day 6 – Franschhoek: At leisure or optional 

excursions. (B) 

Days 7 – Swellendam: Drive to Swellendam 

and stay at Jan Harmsgat Country House. (B) 

Day 8 – To Plettenberg Bay: Drive to 

Plettenberg Bay and stay 2 nights at Emily 

Moon River Lodge. (B) 

Day 9 – Plettenberg: At leisure or optional 


Day 10 – To Port Elizabeth: Drive to Port 

Elizabeth and stay at the Windermere. (B) 

Day 11 – To Sabi Sands: Fly to Kruger- 

Mpumalanga airport via Johannesburg. 

Transfer to Londolozi for 2 nights. (B, L, D) 

Day 12 – Sabi Sands: Safari activities. (B, L, D) 

Day 13 – To London: Fly to London via 

Johannesburg (B) 





Beach, Knysna


Elephants, Addo Elephant Park 

The Eastern Cape 

• Twice-daily safari drives 

• Interpretive bush walks 

An ideal place to begin or end a Garden Route 

itinerary, the Eastern Cape has some excellent 

private wildlife reserves and a striking coastline 

where great white sharks and southern right 

whales may be seen. The region’s vast plains, 

reduced to marginal grazing land during the 

time of the settler farmers, now support a huge 

variety of wildlife, and Addo Elephant Park has 

the most concentrated elephant population in 

Africa. Just an hour’s drive from Port Elizabeth 

and malaria-free, the reserves are ideal for 

family travel. Activities within the private wildlife 

reserves range from safari drives, bush walks and 

alfresco dining to river cruises, canoeing, fishing 

and beach walks. The variety of accommodation 

available, from rustic safari tents to de luxe 

chalets, means that we can tailor a safari to your 

exact requirements and budget. 

For a more remote Eastern Cape experience, 

it is worth mentioning the 270 sq km Samara 

Private Game Reserve (see the Wild Coast 

itinerary on page 25). Containing four of the 

country’s seven eco-systems, Samara’s abundant 

wilderness provides a habitat for 60 mammal 

species, including cheetahs, kudu, aardvarks, 

once-endangered white rhinos and many 

more. Stay at Karoo Lodge, which is a stylish 

restoration of an old farmhouse with six suites, 

wide verandas and fine antique furnishings. 


Wildlife of the Cape 




Day 2 – To Cederberg mountains: Arrive in 

Cape Town. Pick up your Group B hire car. 

Drive north to the Cederberg mountains 

and stay 3 nights at Bushman’s Kloof 

Wilderness Reserve & Wellness Retreat. (D) 

Days 3-4 – Cederberg mountains: 

Wilderness activities. (B, L, D) 

Day 5 – To Grootbos Nature Reserve: 

Drive to Grootbos and stay 2 nights. (B, D) 

Day 6 – Grootbos Nature Reserve: 

Wilderness activities. (B, L, D) 

Days 7 – To Oudtshoorn: Drive to 

Oudtshoorn. Stay 2 nights at Surval 

Boutique Olive Estate. (B) 

Day 8 – Oudtshoorn: At leisure. (B) 

Day 9 – To Plettenberg: Drive to 

Plettenberg. Stay 2 nights at Cottage Pie. (B) 

Day 10 – Plettenberg: At leisure. (B) 

Day 11 – To the Eastern Cape: Drive to 

Kichaka Private Game Reserve for a 2-night 

stay. Afternoon safari activity. (B, L, D) 

Day 12 – Eastern Cape: Safari activities. 

(B, L, D) 

Day 13 – To London: Drop off your hire 

car at Port Elizabeth. Fly to London via 

Johannesburg. (B, L) 





Buffalo, Addo Elephant Park


Cape West coast 

• Ancient scenery of the 

Cederberg mountains 

• Visit the Elandsberg Rooibos 

& Fynbos estate 

Visiting the Cape West coast is a wonderful 

opportunity to escape the crowds and 

really get under the skin of South Africa. 

Our suggested non-exclusive small group 

tour (minimum 2 guests) travels north from 

Cape Town exploring coastal towns, interior 

mountains and valleys where access is 

restricted. 

There are plenty of opportunities to meet 

local wine makers, fishermen and farmers. 

Highlights include sampling wines in the 

picturesque mountain town of Tulbagh, taking 

a short hike (optional) in the spectacular 

Cederberg mountains, visiting San rock art sites 

and experiencing local life in the fishing towns 

of Lambert’s Bay and Paternoster. The same 

journey can be taken on an individual basis 

accompanied by a private driver / guide. This 

gives you complete flexibility to stop en route 

and focus on your own particular interests. As 

with all our tailor-made suggestions, itineraries 

are completely adaptable. 

A few nights in Cape Town could be added 

before the trip starts and, if travelling 

independently, Bushman’s Kloof, a beautiful 

Relais & Chateaux lodge set in the Cederberg 

mountains, could be inserted part way through. 

Another highlight of this area is the blooming 

of spring wild flowers in August and 

September, when the area transforms into a 

carpet of colour. 


West Coast Wonderland 


Day 1 – To Clanwilliam: Drive north to 

Clanwilliam stopping en route in Tulbagh, 

Piketberg and Citrusdal. Stay 2 nights at 

Clanwilliam Lodge or similar. (N) 

Day 2 – Clanwilliam: Drive through the 

Cederberg mountains, stopping en route. (B) 

Day 3 – To Paternoster: Drive via Lambert’s 

Bay, to Paternoster. (B,D) 


Town via the West Coast National Park. (B) 




Wild Coast 

• Visit the Nelson Mandela Museum 

• Watch the Sardine Run (June / July) 

The Wild Coast, north-east of East London, is 

one of the most beautiful stretches of coastline 

in southern Africa. The coast and hinterland 

are underdeveloped and there are many large 

open spaces, secluded bays, craggy cliff faces 

and pristine forests, where waterfalls tumble 

into the warm waters of the Indian Ocean. 

Before 1994, this was a Xhosa homeland, 

and its rolling hills are studded with turquoise 

thatched kraals. It is a place where ancient 

customs and traditions remain very much alive. 

This is also the birthplace of Nelson Mandela 

and his museum can be visited in Umtata. This 

area is a bit out of the way, but for a returning 

visitor who wants to get off the beaten track, 

it is an area well worth the effort. This sample 

journey combines the Wild Coast with the thrill 

of Big Five wildlife viewing in the Eastern Cape. 


South Africa’s Wild Coast 


Day 1 – To Johannesburg: Fly to Durban via 

Johannesburg. (N) 

Day 2 – To Oribi Gorge: Arrive in Durban 

where you will be driven south to Oribi 

Gorge. Stay at the Gorge Private Game 

Lodge & Spa. (N) 

Day 3 – To the Wild Coast: You will be 

driven to the Wild Coast. Stay 2 nights at 

Mbotyi River Lodge (B,D). 

Day 4 – Wild Coast: Optional excursions. 

(B, D) 

Day 5 – To Chintsa: You will be driven 

to Chintsa and, en route, visit the Nelson 

Mandela Museum, his village of birth 

and family home. Stay 3 nights at Prana 

Lodge. (B) 

Cederberg mountains 

Days 6-7 – Chintsa: Days at leisure. 

Day 8 – To the Eastern Cape: You will be 

driven to the Eastern Cape. Stay 2 nights at 

Kichaka Lodge. (B, L, D) 

Day 9 – Eastern Cape: Safari activities. 

(B, L, D) 

Day 10 – To Samara Private Game Reserve: 

You will be driven to Samara for a 2-night 

stay. (B, L, D) 

Day 11 – Samara Private Game Reserve: 

Safari activities. (B, L, D) 

Day 12 – To London: You will be driven to 

Port Elizabeth airport. Fly to London via 

Johannesburg. (B, L) 


London. (N) 



High season from: £6,495


KwAzULU-NATAL 

TAILOR-MADE 

KwaZulu-Natal forms South Africa’s east coast and is a diverse region of traditional towns and 

villages, mountain ranges, battlefields and safari parks. 

AFRIC A 

Ladysmith 

Midlands 

Meander 

Drakensberg 

L E S O T H O 

S W A Z I L A N 

D 

Pongola 

Rorke’s Drift 

St Lucia 

Wetlands Park 

Hluhluwe Imfolozi 

Game Reserve 

Ballito 

Umhlanga Rocks 

Durban 

Mkuzi Game Reserve 

Phinda Game Reserve 

Durban 

• Street scene township tour 

• Cycle along the Golden Mile 

Midlands meander 

• Shopping for unique African arts & crafts 

• Short hikes in rolling hills 

Durban is the most common entry point 

to Kwazulu-Natal, a short flight from 

Johannesburg. Home to the largest Indian 

population in the country, Durban is a vibrant 

and colourful mix of cultures. The city has 

seen substantial regeneration over the years, 

especially around the beachfront area where 

there is a modern boardwalk and the uShaka 

Marine World. Further north of the city 

are the upmarket coastal towns of Ballito 

and Umhlanga Rocks with some very good 

accommodation away from the hubbub of the 

city. We particularly recommend the Oyster 

Box (see page 34). 

Craft seller, Durban 

An easy hour’s drive north from Durban is 

the Midlands Meander, a project started in 

1983 by local craftspeople to market their 

products and now extending over 80km, 

with a huge variety of stalls. Set in beautiful 

surroundings reminiscent of the English 

countryside, the area is an ideal base for hiking, 

trout fishing, horse riding and relaxing. The 

Drakensberg mountains can also be explored 

from accommodation in the Midlands Meander 

and we particularly recommend Cleopatra 

Mountain Farmhouse (see page 34) and 

Fordoun. 

The Battlefields 

• Battlefield tours 

• Visit a traditional Zulu village 

Zulu village 

The vast plains of northern Kwazulu-Natal 

have witnessed several ferocious conflicts 

during the late 19th century between the 

Boers, the Zulus and the British. Traditionally 

the home of the Zulu people, the siege of 

Ladysmith and the famous battles of Rorke’s 

Drift, Isandlwana and Spionkop (where 

Mahatma Ghandi and Winston Churchill were 

present) all took place here. Battlefield tours 

are the best way to appreciate the history 

and characters behind these bloody battles. 

These run daily from the lodges. Fugitive’s 

Drift Lodge and Guest House, Isandlwana 

Lodge and Three Tree Hill Lodge all offer 

superb accommodation and first-rate 

battlefield guides. 

Drakensberg mountains 

• Hiking 

• San Bushmen rock art sites 

Drakensberg mountains 

The spectacular Drakensberg mountains were 

designated a world heritage site in 2000. 

The Berg, as the area is known, has some 

spectacular natural features: Giant’s Castle, 

Champagne Castle and Cathedral Peak being 

the best known. The area is also home to a 

rich collection of San Bushmen rock art sites, 

collectively featuring about 35,000 images. 

Surrounded by mountain peaks, we 

recommend Cathedral Peak Hotel, a threehour 

drive from Durban. Activities include free 

daily-guided hikes, birdwatching, horse riding, 

cycling mountain bike trails, tennis, fishing and 

swimming in the two pools. 


A Drive Through 

KwaZulu-Natal (Self-Drive) 


Day 1 – To Durban: Fly to Durban via 


Day 2 – To the Midlands Meander: Collect 

hire car. Drive to the Midlands Meander. 

Stay 2 nights at Cleopatra Mountain 

Farmhouse. (D) 

Day 3 – To the Drakensberg: At leisure. (B, D) 

Day 4 – To the Battlefields: Drive to the 

Battlefields. Spend 2 nights at Fugitive’s Drift 

Lodge (see page 34). (B, L, D) 

Day 5 – The Battlefields: Full-day Battlefields 

tour. (B, L, D) 

Day 6-8 – To Phinda Private Game Reserve: 

Drive to Phinda (see page 34). Stay at 

Forest or Mountain Lodge for 3 nights. Safari 

activities. (B, L, D) 

Day 9-11 – To umhlanga Rocks: Drive to 

Umhlanga and stay 3 nights at Teremok 

Lodge (or upgrade to the Oyster Box). (B) 

Day 12 – To London: Drive to Durban. Fly 

to London via Johannesburg. (B) 






Kwazulu-Natal Wildlife Reserves 

• Safari drives in 4x4 vehicles 

• Explore the St Lucia Wetlands by boat 

Originally two separate national parks, 

Hluhluwe-Umfolozi offers some superb wildlife 

viewing in truly diverse landscapes. 

Umfolozi, the southern sector of the park, was 

pioneering in its conservation of white rhinos 

in the 1960s and is thought to have saved 

them from extinction. Where Umfolozi is flat 

and dissected by huge rivers, Hluhluwe is hillier. 

The wildlife here is very diverse, with wild 

dogs, antelope, cheetahs and giraffes, as well as 

the Big Five. 

The St Lucia Wetlands, part of the iSimangaliso 

Wetlands Park, is a wonderful place for boat 

trips. Stay at Makakatana Bay Lodge to be close 

enough to go whale watching or turtle spotting 

on the coastline to the north. 

There are also several well-known private 

reserves in the area, including Amakhosi, 

Thanda and Phinda Private Game Reserve 

(see page 34). 

Swaziland & Lesotho 

• Viewing arts & crafts 

• Village visits 

Bordering KwaZulu-Natal are Lesotho and 

Swaziland, two kingdoms of spectacular 

landscapes and a traditional way of life. 

Swaziland can be visited as a stand-alone 

destination or in combination with KwaZulu- 

Natal and the Kruger National Park. At the 

heart of the country is the Ezulwini valley, 

home to the Swazi royal family. Mkhaya Game 

Reserve is the flagship wildlife destination 

with an opportunity to see roan, tsessebe, 


Lesotho 

White rhino 

sable antelope, black and white rhinos and 

elephants. There is also a very good arts and 

crafts industry with galleries selling wood 

carvings, candles, jewellery and woven rugs. 

Our Lesotho offering focuses on Tsehlanyane 

National Park in the north and the Sani Pass 

in the south, where guided walks can be taken 

through dramatic scenery and local villages. 

Please see the Cox & Kings website for our 

Kingdom of Swaziland programme as well 

as our Three Kingdoms 14-day tour, which 

combines the highlights of Lesotho, Zululand 

and Swaziland. 

Sani Pass 

Explore the Sani Pass 

Experience the magnificent Drakensberg 

mountains and spectacular scenery as you 

wind your way up the historic Sani Pass into 

Lesotho. Travel in a 4x4 vehicle to the roof of 

Africa. Visit a traditional Basotho village and 

have lunch in the highest pub in Africa. 

Durban street scene township 

Explore Durban’s past and present on this 

informative day tour. Start in Berea, an upmarket 

suburb, before moving on to Mahatma Gandhi’s 

restored home in Inanda. Visit Ohlange School, 

where Nelson Mandela cast his vote in the first 

democratic elections, and Mzinyathi Waterfall. 

After a Shisanyama (barbecue) lunch, visit the 

KwaMashu train station market before taking 

a walk through K-Section to see a typical fourroom 

family house. 

Bead seller, Durban 

27


Kruger & the Lowveld 

Escarpment 

Kruger National Park is South Africa’s flagship 

wildlife area, with 140 different mammal 

species, more than 500 birds and a host of 

amphibian, reptile and plant species. With 

unfenced edges bordering some of Africa’s 

finest private wildlife reserves, including Sabi 

Sands, Timbavati and Manyeleti, Kruger offers 

the country’s most concentrated wildlife 

viewing, and sightings of the Big Five – lions, 

leopards, elephants, rhinos and buffaloes – are 

common. Some of our favourite lodges are 

featured on page 35 and have been chosen for 

their attentive warm service, outstanding food 

and excellent guiding. 

The Lowveld escarpment to the west of 

Kruger National Park, with its canyons and 

waterfalls, contains some of South Africa’s most 

striking scenery. View great sights along the 

Panorama Route such as Blyde river canyon, 

God’s Window and Bourke’s Luck Potholes, 

and discover the historic mining village of 

Pilgrim’s Rest. This dramatic landscape can also 

be viewed from a hot air balloon and makes 

for spectacular hiking country. 

For a longer stay in the area, we recommend 

Cybele Forest Lodge & Health Spa (see page 

34), a luxury boutique hotel in a breathtaking 

forest setting. Another of our favourites is 

Jatinga Country Lodge, where guests can 

enjoy a sundowner on the elevated deck 

overlooking the river. 

Lilac-breasted roller, Kruger National Park 


Exclusive Retreats of 

South Africa 


Stay for 12 nights, pay for only 8 

(excluding Christmas and New Year) 

Day 1 – To Cape Town: Fly overnight. (N) 

Days 2-4 – Cape Town: Arrive in Cape 

Town. Transfer to Cape Royal Hotel & 

Residence for 3 nights. Days at leisure or 

take optional excursions. (B) 

Days 5-7 – To Franschhoek: Transfer 

to Franschhoek Country House & Villas 

for a 3-night stay. At leisure or optional 


Days 8-10 – To Thornybush Game Reserve: 

Return to Cape Town and fly to Hoedspruit. 

Transfer to Thornybush Game Reserve and 

stay 3 nights at Shumbalala Game Lodge. 

Safari activities. (B, L, D) 

Days 11-13 – To the Lowveld: Transfer to 

the Lowveld and stay 3 nights at Cybele 

Forest Lodge & Spa. Days at leisure or 


Day 14 – To London: Transfer to Kruger- 

Mpumalanga airport and fly to London via 

Johannesburg. (B) 





Lion, Kruger National Park


Marakele National Park, Waterberg Mountains 

Madikwe Game Reserve 

The 750 sq km Madikwe Game Reserve is 

just three hours’ drive from Johannesburg, 

situated on the South African border with 

Botswana. Created during Africa’s biggest 

wildlife relocation programme in 1991, the 

reserve is now home to 66 large mammal 

species, including the Big Five, and is one of 

the best places to see wild dogs in South 

Africa. Madikwe is also malaria-free. We like 

Makanyane Safari Lodge (see page 35) set 

on 1,800 hectares of private land. The guiding 

is superb, the lodge’s public areas extremely 

homely, and the chalets are glass-fronted and 

very chic. Also high on our list, and a notch up 

in price, is Jamala Madikwe Royal Safari Lodge. 

Opulent yet charming, Jamala is known for its 

busy waterhole, which can be viewed while 

dining at the lodge’s fine restaurant. The two 

Jaci’s Lodges, with their superb family safari 

programme, are also firm favourites. A short 

walk from Tree Lodge is Jaci’s Starbed, a fourposter 

bed where guests can spend a night out 

in the wild and experience the wildlife from 

this special vantage point. 

Wild dog, Madikwe Game Reserve 

The Waterberg 

The Waterberg occupies 1,500 sq km just 

north of Johannesburg and has been described 

as South Africa’s best-kept secret. It is an 

area of soaring craggy mountains, sweeping 

grasslands and spectacular rock formations. 

Although there is not the same near-guarantee 

of Big Five sightings as in the Kruger area, there 

is a huge diversity of wildlife and landscapes. A 

malaria-free destination, the Waterberg is ideal 

for families and travellers looking for a safari 

area with fewer visitors. Ant’s Nest, Ant’s Hill 

(see page 35), Jembisa (an exclusive-use family 

home) and Makweti Safari Lodge are at the 

top of our list here. 

With an ever increasing number of people 

choosing South Africa as a safari-only destination, 

you may like to consider our South African Safari. 

This 15-day / 12-night safari includes Madikwe 

Game Reserve, the Waterberg and the Makalali 

Game Reserve. All camps have been handpicked 

for the range of activities on offer and their ability 

to tailor each guest’s safari experience. Please call 

or see our website for further details. 

Masked weaver bird, Madikwe Game Reserve 

Johannesburg 

Although most visitors only use Johannesburg 

as a transit point, if you have time to spare 

before you move on, Cox & Kings can arrange 

a private guide who will tailor the tour to your 

area of interest. From the Apartheid Museum 

in Soweto to some of the well-known art 

galleries and the Cullinan diamond mine, a day 

exploring Johannesburg completes the picture 

of this fascinating country. 

Soweto 

29


BEACHES OF 

SOUTH AFRICA 

NAM 

AFRIC A 

BOTSWANA 


SWAZILAND 

MOZAMBIQUE 

Durban 

White Pearl 

South Africa has some of the world’s finest beaches with 27 awarded international Blue Flag 

status. The different coastlines vary hugely and the activities on offer are dependent largely on 

the ocean currents. South Africa is bordered in the east by the Indian Ocean and warmed by 

the Agulhas current, which flows south from the equator. The country is bordered to the west 

by the Atlantic Ocean and the cold Benguela current, which flows northwards from Antarctica. 

The two oceans meet at Cape Agulhas, the most southerly point on the African continent, with 

cold water west and warmer water to the east of this divide. 

Cape Town 

Knysna 


Plettenberg 

Dolphin Coast 

Cape Town & the west coast 

• Great for sunbathing & beach activities 

• Fish restaurants on the sand 

Glorious stretches of white sand and tantalisingly 

turquoise water run from Cape Town along the 

west coast. Swimming is a challenge because 

of cold sea temperatures, but sunbathing and 

beach activities are popular between October 

and April, when beaches are busy well into the 

evening. On the west coast, there are beach 

restaurants serving traditional local fish menus 

on the sand, such as Strandloper at Langebaan. 

Cape Town’s top beaches are Camps Bay, 

Noordhoek and the Clifton beaches. 

Eastern Cape & the Wild Coast 

• Stunning coastal scenery 

Remote and undiscovered, this stretch of 

coastline is off the tourist trail, and offers 

stunning coastal scenery, with alternating 

sweeps of beach and precipitous cliffs. We 

recommend staying at Prana Lodge on Cintsa 

beach (west of East London) which has an 

authentic Thai spa. 

Cape Point to Port Elizabeth 

• Temperate swimmable waters 

• Beach culture 

As you round Cape Point the water warms up 

by a few degrees and Hermanus’ Grotto beach 

is swimmable in the summer from November 

to April. 

Mossel Bay to Port Elizabeth is where South 

Africa’s beach culture really starts and waters 

here are temperate, but not tropical. 

Working westward along the Garden Route, 

there are gems every step of the way 

with swimming largely a summer pastime. 

Wilderness is a remarkable coastline, with 

rolling, gentle, waves ideal for families. 

Plettenberg Bay is the real beach hotspot, from 

the small bays that dot the Robberg Reserve 

to Southern Cross (Plettenberg Bay). 

Just before Port Elizabeth lies St Francis Bay 

where the Sands @ St Francis (see page 34) is 

a great hideaway. 

Kwazulu Natal’s north coast 

• Pods of dolphins inhabit the clear waters 

• Warm year-round 

This is where the good year-round beach 

options begin. The sea and weather are warm 

throughout the year and the beaches tend 

to be smaller and rocky. This is not called 

the Dolphin Coast for nothing, and pods of 

dolphins are often seen in the clear waters. 

We recommend Umhlanga Rocks Main Beach, 

which has good accommodation close by, 

including Teremok, the Oyster Box (see page 

34 ) and the Beverley Hills Hotel. 

Marine reserves north of Richard’s Bay are 

tropical, with crystal clear waters. Thonga 

Beach Lodge and Rocktail Beach Camp (see 

page 35) are our favourites here. More of an 

eco-resort region, there are plenty of quiet and 

calm snorkelling pools to be found. 

Just over the border into Mozambique is the 

highly recommended White Pearl, poised 

among the dunes on timber slilts.


SOUTH AFRICA 

LUXURY TRAIN JOURNEYS 

Rovos Rail 

Recreate the romance of the golden age 

of luxury train travel aboard Rovos Rail’s 

Pride of Africa as it travels through some of 

Africa’s most beautiful scenery. The trains 

feature beautiful wood-panelled heritage 

coaches, which have been carefully rebuilt, 

and are drawn by steam, diesel and electric 

locomotives. 

Rovos Rail’s trains consist of four Royal, 22 De 

Luxe and 10 Pullman suites, combining the 

opulence of a bygone era with subtle modern 

innovations. The use of traditional furnishings 

and period decor in the 1920s dining car and 

observation car, which has an open balcony, 

creates an elegant atmosphere in which to 

relax and watch the passing scenery. 

Dinner, served with the formality of fine china, 

crisp linen and silver, is worth getting dressed 

up for. 

ROVOS RAIL ROUTES 

Pretoria to Cape Town 

3 Days / 2 Nights full board from £1,315 

This classic journey includes tours of 

the diamond-rush city of Kimberley and 

Matjiesfontein in the Western Cape. 

Pretoria to Durban 


Includes two safari drives and a battlefields 

tour. 

Pretoria to Swakopmund 


Includes excursions to the Fish river canyon, 

Sossusvlei dunes and Namib desert. 

African Golf Collage 



Includes extensive golfers and non-golfers 

itineraries. Please ask for more details. 

Directions: Please note that all journeys 

operate in reverse. 

De Luxe Suite, Rovos Rail 

Blue Train, Club Car 

Rovos Rail 

The Blue Train 

Since 1946, the distinctive blue carriages 

of The Blue Train have transported travellers 

across southern Africa in style. 

Setting superb standards in luxury travel, this 

world-renowned train offers an outstanding 

travel experience. 

The Blue Train features contemporary 

interiors that have been elegantly designed 

and fitted with rich fabrics, birch panelling 

and Italian marble. 

In the classic 1920s style dining car, fine 

South African wines accompany gourmet 

cuisine. While you dine, your personal 

butler will transform your suite into a 

luxury bedroom. 

BLUE TRAIN ROUTES 


2 Days / 1 Night full board from £1,035 

This classic 1,600km overnight journey from 

Pretoria to Cape Town travels across the 

Karoo desert as the ever-changing scenery 

flashes past the windows. 

Directions: Please note that all journeys 

operate in reverse.


SOUTH AFRICA 

HOTELS 

Cape Grace, Cape Town 

From £215 pppn with breakfast 

The elegant Cape Grace is set on its own 

private quay on the Victoria & Alfred 

Waterfront. The hotel’s charm lies in its stylish 

decor and warm hospitality. Relax by the 

outdoor heated swimming pool or dine at the 

Signal restaurant, which has superb views over 

the yacht marina. 

The Mount Nelson, Cape Town 


More than 100 years old and one of South 

Africa’s most famous hotels, the ‘Nellie’ is set in 

beautiful gardens at the foot of Table Mountain. 

Managed by Orient-Express, the hotel is well 

regarded for its sumptuous afternoon teas, the 

chic Planet Champagne Bar and the relaxing 

Librisa Spa. 

Winchester Mansions, Cape Town 


Built in the mid 1920s, the Winchester 

Mansions Hotel has earned a well-deserved 

reputation for outstanding personal service. 

Dine alfresco in the colonnaded courtyard 

where Sunday lunch is served accompanied by 

live jazz, or relax on the terrace of Harvey’s Bar, 

overlooking the ocean. 

Taj Cape Town, Cape Town 


Taj Cape Town’s 176 exceptional rooms and 

suites offer an oasis-like retreat from the 

lively bustle of the city centre. Originally the 

home to the South African Reserve Bank and 

Temple Chambers, it successfully combines the 

heritage of the old with the luxury of the new. 

Walk out the doors into Company Gardens. 

Four Rosmead, Cape Town 


Built in 1903 and stylishly remodelled, Four 

Rosmead is an exclusive guesthouse on the 

slopes of Table Mountain, five minutes from the 

V&A waterfront. Accommodation consists of 

eight bespoke en suite bedrooms. There are 

good views, beautifully landscaped gardens, a 

swimming pool and therapy room. 

Ellerman House, Cape Town 


Ellerman House is a historical landmark of 

great repute, offering fantastic views of the 

Atlantic Ocean. This is the ultimate home from 

home, with just nine rooms and two suites, 

wide verandas, immaculate lawns, a superb spa 

with infinity pool and a captivating collection 

of artwork. 

African Elite Properties, Cape Town 

From £65 pppn room only 

African Elite Properties has a portfolio of 

fully serviced luxury apartments and villas. 

Located in the renowned Waterfront Marina 

or in the heart of De Waterkant’s cafes, bars 

and boutiques, the apartments provide the 

flexibility of self-catering. 

Steenberg Hotel, Constantia 


Situated on the slopes of Steenberg Mountain, 

the Steenberg Hotel is positioned on the 

Cape’s oldest wine farm. The rooms are 

located in the original historic buildings, dating 

back to 1682, and overlook the vineyard or 

gardens. There is an 18-hole golf course. 

River Manor Country House & Spa, 

Cape Winelands 


This privately owned boutique property, built 

in the early 1900s, is just a two-minute stroll 

from the many restaurants, museums and art 

galleries of historic Stellenbosch. The property 

is decorated with antiques and has two pools.


SOUTH AFRICA 

HOTELS 

Delaire Graff Lodges & Spa, Delaire 

Graff Estate 


Delaire Graff Lodges & Spa sit on top of a 

magnificent mountain pass linking Stellenbosch 

and Franschhoek. All 10 lodges are completely 

private, with curved hedges providing natural 

seclusion. There is a luxury spa, cinema, stateof-the-art 

gym and pool. 

Babylonstoren, Cape Winelands 


The historic Cape Dutch wine and fruit 

farm of Babylonstoren dates back 300 years. 

Accommodation is in 12 immaculately restored 

labourer’s cottages, whose interiors are an 

elegant mix of antique and designer pieces. At 

the top of the garden is a reservoir style pool 

with canoes for guests’ use, a spa and gym. 

The Last Word Franschhoek, 

Franschhoek 


The Last Word Franschhoek Hotel is a historic 

residence in the centre of Franschhoek. A small, 

intimate property, it has just six luxurious double 

rooms, which open on to small, shaded gardens 

or patios. There are many award-winning 

restaurants within walking distance of the hotel. 

The Marine, Hermanus 


The Marine is set on rocky cliffs overlooking 

Walker Bay, where southern right whales 

calve between July and November. It is now a 

Relais & Chateaux accredited hotel featuring 

an indulgent spa with extensive treatments 

and two excellent gourmet restaurants – the 

Pavilion, and Seafood at the Marine. 

Grootbos Private Nature Reserve 

From £140 pppn all inclusive 

Grootbos is home to two luxury lodges, Garden 

Lodge and Forest Lodge. Set among ancient 

milkwood trees, this eco-friendly accommodation 

consists of large, private, one- and two-bedroom 

suites set in tranquil surroundings. Horse riding, 

whale watching, and beach and cave walks are 

just a few of the activities available. 

Belvidere Manor, Knysna 


Belvidere Manor’s 28 pretty, well-priced, 

Cape-style cottages either overlook the 

tranquil Knysna lagoon or out to beautiful 

gardens, abundant with birds. Retreat to your 

comfortable lounge or private veranda, mix 

with the locals in the Bell Tavern, Knysna’s 

smallest pub, or relax by the swimming pool. 

Hog Hollow Country Lodge, near 

Plettenberg Bay 


This private nature reserve, situated 18km 

from Plettenberg Bay, features 15 rooms 

with private decks, and a pool, overlooking 

indigenous forests and the Tsitsikamma 

mountains. Dinner is served at a candlelit table. 

The Plettenberg, Garden Route 


Set on a rocky headland and built around an 

infinity pool, this Relais & Chateaux property 

benefits from outstanding sea and mountain 

views. Guests can eat dinner in the wine 

cellar, relax in the Carchele Spa and go whale 

watching (July to November). 

Kurland, near Plettenberg Bay 


Kurland is an intimate country hideaway with 

16 beautifully appointed rooms set in tranquil 

rose gardens. Relax on the spacious veranda or 

by the pool, visit the health spa, watch a game 

of polo and enjoy simple country food in the 

dining room or courtyard.


SOUTH AFRICA 

HOTELS 

The Sands @ St Francis, St Francis Bay 


The Sands @ St Francis is an impressive fivebedroom 

homestead with uninterrupted views 

of the Indian Ocean coastline. Soak up the 

sun in one of the two secluded pools, relax in 

the steam room or dine in the glass-fronted 

restaurant and bar, which has a surrounding 

timber deck. 

Kichaka Private Game Lodge, 

Eastern Cape 


Kichaka Private Game Lodge has 10 individually 

decorated suites, each with a private deck, 

plunge pool and excellent views of the 

surrounding bush. In addition to two daily safari 

drives, a ‘cosmic safari’, via a telescope, provides 

a wonderful introduction to the night sky. 

Shamwari Long Lee Manor, 

Eastern Cape 


Long Lee Manor is a gracious, Edwardian 

Manor House that overlooks sweeping plains 

teeming with wildlife. Echoing the traditions of 

the past, this colonial property has manicured 

gardens, terraces and verandas and two 

swimming pools. 

Kwandwe Great Fish River Lodge, 

Eastern Cape 


This lodge is set in 160 sq km hectares of 

private land on the banks of Fish river, a habitat 

for big animals, including black and white rhinos, 

and more than 200 bird species, including blue 

cranes. The luxurious suites feature Africaninspired 

decor and have private thatched decks. 

Cybele Forest Lodge & Health Spa, 

Mpumalanga 


An old hunting lodge set in 120 hectares of 

forest and gardens, Cybele offers luxurious 

suites with plunge pools, first class cuisine and 

a range of spa treatments. A variety of optional 

excursions include day trips into Kruger 

National Park and elephant safaris. 

Cleopatra Mountain Farmhouse, 

Drakensberg Mountains 

From £165 pppn half board 

KwaZulu-Natal’s leading gourmet getaway is 

tucked away in the spectacular Drakensberg 

mountains and features 11 luxury guestrooms. 

Swimming, walking and hiking are popular 

pursuits and a visit to the nearby Midlands 

Meander, a craft route, is recommended 

Fugitives Drift Lodge, The Battlefields 

From £95 pppn full board 

This award-winning property enjoys 

commanding views of the reserve’s 20km river 

frontage, which includes the site of the British 

retreat from Isandlwana. The lodge comprises 

eight spacious en suite rooms and is acclaimed 

for its battlefield tours. 

Phinda Private Game Reserve 


With seven distinct habitats, this pristine 

wilderness is renowned for its exceptional 

sightings of elusive cheetahs, rare black rhinos 

and resident lion prides. There are four lodges: 

Mountain, Rock, Vlei and Forest, and we 

recommend combining two lodges over 4 nights. 

The Oyster Box, umhlanga 


Opened in 1947, the Oyster Box has long 

been one of Africa’s best-loved hotels, with 

an abundance of colonial charm and a 

breathtaking seaside setting. The hotel decor 

features paintings by local artists and each of 

the 86 rooms is individually decorated.


SOUTH AFRICA 

HOTELS 

Rocktail Beach Camp, Maputaland 


The secluded Rocktail Beach Camp is located 

in a rich marine reserve. The luxury treehouse 

chalets are set on the dunes near the beach. 

Activities include snorkelling, fishing and a 

nocturnal beach walk in search of egg-laying 

turtles (mid Oct – Mar). Facilities include a 

large swimming pool and wine cellar. 

Garonga Safari Camp, 

Makalai Private Game Reserve 


With just six tented rooms overlooking a 

dry riverbed, Garonga provides in-depth and 

unhurried wildlife encounters. Each room has 

a wooden deck, complete with a hammock, 

which commands spectacular views, as well as 

an indoor and outdoor shower. 

Londolozi, by Kruger National Park 


A member of Relais & Chateaux, Londolozi 

comprises five elegant camps situated in 

Sabi Sand. The personalised service of the 

rangers, superb wildlife viewing opportunities 

and luxurious accommodation all ensure an 

outstanding safari experience. Some suites have 

private plunge pools. 

Simbambili Game Lodge, bordering 

Kruger National Park 


Simbambili Game Lodge is situated in northern 

Sabi Sand, along the meandering Manyeleti 

river. All eight suites have private plunge pools 

and are set inconspicuously amid dense forest. 

Outdoor dining is by candlelight in the boma 

or on the dry riverbed below the lodge. 

Leopard Hills, bordering Kruger 

National Park 


With eight spacious glass-fronted suites, each 

with a private plunge pool, sun deck and views 

of the Sabi Sand Game Reserve, Leopard Hills 

offers privacy in a spectacular setting. Try a 

massage in the bush sala and experience some 

of the best wildlife viewing in South Africa. 

Tanda Tula, by Kruger National Park 


Tanda Tula is a tented camp in the Timbavati 

Private Nature Reserve, north of Sabi Sand. 

Excellent trackers seated at the front of 4x4 

vehicles ensure an exciting search for wildlife. 

Strict rules mean that there are no more than 

two vehicles allowed at any animal sighting, to 

ensure their wild disposition remains. 

Ngala Tented Safari Camp, bordering 

Kruger National Park 


Set on the banks of the seasonal Timbavati 

river, Ngala Tented Safari Camp is a member 

of the Small Luxury Hotels of the World. The 

camp offers just six sophisticated tented suites, 

a viewing deck and pool. 

Makanyane Safari Lodge, 

Madikwe Game Reserve 


Makanyane is a remote lodge comprising eight 

suites, all with log fires, glass walls and views 

across the bush. Elephants have been known to 

wander past the rooms and bush babies play in 

the surrounding trees. 

The Ant Collection, Waterberg 


Ant’s Nest and Ant’s Hill are both private 

bush homes owned by Ant and Tessa Baber. 

They are located on their own private wildlife 

reserve and offer a flexible, tailor-made safari 

experience of pure relaxation and actionpacked 

excitement.

namibia TOur 

DISCOVErY TOur 

NAMIBIA: UNTOUCHED 

WILDERNESS 

Escorted Group Tour, Private Journey or Self Drive • 13 Days / 10 Nights from £2,895 

S k e l e t o n C o a s t 

Etosha 

National Park 

Ongava Private 

Game Reserve 

Twyfelfontein 

NAMIBIA 

✈ Windhoek 

Swakopmund 

AFRIC A 

SOUTH ATLANTIC OCEAN 

N a m i b d e s e r t 

Sossusvlei 

Fish river 

canyon 

heart of Damaraland, passing Brandberg, the 

highest mountain in Namibia. Afternoon visit 

to the pre-historic rock art at Twyfelfontein 

and see the geological features of the Organ 

Pipes, Burnt Mountain and the petrified forest. 

Transfer to Twyfelfontein Country Lodge for 2 

nights. (B, D) 

Day 8 – Damaraland: Full-day wildlife drive in 

4x4 vehicles to explore northern Damaraland 

in search of rare desert elephants. You may also 

see Hartman’s mountain zebras, giraffes, oryxes, 

springboks and kudus. Predators sometimes 

seen include lions, cheetahs, leopards and 

hyenas. (B, L, D) 


Stay in stunning desert locations 

Explore the sand dunes of the Namib desert 

Spot wildlife at Damaraland & Etosha National Park 

Optional hot air balloon ride over Sossusvlei sand dunes 

Namibia is one of the world’s last great 

wilderness countries. This tour visits the 

magnificent sand dunes of the Namib 

desert and the German colonial town of 

Swakopmund. Travelling inland, you will see the 

wildlife of Damaraland and Etosha National 

Park, before ending your journey with a visit 

to the Cheetah Conservation Fund. 

THE JOURNEY 

Day 1 – To Windhoek: Fly overnight to 

Windhoek, via Frankfurt, with Air Namibia. (N) 

Day 2 – Windhoek: Arrive and transfer to the 

Safari Court Hotel for 1 night. The Germanstyle 

architecture and pleasant cafes give 

Windhoek a surprising European feel. (N) 

Day 3 – To the Namib desert: Morning drive 

to the Namib desert. Stay 2 nights at Namib 

Elephants, Etosha National Park 

Naukluft Lodge, or similar, in a stunning desert 

location. (B, D) 

Day 4 – Namib desert: Early morning drive to 

Sossusvlei to explore the giant sand dunes with 

a stop at the 30-metre deep Sesriem canyon. 

Afternoon at leisure. (B, D) 

Day 5 – To Swakopmund: Early morning 

optional balloon safari (£425 per person). 

Morning drive to Swakopmund on the 

west coast, a seaside resort with German 

architectural and cultural influences. Stay 2 

nights at Deutches Haus or similar. (B) 

Day 6 – Swakopmund: Day at leisure or optional 

cruise excursion (from £80 per person). (B) 

Day 7 – To Damaraland: Drive north to 

Cape Cross, known for its colony of around 

100,000 cape fu r seals. Travel inland, to the 

Day 9 – To Etosha National Park: Morning 

drive to the southern side of Etosha National 

Park. Stay 2 nights at Etosha Safari Lodge 

or similar. Evening wildlife viewing in Etosha 

National Park. (B, L, D) 

Day 10 – Etosha National Park: Morning 

wildlife viewing in Etosha National Park. A 

vast white saltpan dominates the centre of 

the park and wildlife concentrates around the 

waterholes. The park is home to elephants, 

reputed to be the largest in Africa, as well as 

rare black rhinos. Afternoon at leisure. (B, D) 

Day 11 – To Omaruru: Morning drive to the 

Cheetah Conservation Fund (CCF) and visit 

the Education Centre. Continue to Omaruru 

Game Lodge. Afternoon safari drive. (B, D) 

Day 12 – To London: Travel to Windhoek and 

fly to London Heathrow, via Frankfurt, with Air 

Namibia. (B) 

Day 13 – London: Morning arrival. (N) 

EXTENSIONS 



Occupying a dramatic location at the foot 

of Table Mountain and on the shore of the 

Atlantic Ocean, Cape Town is one of the 

world’s most beautiful cities.

TOur namibia 

Sossusvlei 

Day 12 – To Cape Town: Transfer to Windhoek 

and fly to Cape Town. Stay at Four Rosmead* 

(see page 32) for 3 nights. (B) 



Day 15 – To London: Morning at leisure. 

Afternoon transfer to the airport and fly to 

London, via Frankfurt, with Air Namibia. (B) 




NOTES 

* Extension accommodation: From May to 

August, a free fourth night at Four Rosmead 

can be added to the itinerary. 

Extensions: Please see page 38 for other 

extension ideas. 

namibia: Untouched Wilderness tour prices for departures on or between the following dates 

Code Escorted No of 05 Jan 09 Feb 23 Mar 01 Jun 27 Jul to 07 Sep 05 Oct to 11 Jan to Single Supp Sole Supp 

Group Tour nights 13 13 13 13 17 Aug 13 14 09 Nov 13 22 Mar 14 from from 

NAM Tour 10 2,895 2,995 3,045 3,095 3,195 3,195 3,195 3,195 350 • 

NAMCPT + Cape Town 3 715 715 715 715 715 715 715 715 230 295 

NAMGOC + Gocheganas 2 445 445 445 445 495 495 510 545 55 55 

NAMOKO + Okonjima 2 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 940 100 520 

NAMOKV + Okavango delta 4 1,620 1,620 1,620 1,735 2,175 2,175 2,065 1,755 405 405 

Code Private No of 01 Jan to 01 Jun to 01 Jul to 01 Oct to 29 Oct to 01 Dec to 08 Dec to 01 Jan to Single Supp Sole Supp 

Journey nights 03 May 13 30 Sep 13 30 Sep 13 28 Oct 13 30 Nov 13 07 Dec 13 31 Dec 13 31 Mar 14 from from 

NAD Self drive 10 3,095 2,945 3,095 3,145 3,095 3,175 3,275 3,195 325 • 

Code Private No of 01 Jan to 01 Jul to 01 Oct to 29 Oct to 01 Dec to 08 Dec to 14 Dec to 25 Dec to Single Supp Sole Supp 

Journey nights 30 Jun 13 30 Sep 13 28 Oct 13 30 Nov 13 07 Dec 13 13 Dec 13 24 Dec 13 31 Dec 13 from from 

NAI Private tour 10 5,145 5,245 5,345 5,245 5,295 5,345 5,375 5,345 350 POA 


Prices above are per person in pounds sterling (£), based on two people sharing a twin room. Extension prices are based on two or more people taking the same 



2013 / 2014 departure dates 

Out (Sat) rtn uK (Thu) 

05 Jan 13 17 Jan 13 

09 Feb 13 21 Feb 13 

23 Mar 13 04 Apr 13 

Flight upgrades 

Q Business Class: £1,195 per person return* 

Out (Sat) rtn uK (Thu) 

01 Jun 13 13 Jun 13 

27 Jul 13 08 Aug 13 

17 Aug 13 29 Aug 13 

Out (Sat) rtn uK (Thu) Out (Sat) rtn uK (Thu) 

07 Sep 13 19 Sep 13 

11 Jan 14 23 Jan 14 

05 Oct 13 17 Oct 13 

8 Feb 14 20 Feb 14 

09 Nov 13 21 Nov 13 

22 Mar 14 03 Apr 14 

Regional air connections 




namibia TOur ExTENSIONS 

NAMIBIA: UNTOUCHED 

WILDERNESS EXTENSIONS 

Cheetahs 

Tour + Okavango delta 


The Okavango delta in northern Botswana 

is the perfect contrast to the dry desert of 

Namibia. The myriad of waterways and vast 

floodplains are home to an array of wildlife. 

Day 12 – To Windhoek: Afternoon transfer 

to Windhoek and stay overnight at the Safari 

Court Hotel. (B) 

Day 13 – To the Okavango delta: Morning 

transfer to the airport. Fly to Maun, via 

Johannesburg, and take a light plane transfer to 

Xugana Island Lodge (see page 50) or similar. 

Stay for 2 nights. (B, D) 

Day 14 – Okavango delta: Wildlife viewing on 

foot, by vehicle and mokoro (canoe). (B, L, D) 

Day 15 – To London: Morning wildlife activities 

before a light plane transfer to Maun. Fly 

to London Heathrow, via Windhoek and 

Frankfurt, with Air Namibia. (B) 


Mokoro ride, Okavango delta, Botswana 

Tour + Okonjima 


Okonjima is home to a variety of animals 

rescued by the AfriCat Foundation, including 

lions, leopards and cheetahs. 

Okonjima actively works to rehabilitate these 

animals ready for relocation to parks and 

wildlife reserves. 

Days 12-13 – To Okonjima: Transfer to 

Okonjima. Stay 2 nights at Okonjima Main 

Camp (see page 42). Activities include leopard 

and cheetah tracking in 4x4 vehicles, walking 

Bushman trails and the chance to learn more 

about the AfriCat Foundation’s crucial work. 

(B, L, D) 

Day 14 – To London: Afternoon transfer to 

Windhoek and fly to London Heathrow, via 

Johannesburg, with British Airways. (B) 


London. (N) 

Gocheganas pool 

Tour + Gocheganas Nature reserve 

& Wellness Village 

15 Days / 12 nights from £3,340 

Gocheganas is a luxury lodge just 29km 

south-east of Windhoek, offering a 

combined wildlife, nature and wellness 

experience. There are 16 private chalets 

with uninterrupted views of the surrounding 

countryside, 11 spa treatment rooms and a 

heated indoor and outdoor swimming pool. 

Days 12-13 – To Gocheganas: Drive south to 

Gocheganas and stay for 2 nights. Optional 

wildlife viewing, looking for white rhinos, 

kudus, zebras, cheetahs, leopards, wildebeest, 

bush babies and aardvarks, can be booked. 

Treatments can also be arranged at the lodge’s 

wellness village. (B, D) 

Day 14 – To London: Afternoon transfer to 

Windhoek and fly to London Heathrow, via 

Johannesburg, with British Airways. (B) 

Day 15 – London: Early morning arrival. (N)

PrIVATE JOurNEYS & TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL nambia 

SELF-DRIVE IN 

NAMIBIA 


Etosha 

National Park 

Twyfelfontein 

NAMIBIA 

✈ Windhoek 

Swakopmund 

AFRIC A 



Self drive itineraries are a liberating, flexible and cost effective way to discover Namibia at your own 

pace, and a number of different routes lend themselves well to self drive holidays. Accommodation 

varies from 4-star guesthouses to 5-star luxury lodges, camps and hotels, and can be booked on a bed 

& breakfast, full board or fully inclusive basis, to include all excursions and safari activities. 

Luderitz 

Sossusvlei 

Fish river 

canyon 

SELF-DRIVE DETAILS 

Namibians drive on the left side and although 

80% of the roads are gravel, regular grading 

generally keeps them in good condition. To 

ensure that you benefit from the highest 

standards of reliability, service and support, 

we work with Budget car rental and Namibia 

Car Rental in Namibia. All our holidays include 

Super Cover car hire insurance. 

On arrival in Namibia, you will be met by a 

guide and given a comprehensive self-drive pack. 

This will allow you to talk through any aspects of 

the itinerary and routing that you may be unsure 

of. We recommend the Nissan X-Trail, which is 

spacious and has good ground clearance. 

Self drive Namibia 

We recommend that you book and pay in 

advance for a second spare tyre as distances 

are long and punctures occur more often 

on gravel. 

Vehicle types for hire 

Group K – Nissan x-Trail, 5 door Toyota Yaris 

(sedan) or similar 

Features include: Automatic gearbox, air 

conditioning, radio / CD player, airbags and 

power steering. Capacity: 5 passengers 

maximum. 

Price per day: £115 


Highlights of Namibia 


Day 1 – To Windhoek: Fly from London to 

Windhoek, via Frankfurt. (N) 

Day 2 – Windhoek: Arrive in Windhoek. 

Pick up your hire car and stay overnight at 

Elegant Guest House. (N) 

Day 3 – To Sossusvlei: Travel south to 

Sossusvlei and stay 2 nights at the Desert 

Homestead. (B) 

Day 4 – Sossusvlei: Optional excursions all 

day. (B) 

Day 5 – To Swakopmund: Drive to 

Swakopmund for 2 nights at the 

Cornerstone Guest House. (B) 

Day 6 – Swakopmund: Optional excursions 

all day. (B, D) 

Day 7 – To Damaraland: Drive to 

Damaraland and stay 2 nights at Camp 

Kipwe. (B, D) 

Day 8 – Damaraland: Optional excursions. 

all day. (B, D) 

Day 9 – To Etosha: Drive to Etosha 

National Park and stay 2 nights at Etosha 

Safari Lodge. Afternoon safari drive in the 

park, with its well-marked roads and dense 

scattering of waterholes. (B) 

Day 10 – Etosha: Full-day safari drive in 

Etosha National Park. (B) 

Day 11 – To Okahandja: Drive to 

Okahandja and stay overnight at Elegant 

Farmstead. (B, D) 

Day 12 – To London: Drive to Windhoek 

and fly to London, via Frankfurt. (B) 


London. (N) 

GuIDELINE PrICES 



Tour as self drive: Untouched Wilderness 

on pages 36-38 can also be taken on a 

self-drive basis. See the price table for 

details.

namibia TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL 

NAMIBIA 

TAILOR-MADE 


Twyfelfontein 

Etosha NP 

Okonjima 

NAMIBIA 

Swakopmund Windhoek 

Walvis Bay 

C a p r i v i S t r i p 

BOTSWANA 



Namibia is a ruggedly beautiful country with its vast wilderness of stark, arid, landscapes, 

wild coastline and ever changing colours. It contains the oldest desert on the planet, the 

world’s highest sand dunes and second largest canyon, carved by the Fish river. There is also Luderitz 

spectacular wildlife here, but this country is more about its huge landscapes and fascinating 

indigenous culture. If you only have a little time available, try a fly-safari travelling by light aircraft. 

The aerial views over Namibia are stunning. Land travel can also be arranged, either with your 

own private driver / guide or on a self-drive basis (see page 39), however, more time is needed. 

Sossusvlei 

Namib Rand 

Nature Reserve 

Fish river 

canyon 

AFRIC A 

Please contact Cox & Kings to discuss further ideas with one of our experts or refer to our 

website, coxandkings.co.uk for full itineraries. 

Windhoek 

• Take a tour of Katutura township 

• Try a steak at Joe’s Beerhouse 

Windhoek is a small, quiet, friendly and 

safe capital city situated within a large basin 

surrounded by pretty hills. 

Visitors usually stay for 1 or 2 nights at the 

beginning or end of a trip and do some 

shopping, go on a township tour or perhaps 

visit Namibia’s National Art Gallery. 

Windhoek has some excellent 

accommodation, from the traditional Hotel 

Heinitzburg (see page 42), perched on a hill, 

to a range of small, boutique hotels, including 

Olive Grove (see page 42), Olive Exclusive and 

the Elegant Guesthouse. 

Namib Naukluft National Park 

• Sip a sundowner overlooking the dunes 

• Take a hot air balloon flight over the desert 

The Namib Naukluft Park is home to 

Sossusvlei, the huge red sand dunes for 

which Namibia is best known. Sossusvlei is a 

photographer’s paradise and is easy to reach in 

your own hire car. 

Church in Windhoek, 

Alternatively, all the lodges offer a range of 

guided excursions, including the typical half-day 

trip to the dunes. 

We recommend staying in one of the lodges 

in the private Kulala Wilderness Reserve, a 

private concession close to Sossusvlei, such 

as Little Kulala (see page 43) or Kulala Desert 

Lodge. Also highly recommended for its 

pristine environment and superb views is the 

Sossusvlei Desert Lodge (see page 43) just 

over an hour’s drive south from Sossusvlei, but 

well worth the effort. 

Sossusvlei

TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL namibia 

Damaraland 

• Visit the Twyfelfontein rock art site 

• Search for desert-adapted elephants 

The name Damaraland is derived from the 

Damara people who live here. Officially the 

area has been renamed the Erongo Region 

in the south and the Kunene Region in the 

north. This rugged landscape, with huge granite 

boulders adorned by a wealth of Bushman 

rock art, is also home to elusive desertadapted 

elephants and black rhinos. There 

are a number of interesting geological sites 

worth a look, including the petrified forest, 

Burnt Mountain and the Organ Pipes. For an 

adventure, try a 2- or 3-night mobile camping 

safari (fully serviced) in the breathtaking 

Palmwag Concession Area. Stay in dome tents 

and dine alfresco under the stars. 

Although space is limited here, Swakopmund, 

Luderitz, the Skeleton Coast and the Caprivi 

Strip are also featured in the Cox & Kings 

portfolio. Please check the website for 

further details. 

Namib rand Nature reserve 

• Take a scenic wildlife drive 

• Hike through spectacular scenery 

The Namib Rand Reserve, south of Sossusvlei, 

is one of Africa’s largest private sanctuaries 

and one of unparalleled beauty and diversity. 

Inhabited by oryx, springboks, ostriches, 

cheetahs and aardwolfs, to name a few, the 

dunes seem redder than at Sossusvlei and the 

quirky ‘fairy circles’ (similar to crop circles) 

bring an added mystery to the landscape. The 

Wolwedans collection of lodges includes the 

rustic Dune Camp, the secluded Private Camp, 

the chic Dunes Lodge and the more recently 

built Boulders Camp (excellent for hiking trails). 

There is plenty of space to relax and take in 

this unique and peaceful environment. 

Damaraland 

Namib Rand Nature Reserve 


Namibia in Style 


Day 1 – To Windhoek: Fly overnight from 

London to Windhoek, via Johannesburg. (N) 

Day 2 – Windhoek: Arrive in Windhoek and 

transfer to the Olive Grove (see page 46) 

for 1 night. (N) 

Day 3 – To Namib Naukluft-National Park: 

Fly to Kulala Desert Lodge in the Namib- 

Naukluft National Park and stay 2 nights 

(see page 45). Afternoon nature drive or 

walk. (B, L, D) 

Day 4 – Namib-Naukluft National Park: 

Morning visit to Sossusvlei to explore the 

giant sand dunes. Afternoon nature drive or 

walk. (B, L, D) 

Day 5 – To Swakopmund: Optional 

early morning hot air balloon safari, with 

champagne breakfast at the landing site. Fly 

to Swakopmund over two shipwreck sites. 

Stay 2 nights at the Swakopmund Hotel. (B) 

Day 6 – Swakopmund: Morning cruise and 

seafood lunch. (B, L) 

Day 7 – To Damaraland: Morning flight to 

Damaraland and stay 2 nights at Mowani 

Mountain Camp (see page 42). Nature walk or 

drive in search of desert elephants. (B, L, D) 

Day 8 – Damaraland: Morning visit to 

Twyfelfontein to see Bushman engravings. 

Afternoon nature walk or drive. (B, L, D) 

Day 9 – To Etosha National Park: Morning 

flight to Etosha Natiional Park and stay 2 

nights at Ongava Lodge. Activities include 

wildlife viewing in Etosha and Ongava. 

Guided walks and white rhino tracking are 

also available in Ongava. (B, L, D) 

Day 10 – Etosha National Park: Wildlife 


Day 11 – To London: Fly to Windhoek, then 

on to London, via Johannesburg. (B) 


London. (N) 




upgrades: It is possible to further upgrade 

your accommodation to Little Kulala, 

Mowani Mountain Camp (suite) and Little 

Ongava. Please speak to an Africa specialist 

for more details.

namibia TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL 

NAMIBIA 

HOTELS & LODGES 

Olive Grove, Windhoek 


Olive Grove is a small, upmarket guesthouse 

in a quiet area of Windhoek. Each room has 

a large veranda with tables and chairs for 

alfresco dining. The open-air lounge, spa bath, 

plunge pool and tranquil garden are the ideal 

resting place for relaxing under Namibia’s 

open skies. 

Heinitzburg Hotel 


Originally built as a castle in 1914, the 

Heinitzburg Hotel overlooks Windhoek’s 

skyline. There are 16 air-conditioned en suite 

rooms, a heated swimming pool and a garden 

terrace where you can sip cocktails at sunset. 

There is also a gourmet restaurant and private 

wine cellar. 

Okonjima Otjiwarongo 


Okonjima Lodge is situated between Windhoek 

and Etosha National Park and is home 

to the AfriCat Foundation. Okonjima has 

accommodation available in Main Camp, the 

original family farmhouse with 16 rooms, Bush 

Camp with its own pool, plus two private suites 

and a grand African villa. 

Etosha Safari Lodge, near Etosha 

National Park 


Etosha Safari Lodge is situated on a hillock 

offering a magnificent 360-degree view of 

the African savanna. All 65 chalets are air 

conditioned with fresh blue interiors and large 

showers. The Andersson Gate into Etosha is 

just 9km away. 

Mushara Bushcamp, 

Etosha National Park 


Mushara Bushcamp offers an affordable 

down to earth bush experience on Etosha’s 

doorstep. There are 16 spacious tents 

constructed of canvas, wood and local 

limestone. The central area has a large veranda 

and swimming pool. 

Ongava Game Lodge, 

Etosha National Park 


Ongava Lodge is situated in its own private 

wildlife reserve. Guests can take night drives, 

nature walks and view wildlife at a floodlit 

waterhole. Accommodation is in 12 chalets or 

guests can upgrade to Ongava Tented Camp or 

to Little Ongava, which has three luxury suites. 

Damaraland Camp 


Located on the north bank of the Huab river 

valley, Damaraland Camp offers endless vistas 

across stark plains and the soaring peaks of 

the Brandberg mountains. The camp features 

10 tents and a pool, and is a good base from 

which to search for rare desert elephants. 

Desert rhino Camp, Damaraland 


Desert Rhino Camp is run in conjunction with 

Save the Rhino Trust. Situated in the Palmwag 

Concession, an area of more than 450 sq km, 

this luxury tented camp caters for a maximum 

of 12 guests. The tents all have en suite facilities, 

including bucket showers. 

Mowani Mountain Camp, Damaraland 


Mowani’s luxury thatched tents are set close 

to the rock art at Twyfelfontein. Built on raised 

wooden platforms, with private verandas, they 

have great views. We recommend upgrading 

to the luxury suite, which features an open-air 

bathroom and private deck dining.

TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL namibia 

NAMIBIA 

LODGES & FLY SAFARIS 

Doro Nawas Camp, Damaraland 


Doro Nawas is situated on the side of a small 

hill overlooking a dramatic escarpment. There 

are 16 comfortable chalets, each with verandas 

for stargazing. Activities include nature drives 

through spectacular desert scenery and visits 

to the San rock art at Twyfelfontein and the 

petrified forest. 

Ntwala Island Lodge, Caprivi Strip 


Ntwala is an exclusive island retreat with just 

four beautiful chalets, each with a private plunge 

pool and sala, surrounded by lush vegetation. 

The exceptional service is highly personalised 

and activities are predominantly water based. 

Each suite has a boat and guide to ensure 

flexibility. 

Little Kulala, Namib Desert 


Little Kulala has 11 climate-controlled thatched 

villas, or kulalas, each with their own private 

plunge pool. Kulala in Oshiwambo, a Namibian 

language, means ‘to sleep’. The main lodge 

has a wrap-around veranda overlooking the 

waterhole, perfect for watching the desert 

sunset. 

Sossusvlei Desert Lodge, 

Sossusvlei Desert reserve 


This remote lodge is surrounded by the golden 

landscape of the Namib desert. An array of 

desert adapted flora and fauna can be seen 

from open 4x4 safari vehicles. At night, the sky 

can be viewed through a window above the bed 

or through a telescope from the observatory. 

The Wolwedans Collection, 

Namibrand Nature reserve 

Dune Lodge from £140 pppn half board 

The Wolwedans Collection of lodges is 

situated within desert scenery two hours 

south of Sossusvlei. The collection comprises 

four lodges: the rustic Dune Camp, the 

secluded Private Camp, the chic Dune Lodge 

and the recently built Boulders Camp. 

Erongo Wilderness Lodge, 

Erongo Mountains 


Erongo Wilderness Lodge is an excellent base 

from which to explore the volcanic beauty of 

the Erongo mountains and has outstanding 

birding and walking opportunities, Bushman 

rock art and a relaxed pace of life. There are 

10 en suite tented chalets. 

Serra Cafema Camp 


Experience the surreal scene of a river flowing 

swiftly through the desert at Serra Cafema, at 

one of the most remote camps in southern 

Africa. Guests fall asleep to the sound of 

rushing water, while, by day, they explore one 

of the driest deserts in the world. 

Best of Namibia Wing Safari 

7 Days / 6 Nights from £3,385 pppn all inclusive 

This safari explores four distinct regions: the 

sands and red dunes of Sossusvlei; the icy, life 

filled coasts at Swakopmund and Walvis Bay; 

the stark plains of Damaraland, with their 

desert adapted elephants; and the amazing 

wildlife abundance in the Etosha savanna. 

Schoemans Skeleton Coast Safari 

4 days / 3 nights from £4,550 pp all inclusive 

Experience a fascinating bird’s eye view of 

shipwreck remains, geological rock formations 

and rare desert wildlife as you fly in light 

aircraft between remote camps along the 

Skeleton Coast. Visit ancient bushman rock 

engravings and the nomadic Himba people.

otsWana PrIVATE JOurNEY 

STANDArD & SuPErIOr OPTIONS 

GREAT BOTSWANA 

SAFARI 

Private Journey • 9 Days / 6 Nights from £3,495 

AFRIC A 

Kasane 

Linyanti 

Marshes 

Victoria Falls 

Okavango 

delta 

Maun 

BOTSWANA 

Central Kalahari 

Game Reserve 

ZAMBIA 


ZIMBABWE 

Makgadikgadi Pans 


Handpicked camps known for authenticity, atmosphere & great food 

Areas of outstanding beauty 

Abundant wildlife & birds 

Kalahari 

desert 

Gaborone 

SOUTH 

AFRIC A 

✈ 

Johannesburg 

This Private Journey offers the chance to 

explore some of the most remote and 

pristine wilderness in Africa. Start in Zambia 

with a stay at the awe-inspiring Victoria Falls, 

the world’s largest sheet of falling water. 

Drive over the border to Botswana where 

you will fly, by light aircraft, into some remote 

camps in either the Chobe or Selinda region. 

Continue on to the exceptionally beautiful 

Okavango delta, a habitat for large numbers 

of predators, associated plains wildlife and 

more than 400 bird species. 

THE JOURNEY 

Day 1 – To Johannesburg: Fly from London 

to Livingstone, via Johannesburg, with British 

Airways. (N) 

Day 2 – To Livingstone: Arrive in 

Johannesburg and connect to Livingstone*. 

Transfer to Waterberry Lodge / Royal 

Livingstone † (see page 59) for a 2-night 

stay. Afternoon at leisure or take optional 

excursions. (N) 

afternoon safari activities. (B, L, D) 

Day 8 – To London: Afternoon transfer 

by light aircraft to Maun. Fly to London, via 

Johannesburg, with British Airways. (B, L) 


EXTENSIONS 

We recommend that you extend your 

holiday to either the Central Kalahari Game 

reserve or the Makgadikgadi Pans National 

Park (see page 48) in Botswana. These areas 

are seasonal, so speak to an Africa expert 

for advice. Alternatively, for an outstanding 

wildlife experience, add on Hwange National 

Park (see page 52) or, for a quiet time 

relaxing, Bumi Hills, Lake Kariba (see page 55) 

in Zimbabwe before heading to Victoria Falls. 



NOTES 

* Livingstone: Victoria Falls can also be 

viewed from the Zimbabwean side of the 

falls (see page 52). Our accommodation 

recommendations there include Ilala Lodge 

(see page 55), Victoria Falls Safari Club, the 

Elephant Camp and the Victoria Falls Hotel 

(see page 55). Please speak to an Africa 

specialist for further advice. 

Day 3 – Livingstone: Afternoon at leisure or 

take optional excursions (see page 60). 

Day 4 – Chobe / Selinda reserve: Transfer 

by road and boat across the border into 

Botswana. Fly from Kasane to the camp into 

Chobe / Selinda Reserve. Stay 2 nights at Saile 

Tented Camp (Chobe Enclave) / Motswiri Cap 

(Selinda Reserve) in the Chobe Enclave or 

Savute Safari Lodge † / Savute Under Canvas † 

in Savute, the southern sector of Chobe 

National Park. Afternoon safari activity. (B,L,D) 

Day 5 – Chobe / Selinda reserve: Morning 

and afternoon safari activities. (B,L,D) 

Day 6 – Okavango delta: Fly by light aircraft 

to Gunns Camp / Nxabega Okavango Safari 

Lodge † . Afternoon safari activity. Activities 

include safari drives, bush walks, mokoro 

(dugout canoe) trips and motorboat activities. 

(B, L, D) 

Day 7 – Okavango delta: Morning and 

Red lechwes, Okavango

PrIVATE JOurNEY botsWana 

Elephant, Chobe river 

† upgrade: Accommodation for the Superior 

Tour will be upgraded as indicated. 

Camp opening times: The remote camps 

are only open at certain times of year. Savute 

Under Canvas: 1 Feb 31 Dec 2013; Savute 

Safari Lodge: 1 31 Jan; Saile Tented Camp: 1 

Apr – 30 Nov; and Motswiri Camp: 1 Jan – 31 

Mar & Dec. 

Great botswana safari journey prices for departures on or between the following dates 

Code Private No of 01 Jan to 22 Mar to 21 Jun to 14 Jul to 17 Aug to 01 Oct to 01 Nov to Single Supp Sole Supp 

Journeys nights 21 Mar 13 20 Jun 13 13 Jul 13 16 Aug 13 30 Sep 13 31 Oct 13 30 Nov 13 from from 

GBS Standard private tour 6 3,495 3,595 3,995 4,095 3,995 4,095 3,695 0 295 

BYS Superior private tour 6 3,745 4,245 4,675 4,745 4,675 4,695 4,095 465 465 


Prices above are per person in pounds sterling (£), based on two people sharing a twin room. The prices which were valid at the time of publication, may be subject to 

change, particularly as a result of any additional fuel surcharges. You will be informed of any such changes prior to booking. See coxandkings.co.uk for current prices. 

british airways flight upgrades 








otsWana TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL 

BOTSWANA 

TAILOR-MADE 

AFRIC A 

Linyanti 

Marshes 

Maun 

BOTSWANA 

Kasane 


Chobe 

ZAMBIA 

ZIMBABWE 

Makgadikgadi Pans 

Botswana is the place for pristine wilderness, high standard camps and superb rangers. About 40% of 

the country’s land area has been given over to national parks and private game reserves, which remain 

totally unfenced. As a result, the wildlife roams freely through the natural habitats, making Botswana one 

of Africa’s premier safari destinations. Camps and lodges are often only accessible by light aircraft that fly 

low over this magical landscape. Once in camp, you are likely to go wildlife viewing in a small group, in an 

open-top 4x4 safari vehicle, away from the crowds. Please contact Cox & Kings to discuss further ideas 

with one of our experts or refer to our website, coxandkings.co.uk for full itineraries. 

Central Kalahari 

Game Reserve 

SOUTH 

AFRIC A 

The Okavango delta 

• Safaris by mokoro (dugout canoe) 

• Night drives 

The Okavango delta offers one of the most 

pristine and highest standard of safari in Africa. 

Tourist numbers are limited within the private 

concession areas, resulting in a peaceful wildlife 

experience. One of the world’s largest inland 

water systems, the area is packed full of Africa’s 

finest flora and fauna. The delta environment 

has large numbers of animal populations 

that are otherwise rare, such as crocodiles, 

sitatungas, elephants, red lechwes, wild dogs, 

buffaloes and wattled cranes, as well as the 

other more common mammals and birds. 

Following the animals off-road, taking night 

drives, enjoying bush walks, using motorboats 

driven by a guide, riding in a mokoro (canoe), 

fishing and birdwatching are some of the wide 

range of activities available. The whole delta 

area is extremely seasonal and there is quite a 

skill to finding the right combination of camps 

to deliver the required experience. From May 

to October, the floodwater arrives in the delta, 

attracting animals from the scorched Kalahari 

desert. Wildlife viewing at this time is unrivalled 

in Africa. 

Mokoro safari, Okavango delta 

Moremi Game reserve 

• Variety of habitats & wildlife 

• Serene relaxation 

Lion family, Moremi Game Reserve 

Moremi Game Reserve lies in the heart of 

the Okavango delta. Unfenced and surrounded 

by private concessions, it has been designated 

a protected area since 1962. Moremi has a 

good variety of habitats, from riverine and 

mophane forests, to the open savannas and 

shallow flooded lagoons. Wildlife viewing here 

is exceptional, especially on Chef’s Island, 

where the well-known Mombo and Little 

Mombo camps (see page 51) are based. 

Because Moremi is a national park and not a 

private concession, walking and night safaris are 

not allowed.

TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL botsWana 


• Boat cruises along the Chobe river 

• 4x4 safaris 

Within easy reach of Victoria Falls, Chobe 

National Park is celebrated for its huge 

elephant population, which concentrates on 

the Chobe riverfront in the dry season (May 

to October). The park is also well known for 

its large lion prides, especially in the Savute 

area, big buffalo herds and prolific birdlife. 

Chobe is a busy park and lacks the exclusivity 

of the private concessions in the Okavango 

delta. However, our consultants will guide 

you towards selecting camps that offer more 

isolation. Stay just outside the park in the 

Chobe Forest Reserve at the Muchenje Safari 

Lodge where walking safaris and night drives 

are offered in addition to the boat cruises and 

4x4 safaris. Alternatively, cross the Chobe river 

to Namibia and stay at Impalila, Ntwala (see 

page 43) or Chobe Savanna Lodge, all of which 

offer a greater feeling of remoteness. Floating 

lodges, such as the Zambezi Queen and Pride of 

Africa, provide an interesting dimension to add 

to an itinerary (see page 49). 

Lion, Chobe National Park 

Wild dog 

Linyanti 

• Walking safaris & night drives 

• Good wild dog sightings 

Linyanti is divided into three private concessions, 

Linyanti, Kwando and Selinda, all of which are 

first rate. Like the Okavango delta, these areas 

offer a more private experience than the 

national parks and both walking and night drives 

are allowed. The environment encompasses 

wooded areas, open plains, marshlands and 

floodplains, and, as a result, sustains a wide 

variety of wildlife. Large buffalo herds, good wild 

dog sightings (especially at Lagoon and Lebala 

Camps), red lechwes, tsessebes, cheetahs, lions 

and leopards are all present in abundance, 

particularly during the drier months (May to 

October). All levels of camp are on offer, from 

the high end Kings Pool and Zarafa Camps (see 

page 51) to the more rustic Linyanti Bush Camp 

(see page 51) in the Chobe Enclave. Fly camping, 

canoeing, walking and horse riding are also 

available (see page 49). 


Botswana’s Emerald Season 


Day 1 – To Maun: Fly to Maun via 


Day 2 – To Central Kalahari: Arrive in Maun. 

Scenic flight to the Central Kalahari. Stay at 

Tau Pan Camp (see page 51) for 3 nights. 

Afternoon safari activity. (L, D) 

Days 3 4 – Central Kalahari: Safari activities. 

(B, L, D) 

Day 5 – To Okavango delta: Fly by light 

aircraft to the Kwara Concession. Stay 2 

nights at Kwara Camp (see page 50). 

Afternoon safari activity. (B, L, D) 

Day 6 – Okavango delta: Safari activities. 

(B, L, D) 

Day 7 – To Linyanti: Light aircraft flight to 

Kwando Reserve. Stay 3 nights at Lebala 

Camp (see page 51). Afternoon safari 

activity. (B, L, D) 

Day 8 9 – Linyanti: Safari activities. (B, L, D) 


Johannesburg. (B. L) 





Quiver tree, Kalahari


Central Kalahari Game reserve 

• Walk with the Bushmen 

• Seek out predators & unusual wildlife in the 

emerald season 

The Central Kalahari Game Reserve is the 

second largest game reserve in the world and 

awe-inspiringly remote. The area is particularly 

outstanding in the emerald season (mid 

December to early April), when it comes alive 

with lush expanses of thick bush and green 

grass, which overlay the rolling sand dunes. 

Unpredictable thunderstorms visit the vast 

open skies and the crystal clear stargazing is 

truly memorable. The increased vegetation 

attracts some unusual species, providing a great 

contrast to the Okavango delta. Black-maned 

lions, wild dogs, ostriches, springboks, gemsboks, 

giraffes and cheetahs are easier to spot than 

the brown hyenas and leopards. Bushmen have 

inhabited the land for thousands of years and 

most of the lodges offer a chance to explore 

the bush on foot with the San, learning about 

their culture and craft, and hunting and survival 

skills. Staying overnight in a Bushman village is 

also possible. Tau Pan Camp (see page 51) and 

Kalahari Plains Camp are the only lodges within 

the park with the high quality Deception Valley 

Lodge sitting outside its borders. 

Bushmen, Central Kalahari Game Reserve 

Makgadikgadi Pans National Park 

• Inspirational vast emptiness of the salt pans 

• Very relaxed meerkat & hyena sightings 

Surrounded by the Kalahari desert, the 

Makgadikgadi National Park is made up of 

several salt pans with sandy areas in between. 

The scenery here is spectacular and very 

photogenic. The Makgadikgadi Pan is the the 

largest of the salt pans and all that remains of 

the formerly enormous Lake Makgadikgadi, 

which once covered an area larger than 

Switzerland. Visit Jacks Camp, San Camp (see 

page 51) or Camp Kalahari just outside the 

park between May and November for the 

classic pans experience. Activities focus on 

4x4 nature drives, walks with the Bushmen, 

night drives, meerkat viewings and visits to 

archaeological sites. 

Makgadikgadi Pans National Park 

The Boteti river forms the western border 

of the Makgadikgadi Pans National Park and 

is good both during the dry season, when 

animals funnel down to the river to drink, and 

during the wet season, when the wildebeest 

and zebra migrations can be viewed from pre 

determined tracks. Meno A Kwena and Leroo 

La Tau Camps are our recommendations here. 

The smaller Nxai Pan reaches its prime in the 

wet season (December to April), with frequent 

sightings of cheetahs, brown hyenas and zebras. 

A visit to Baines’ Baobabs is also possible. The 

wet season brings a variety of migratory birds 

including waders, ibises, storks and, towards the 

end of the season, flamingoes.


Mobile camping safaris 

• Immerse yourself in spectacular wilderness 

• Accompanied by guide throughout 

Before the days of permanent camps and 

lodges, the first African explorers travelled 

by mobile safari. It was, and still is, an excellent 

way to immerse yourself in some of Africa’s 

most spectacular wilderness. Accompanied 

by the same guide throughout, you will travel 

overland in a 4x4 safari vehicle, reaching 

remote areas where there are no permanent 

camps. These trips tend to be less expensive 

than fly-safaris and are a great way to 

experience more of the country. 

Most journeys begin in the Okavango 

delta or Moremi, travel through the Chobe 

National Park and finish at Victoria Falls. 

Accommodation is in spacious tents whose 

level of luxury depends on the safari that you 

choose. The majority of our trips are fully 

serviced with en suite tents. 

The Botswana Explorer is our most luxurious 

and popular mobile camping safari. Fixed-date 

trips run four to 14 times a month with a 

minimum of two and maximum of six guests. 


Botswana Explorer 


Day 1 – To Maun: Fly to Maun via 


Days 2-3 – To the Okavango delta: Arrive 

in Maun. Scenic flight to the Okavango delta. 

Stay 2 nights at &Beyond’s campsite in a 

private concession area. Explore the area by 

mokoro and on foot. (B, L, D) 

Days 4-5 – To Moremi Game reserve: 

Scenic flight to the Moremi Game Reserve. 

Stay 2 nights camping in the reserve. Explore 

by 4x4 safari vehicle. (B, L, D) 

Day 6-7 – To Savute in Chobe National 

Park: Drive to soutern Chobe. Explore by 

4x4 safari vehicle. (B, L, D) 

Day 8-9 – To Serondela in Chobe National 

Park: Drive to northern Chobe. Explore by 

4x4 safari vehicle and private boat along the 

Chobe river. (B, L, D) 

Day 10 – To Victoria Falls: Drive to Victoria 

Falls. Stay 1 night at Elephant Camp. Take a 

tour of the falls and meet the elephants at the 

Wild Horizons Wildlife Sanctuary. (B, L, D) 




London. (N) 




This is a non-exclusive group tour. 

Mobile camping 


Horse riding in the delta 

The Okavango delta is an outstanding area 

in which to ride with wildlife both diverse 

and abundant. The riding can be varied, from 

walking quietly while stalking wildlife and 

admiring the birdlife, to cantering through 

the water meadows alongside giraffes and 

lechwe antelope. We recommend both African 

Horseback Safaris (Macatoo Camp) and 

Motswiri Camp. 

Selinda canoe trail 

The ultimate safari adventure (from £1,295 

pp fully inclusive) in Botswana spends 4 days 

(3 nights) traversing the remote and pristine 

waterways of the Okavango delta, with 

impromptu bush walks accompanied by superb 

wildlife guides. 

This picturesque area revolves around the 

Selinda Spillway, which links the Okavango delta 

with Linyanti. Sleep under the stars in tents on 

secluded islands. Fixed-date trips run from mid 

April to early October. 

Selinda canoe trail 

Footsteps across the Delta 

Floating lodges, Chobe riverfront 

Experience the thrill of an African safari 

from the deck of your own private suite on 

the Chobe river. The Zambezi Queen offers 

itineraries of 2 to 3 nights on fixed dates. 

The Pride of the Zambezi can be booked on a 

nightly basis. Both boats offer wildlife viewing 

from small tender boats, birding, fishing and 

cultural tours. 

Footsteps across the Delta 

Discover the wilds of the Okavango delta (from 

£945 pp fully inclusive) over 4 days / 3 nights, 

predominantly on foot or by mokoro. Led by 

a professional guide in a small group of two to 

six people, the daily walks are at a relaxed pace 

to allow plenty of time to immerse yourself in 

the environment, learn about tracking skills and 

view large mammals on foot. This delta walking 

experience combines well with the luxuries 

offered at Shinde Camp. Footsteps Across 

the Linyanti offers a similar experience in the 

Chobe Enclave.


BOTSWANA 

LODGES 

Muchenji Lodge, Chobe 


Situated on the isolated western edge of 

the Chobe National Park, Muchenji Lodge 

has stunning panoramic views of the Caprivi 

floodplains and overlooks its own waterhole. 

Each of the 11 en suite rooms is sited on the 

escarpment edge and has its own balcony. 

Safari drives and boat trips are available. 

Chobe Chilwero, Chobe 

From 395 pppn all inclusive 

Chilwero means ‘place of high view’ in 

Setswana, which accurately describes this 

elegant lodge overlooking the Chobe river 

and the islands and floodplains of Namibia. 

High tea, served on the lawn, is the perfect 

precursor to a cruise on the Chobe river or a 

safari drive in the park. 

Savute Elephant Camp, 



Savute Elephant Camp is located in a semiarid 

wilderness region, on the banks of the 

dry Savute channel, known for its elephant 

population. Managed by Orient-Express, this 

luxurious camp has large air conditioned tents 

under thatch, each with a private viewing deck. 

Kwetsani Camp, Okavango Delta 


One of the most remote camps in the delta, 

this camp’s five treehouse chalets are set on 

stilts overlooking an enormous floodplain 

where wildlife can be seen. Explore by mokoro 

(dugout canoe), water levels permitting, on 

foot or by vehicle. Tsessebe and red lechwe 

antelopes are regularly spotted. 

Kwara & Little Kwara, Okavango Delta 


With eight and five traditionally styled tents 

respectively, both Kwara camps overlook 

a secluded lagoon. Within this exclusive 

concession, a wide variety of activities are 

possible all year round, including day and night 

safari drives, wildlife walks, mokoro trips, power 

boating and fishing (March to December). 

Little Vumbura, Okavango Delta 


Designed to blend into its surroundings, Little 

Vumburu is an attractive tented camp with 

six tents shaded by the canopy of ancient 

Okavango forest. Each large tent is en suite, 

with an open-air shower and views of the 

surroundings. A plunge pool and reading area 

overlook the floodplains. 

xugana Island Lodge, Okavango Delta 


Xugana Island Lodge is ideally placed on a 

beautiful island overlooking a spectacular 

lagoon. An open boma and alfresco dining area 

faces out over an expanse of pristine water. Up 

to 16 guests can be accommodated in large 

raised reed and thatch chalets. 

Pom Pom Camp, Okavango Delta 


Pom Pom Camp lies in the heart of the 

Okavango delta, near the Moremi Game 

Reserve. The camp takes its name from the 

island it is situated on and the adjoining lagoon. 

The camp accommodates only 18 guests in 

nine luxury traditional safari tents. 

Baines’ Camp, Okavango Delta 


Baines’ Camp is an intimate luxury camp set 

among shady trees by the Boro river. The five 

elevated suites all have four poster beds that are 

fully mobile, giving guests the choice of sleeping 

under the stars. Explore by land or water and 

interact with the semi-habituated elephants.


BOTSWANA 

LODGES 

Nxabega Okavango Tented Camp, 

Okavango Delta 


From under a canopy of African ebony trees, 

Nxabega Okavango Tented Camp’s nine tented 

suites face out towards expansive lagoons and 

channels. Nxabega’s friendly staff can arrange 

private bush dinners, breakfasts in bed, lamp-lit 

cocktails on a river island and walking safaris. 

Lebala, Linyanti Marshes 


Lebala means ‘wide open spaces’ in Setswana 

and is well renowned for its predators, wide 

variety of plains animals (including tsessebe, 

lechwe, waterbuck and sitatunga antelopes) 

and high concentration of elephants. Wildlife 

walks (seasonal) and day and night safari drives 

are available. 

Kings Pool Camp, Linyanti Marshes 


Named for Scandinavian royalty, this stylish 

camp overlooks the oxbow-shaped Kings Pool 

lagoon. Nine well appointed rooms each have 

folding doors leading to a veranda and private 

plunge pool. Activities include day and night 

safari drives, walks and boat cruises along the 

Linyanti river, water levels allowing. 

Linyanti Bush Camp, Linyanti Marshes 


Linyanti Bush Camp features six tents of simple 

design and modern comfort. The main lodge 

area is a large open-sided canvas tent, raised 

on wooden decking and with a full view of 

the Linyanti floodplains, where large herds of 

elephants and buffaloes move freely. A splash 

pool and boma overlook a small waterhole. 

Mombo & Little Mombo Camps, 

Moremi Game reserve 

From £1,075 pppn all inclusive 

With nine and three spacious tents respectively, 

both Mombo camps are situated on Chief’s 

Island, often referred to as the ‘predator capital’ 

of Africa. Incredible sightings of all the big cats 

have been seen from the Mombo terrace. The 

tents are luxurious and traditional. 

Tau Pan, Central Kalahari Game reserve 


Tau Pan’s nine en suite rooms offer incredible 

views from the ridge of an ancient sand dune to 

the stark and remote saltpan. Activities include 

safari drives (with a good chance of seeing the 

black maned lion), day trips to Deception Valley, 

star gazing, bush brunches on Tau Pan and nature 

walks with Bushman trackers. 

Zarafa Camp, Northern Botswana 


Zarafa Camp is a luxury tented camp on the 

1,220 sq km Selinda Reserve, with just four 

guest tents. Every part of the camp overlooks 

the beautiful floodplains of the Zibadianja 

lagoon. Wildlife can regularly be seen in front 

of and within the camp, particularly elephants. 

Nxai Pan, Nxai Pan National Park 


Nxai Pan is located on the western edge of 

the fossil pan, known for Baines’ Baobabs. With 

a maximum 18 guests, the camp faces east 

over the open grasslands. Excellent wildlife 

viewing by the waterhole is possible from the 

comfort of your rooms. 

San Camp, 

Makadikadi Salt Pans National Park 


San Camp sits on its own concession on the 

edge of Makadikadi, which it shares with its sister 

property, Jack’s Camp. One of the most romantic 

camps in Africa’, San Camp has four poster beds, 

paraffin lights and a 360-degree view.

zimbabWe TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL 

ZIMBABWE 

TAILOR-MADE 

Zambezi river 


BOTSWANA 

Since the 2008 election, the subsequent power-sharing agreement and introduction of the uS dollar, 

Zimbabwe has turned a corner. Wildlife populations are healthy and many of the highly professional 

Zimbabwean guides have returned. Close-encounter wildlife viewing is a speciality, with walking and 

canoe safaris as well as waterhole viewing hides a particular highlight. A fascinating history and some 

breathtaking landscapes are the other great attractions of this intriguing country. Visitors are returning 

to Zimbabwe at an increasing rate, so now is an excellent time to visit, while it is still quiet and relatively 

inexpensive. Expect to be welcomed by the local Zimbabweans with genuine warmth. 

ZAMBIA 

Lake 

Kariba 

Hwange 

National Park 

Mana Pools 

National Park 

Mutusadona 

National Park 

Matobo Hills 

National Park 

Harare 

ZIMBABWE 

Bulawayo 

Great 

Zimbabwe 

Mutare 

Malilangwe 

Wildlife Reserve 

MOZAMBIQUE 

AFRIC A 

Please contact Cox & Kings to discuss further ideas with one of our experts or refer to our website, 

coxandkings.co.uk for full itineraries. 

Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe 

Hwange National Park 

• Superb Big Five wildlife viewing 

• Excellent elephant & wild dog populations 

Located in the south-west of the country, 

unfenced and only a two-hour drive from 

Victoria Falls, Hwange National Park is the 

largest wildlife reserve in Zimbabwe. An area 

approximately the size of Wales, the park is 

home to vast tracts of Kalahari sandveld where 

teak and mopane woodlands are interspersed 

with saltpans and grassy plains. Wildlife here is 

prolific and population densities rank among 

the highest in Africa. There are more than 

100 mammal species, including lions, leopards, 

cheetahs, white rhinos, wild dogs, brown 

hyenas, buffaloes and elephants, the latter of 

which boasts a population of up to 30,000. 

Birding is also excellent, with the wet season 

(December to March) providing excellent 

opportunities to see some of the 400 

recorded species. 

Elephant, Hwange National Park 


• One of the Natural Wonders of the World 

• Huge amount to see & do 

Victoria Falls forms the largest falling sheet 

of water in the world with half a million 

tonnes of water pouring over every minute. 

Also known by its local name, Mosi oa Tunya, 

meaning ‘The Smoke That Thunders’, the falls 

form part of the border between Zambia 

and Zimbabwe with the Zimbabwean side 

traditionally known for providing better views 

of the falls from its network of rainforest 

trails. From serene Zambezi river cruises to 

microlight flights, the falls are as much a place 

to relax as to be active. In addition, Victoria 

Falls village offers an exciting ethnic shopping 

experience, where a wide variety of curios 

and speciality handicrafts are sold. See page 

57 for information on the Zambian side of 

the falls and page 60 for further information 

on excursions.

TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL zimbabWe 

Mana Pools National Park 

Mana Pools National Park 

• Explore the Zambezi river by vehicle, foot, 

canoe or boat 

• Some of the best tiger fishing in Africa 

Mana Pools National Park lies at the heart 

of the Zambezi valley. This park has a lot 

of character with its four main pools (after 

which the park is named: mana means ‘four’ in 

Shona), big escarpment and remnants of river 

channels that stopped flowing years ago. These 

pools hold water all year round, drawing all 

manner of wildlife and waterfowl during the 

dry season. Wildlife viewing is excellent, with 

large concentrations of buffaloes and elephants 

along the river’s edges, while predators such as 

lions, wild dogs and leopards are often sighted. 

Kudu, zebras, impalas and waterbucks feed 

on the surrounding plains and the grunting of 

hippos can be heard all day. Birdlife is superb, 

for both woodland and riverine species. 

Great Zimbabwe 

Great Zimbabwe 

• A unesco world heritage site 

• Insight into ancient African civilisation 

The word Zimbabwe derives from a local 

Shona word meaning ‘houses of stone’, while 

carved soapstone birds found in the Great 

Zimbabwe site today feature in the country’s 

flag. European treasure hunters from the 

1890s onwards ravaged Great Zimbabwe and 

many African artifacts of historical importance 

were destroyed or removed. Speculation on 

the architects of Great Zimbabwe, which at 

its peak had a population of 20,000, ranged 

from the Queen of Sheba and Phoenicians to 

the Egyptians and Greeks. It is now generally 

accepted that the ruins of Great Zimbabwe 

reflect the culture of the Shona peoples, a 

Bantu-speaking ethnic group, who reside in the 

region today. 

Matobo Hills National Park 

• San rock art & local history 

• Track black & white rhino on foot 

Matobo Hills National Park is home to huge 

granite kopjes, interspersed with picturesque 

grassy plains and dense wooded thickets. 

Matobo has the highest concentration 

of leopards in Africa and the highest 

concentration of Verreaux’s eagles of any park 

in the world. Some of the largest populations 

of white and black rhinos in southern Africa 

can be tracked here on foot, a rarity in a 

national park. 

The San have left a legacy of more than 50,000 

rock paintings, with new discoveries still being 

found. Matobo was the site of the Ndebele 

rebellion against the British in 1896 and Cecil 

John Rhodes also spent a lot of time riding in 

Matobo. His grave can be visited today. 

Malilangwe Wildlife reserve 

• Big Five reserve off the beaten track 

• High quality birdwatching 

San rock art 

Bee-eater, Malilangwe Wildlife Reserve 

The Malilangwe Wildlife Reserve is an 8,850 

hectare private reserve bordering the 

Gonarezhou National Park in the south-east 

corner of Zimbabwe. Malilangwe features 

not only the Big Five, but other rarer species 

such as aardvarks, caracals, roan antelope, 

Lichtenstein’s hartebeest and endangered black 

rhinos. Malilangwe is also a haven for birdlife, 

with more than 400 species, many of which 

leave on their annual migrations only to return 

from as far away as Asia. A place of historical 

interest, Malilangwe’s sandstone hills are home 

to several collections of San Bushman rock art 

dating back more than 2,000 years. Some of 

these caves are still used today as dens by the 

reserve’s wild dog population. 

SAMPLE JOURNEYS 

Taste of Zimbabwe 


Day 1 – To Victoria Falls: Fly overnight to 

Victoria Falls via Johannesburg. (N) 

Day 2 – Victoria Falls: Arrive and transfer 

to the Ilala Lodge (see page 55) for 3 nights. 

(N) 

Days 3-4 – Victoria Falls: Days at leisure in 

Victoria Falls or optional excursions. (B) 

Day 5 – To Hwange National Park: Transfer 

to Hwange National Park. Stay 3 nights at 

Somalisa Camp (see page 55). (B, L, D) 

Days 6-7 – Hwange National Park: Safari 

activities in Hwange National Park. (B, L, D) 

Day 8 – To London: Fly via Johannesburg to 

London. (B) 


London. (N) 




Zimbabwe: Best of the West 


Day 1 – To Bulawayo: Fly overnight via 

Johannesburg to Bulawayo. (N) 

Day 2 – Bulawayo: Arrive and transfer to 

the Bulawayo Club for 1 night. Afternoon 

at leisure or go on a historic pub crawl (see 

page 54). (N) 

Day 3 – To Matobo Hills National Park: 

Morning city tour in Bulawayo. Transfer to 

Matobo Hills National Park and stay 3 nights 

at Camp Amalinda. Afternoon safari activity. 

(B, D) 

Days 4-5 – Matobo Hills National Park: 

Safari activities in Matobo Hills National 

Park including guided walks in search of the 

endangered black rhino. (B, L, D) 

Day 6 – To Hwange National Park: Drive 

to Hwange National Park and stay 3 nights 

in Davison’s Camp. Afternoon safari activity. 

(B, L, D) 


activities in Hwange National Park. (B, L, D) 

Day 9 – To Victoria Falls: Fly to Victoria 

Falls and stay 2 nights at Victoria Falls Hotel. 

Afternoon at leisure or take optional 


Day 10 – Victoria Falls: Day at leisure or 

optional excursions in Victoria Falls. (B) 

Day 11 – To London: Fly to London, via 



London. (N) 




zimbabWe TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL 

Eastern Highlands 

• Home to dramatic scenery & 

Zimbabwe’s highest peak 

• Superb hiking, camping & fishing 

Eastern Highlands, Zimbabwe 

The Eastern Highlands with its spectacular 

gorges, waterfalls and valleys, provides some 

of the most dramatic scenery in southern 

Africa. The area is made up of three mountain 

groups, Nyanga to the north, Bvumba in the 

centre and Chimanimani to the south. Nyanga 

contains Mount Nyangani, standing at 2,592 

metres, Zimbabwe’s highest peak. The highlands 

are also home to the Bvumba Botanical 

Gardens, which contain many different species 

of trees and shrubs that have been gathered 

from all over the world. The area is known for 

its hiking, camping, fishing and abundance of 

birdlife, and so provides a dramatic contrast 

to the safari destinations on the rest of 

a typical Zimbabwean itinerary. Leopard 

Rock Hotel and Troutbeck Resort are our 

recommendations here. 


Grand Tour of Zimbabwe 


Day 1 – To Harare: Fly overnight to Harare 

via Johannesburg. (N) 

Day 2 – Harare: Arrive and transfer to 

Meikles Hotel for 1 night. (N) 

Day 3 – To the Eastern Highlands: Drive to 

the Eastern Highlands and stay 2 nights at 

Leopard Rock Hotel. (B) 

Day 4 – Eastern Highlands: Day at leisure. (B) 

Day 5 – To Great Zimbabwe: Drive to 

Great Zimbabwe. Tour the site. Overnight at 

the Lodge at the Ancient City. (B) 

Day 6 – To Matobo Hills National Park: 

Drive to Matobo Hills National Park with a 

city tour of Bulawayo en route. Stay at Camp 

Amalinda for 2 nights. (B, L, D) 

Day 7 – Matobo Hills National Park: Safari 


Day 8 – To Hwange National Park: Drive 

to Hwange National Park and transfer to 

Somalisa Camp (see page 55) for 3 nights. 

(B, L, D) 



Day 11 – To Victoria Falls: Drive to Victoria 

Falls and stay 2 nights at the Victoria Falls 

Hotel. Evening sunset cruise along the 

Zambezi. (B) 

Day 12 – Victoria Falls: Morning tour of 

Victoria Falls. Afternoon at leisure. (B) 




London. 






Historic pub crawl in Bulawayo 

This vibrant evening tour has been created 

to show off the city’s well-known historical 

watering holes, starting at the Bulawayo Club. 

Under the expert guidance of Professor Paul 

Hubbard, this walk back in time aims to take 

guests back to the heady days of Bulawayo’s 

pioneer boom, fuelled by gold and driven by 

some of the toughest prospectors ever to 

swing a pick-axe. 

Painted Dog Conservation Project, 

Hwange National Park 

Painted Dogs, also known as African wild dogs, 

are unique to Africa and among the continent’s 

most endangered species. The Painted Dog 

Conservation Project has been working for 20 

years to protect this species and to re-educate 

the children and adults about their significance. 

The Visitors Centre and Trail System are well 

worth a visit. 

Bulawayo

TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL zimbabWe 

ZIMBABWE 

HOTELS 

The Victoria Falls Hotel 


Victoria Falls Hotel, populary known as ‘the 

grand old lady of the falls’, is a luxurious 5-star 

hotel in the world heritage site overlooking 

Victoria Falls. Established in 1904, and recently 

redecorated, this gracious colonial style hotel is 

set in the lush tropical gardens, home to ponds 

and croaking bullfrogs. 

Ilala Lodge, Victoria Falls 


The 34-room colonial-style Ilala Lodge is 

just a 15-minute walk from Victoria Falls. 

Sharing a border to the Zambezi National 

Park, elephants, warthogs and baboons can 

be seen playing in the manicured gardens 

with the spray from Victoria Falls rising in the 

background. 

The Hide, Hwange National Park 


The Hide, with 10 luxurious tented suites, is 

set on the edge of pretty acacia woodland 

overlooking a busy waterhole where elephants, 

giraffes, lions and wild dogs are often seen. 

Safari drives and bush walks are offered as 

well as the opportunity to spend a night in the 

Dove’s Tree, a romantic three-tier tree-house. 

Somalisa Camp, Hwange National Park 


Somalisa camp is a classic tented safari camp 

overlooking the renowned Kennedy Vlei Line, 

where large herds of elephants, buffaloes and 

zebras roam. Six A-frame colonial tents are 

reminiscent of a bygone area, with dark teak 

furniture, paraffin lamps and bucket showers. 

Activities include day and night drives. 

Bulawayo Club, Bulawayo 


Situated in the heart of historic Bulawayo, the 

iconic Bulawayo Club offers colonial luxury 

at its finest. Built in 1935, with the foundation 

stone being laid by Prince George (later King 

George VI), the 15-room hotel was originally 

a gentleman’s club, but has since opened its 

doors to non residents. 

Bumi Hills Safari Lodge, Lake Kariba 


The Bumi Hills Safari Lodge lies in a stunning 

perched position overlooking Lake Kariba. 

Relax and enjoy the cool breezes, beautiful 

sunset vistas and the wildlife rich shoreline 

from one of the 20 luxury rooms. Lodge 

facilities include a library, games room, infinity 

pool and spa. 

Kanga Camp, Mana Pools National Park 


Kanga is a six-tented high quality bush camp 

that stands far from the river, beside a large 

waterhole, Kanga Pan. Kanga’s activities focus 

on walking and safari drives with the river an 

hour’s drive away for canoeing, fishing and 

birdwatching trips. 

Singita Pamushana Lodge, 

Malilangwe Wildlife reserve 


Set on high ground with spectacular views 

of the Malilangwe dam, the 5-star Singita 

Pamushana Lodge features only six suites. A 

perfect retreat, lodge facilities include two 

heated swimming pools and a gym. 

Camp Amalinda, 



Built into the rocks of an ancient Bushmen’s 

shelter, Camp Amalinda’s 11 thatched rooms 

seamlessly blend with the surrounding rocks 

and feature historical artifacts related to 

Zimbabwe’s past.

zambia TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL 

ZAMBIA 

TAILOR-MADE 

AFRIC A 

Liuwa Plains 

National Park 

Kafue 

National Park 

Bengweulu 

Swamps North Luangwa 

National Park 

Kasanka 

National Park 

South Luangwa 

National Park 

ZAMBIA 

Lusaka 

Lower Zambezi 

National Park 

MOZAMBIQUE 

MALAWI 

Zambia is the ultimate safari destination, away from the tourist crowds. Zambia’s wildlife is 

outstanding and accommodation is predominantly in small safari lodges and tented camps, 

which offer an authentic bush experience. Walking safaris were pioneered in Zambia, although 

4x4 wildlife drives are also on offer at most camps, giving the country a history of exceptional 

guiding. Night safari drives, allowed in all parks, provide a great opportunity to spot nocturnal 

species. There is quite a distance between the parks and the roads are in poor condition, so we 

suggest that you fly from camp to camp. 

Livingstone 

ZIMBABWE 


website, coxandkings.co.uk, for full itineraries. 

South Luangwa National Park 

• Explore on foot 

• Superb night drives 

The lush Luangwa valley teems with wildlife. 

Hippos are easily spotted here, lounging in the 

river and lagoons, while Thornicroft’s giraffes 

are unique to the Luangwa valley. The park is 

also home to 14 types of antelope, including 

majestic kudu, ensuring a photographic 

opportunity is never far away. Regular predator 

sightings include lions, leopards and wild dogs 

(especially in February), while more than 400 

different bird species can be found. 

With its history of mobile walking safaris, 

there is now a wide range of top class 

walking experiences in both North and South 

Luangwa. A 10-night itinerary includes a 5 day 

walk staying in a simple mobile camp, which 

moves with the group. The trip starts and 

finishes at two excellent permanent camps 

and proves a great option for those looking 

to be totally immersed in the bush. A shorter 

alternative is the 2- or 3-night Luangwa Bush 

Camping experience, operating in the wildliferich 

Nsefu sector of the park. With no more 

than four people on each trip, Deb Tittle, one 

of the best safari guides in Zambia, leads this 

safari. Finally, Sanctuary Zebra Plains (see page 

59), in the remote northern region of South 

Luangwa, departs twice weekly and takes a 

maximum of six guests. The very high standard 

of food and luxurious tents distinguish this 

walking safari. 

Although Zambia is landlocked, a short flight 

will take you to the shores of Lake Malawi and 

its beautiful beaches – an excellent combination 

with the Luangwa valley (see page 58). 


The South Luangwa Valley 


Day 1 – To Lusaka: Fly from London to 

Lusaka. (N) 

Day 2 – To Mfuwe: Arrive and connect with 

an onward flight to Mfuwe in the Luangwa 

valley. Transfer to Nkwali / Kapani* for 2 

nights. Afternoon wildlife viewing. (L, D) 

Day 3 – Mfuwe: Wildlife viewing. (B, L, D) 

Days 4-6 – To Tena Tena: Drive to Tena 

Tena / Nsalo* (see page 59) and stay 

for 3 nights. Afternoon wildlife viewing. 

Alternatively, join a 2-day walking safari 

and stay overnight in nearby bush camps 

(Tena Tena only). (B, L, D). 

Day 7 – To Nsefu / Kakuli: Transfer to 

Nsefu / Kakuli* for 1 night. Wildlife viewing. 

(B, L, D) 

Day 8 – To Lusaka: Morning wildlife viewing. 

Fly to Lusaka and stay overnight at Eight 

Reedbuck Hotel. (B, L, D) 

Day 9 – To London: Fly to London. (B) 

Day 10 – London: Arrive in London (N) 




Thornicroft giraffes, South Luangwa 

* Accommodation: Nkwali, Tena Tena and 

Nsefu are operated by Robin Pope Safaris. 

Kapani, Nsalo and Kakuli are operated by 

Norman Carr Safaris. Upgrades are avilable 

to Mchenja and Chinzombo Safari Camp. 

Please ask for more details. 

Walking safari, South Luangwa

TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL zambia 

Fisherman, Lower Zambezi 

Hippopotamus, LowerZambezi 

Lower Zambezi National Park 

• View elephants from the water 

• Excellent tiger fish fishing 

The Zambezi river flows through a huge rift in 

the Earth’s crust, over Victoria Falls, into Lake 

Kariba and eastwards into the Lower Zambezi 

valley. The river is flanked by two national parks; 

Mana Pools on the Zimbabwean side (see 

page 53) and the Lower Zambezi National 

Park on the Zambian side. The most notable 

aspect to this safari area is the wide range of 

activities on offer, including day and night 4x4 

safari drives, walking, canoeing and motorboat 

safaris. This area supports a wide variety 

of antelopes, hippos, crocodiles, large lion 

prides, wild dogs, leopards and huge elephant 

herds. Although usually visited in combination 

with South Luangwa and Livingstone, Lower 

Zambezi can stand alone, especially as a oneweek 

safari using the British Airways service 

from London to Lusaka. 

Livingstone 

• Visit Livingstone Island 

• See the Lunar rainbow 

Victoria Falls, Zambia 

On the Zambian side of the river is the historic 

town of Livingstone, named after the famous 

Victorian missionary explorer of the same 

name. A former capital of Zambia, Livingstone 

has the country’s oldest museum and access 

to exceptional views of Victoria Falls. One of 

the best places to witness this immense mass 

of water is tiny Livingstone Island, the place 

where Livingstone first glimpsed Mosi-oa- 

Tunya (The Smoke That Thunders), now a 

world heritage site. Also on the Zambian side 

of the falls is the Mosi-oa-Tunya National Park 

where it is possible to track white rhinos. Many 

of the lodges offer a huge range of activities 

from gentle to very active. See page 52 for 

comment on the Zimbabwean side of the 

falls and page 60 for a taster of the excursions 

available. 


Zambia’s Classic Safari 



Lusaka. (N) 

Days 2-6 – To Mfuwe: Arrive and connect 

with an onward flight to Mfuwe in the South 

Luangwa. Transfer to Kapani for a 2-night 

stay. On day 4, transfer to either Luwi, Nsolo 

or Kakuli for a 3-night stay. Wildlife viewing 

by vehicle or on foot. (B, L, D) 

Days 7-9 – To the Lower Zambezi: Fly to the 

Lower Zambezi and stay 3 nights at Kasaka 

River Lodge*. Wildlife viewing. (B, L, D) 

Days 10-11 – To Livingstone: Fly to 

Livingstone and transfer to Waterberry 

Lodge* for 2 nights (see page 59). At leisure 

or optional excursions. (B, L, D) 

Day 12 – To London: Morning at leisure. Fly 

to London via Johannesburg. (B) 

Day 13 – London: Arrive in London. (N) 




* Accommodation: Upgrade to Chongwe 

River Camp or Chiawa Camp in the 

Lower Zambezi and Tongabezi (see page 

59) in Livingstone. For a classic bush camping 

experience in an outstanding wildlife 

viewing area, try Old Mondoro in the 

Lower Zambezi.


Monkey Bay, Lake Malawi 


Luangwa Valley & Lake Malawi 


Includes 5 nights for the price of 4 

Crocodile, Kafue National Park 

Kafue National Park 

• Hippos & crocodiles on the Kafue river 

• relatively few vistors 

An enormous area of floodplain and forest, 

dissected by numerous rivers, Kafue is Zambia’s 

biggest national park. The vast Busanga Plains 

provides very good wildlife viewing, especially 

during the dry season (July to October). Red 

lechwe, puku, kudu, wildebeest, road, eland and 

oribi make up a prolific group of antelopes that 

attract predators. 


Grey crowned cranes, Kafue National Park 

Lion and buffalo densities are high, with species 

like cheetahs, leopards and wild dogs utilising 

those areas where lions are not present. 

Busanga Bush Camp (see page 59), a classic 

tented camp, is a perfect base for exploring the 

park. Shumba Camp and Kapinga Camp are 

also recommended. Kafue can be combined 

with the rest of Zambia via Lusaka. 


Lusaka. (N) 

Day 2 – To Mfuwe: Fly to Mfuwe in the 

South Luangwa. Stay 2 nights at Nkwali. 

Afternoon safari. (L, D) 

Day 3 – Mfuwe: Wildlife viewing (B,L,D) 

Days 4-6 – To Tena Tena / Nsefu: Drive 

to Tena Tena / Nsefu for 3 nights. Wildlife 

viewing. (B, L, D) 

Day 7 – To Monkey Bay: Fly to Monkey Bay 

via Lilongwe. Stay 5 nights at Pumulani 

(see page 63). (L, D) 

Days 8-11 – Monkey Bay: At leisure or 

optional activities. (B, L, D) 


Johannesburg and Lilongwe. (B) 





Visit the community 

Since the 1980s, both Norman Carr Safaris 

and Robin Pope Safaris have supported the 

education of local children at schools in the 

South Luangwa area. They are great examples 

of how tourism can contribute directly to a 

community. Visit one of your schools as part 

of your safari day or even stay 1 or 2 nights in 

one of the local villages. 

Specialist safaris 

Photographic workshops, shoebill and 

bat safaris in the Kasanka National Park / 

Bangweulu swamps and adventurous guided 

safaris by Robin Pope in the Liuwa plains are all 

available through Cox & Kings. Please speak to 

an Africa expert for more information. 

Children of Kawasa village 

The emerald season 

One of the most underrated times of year, 

the emerald season runs from November to 

March (when it rains) and April to May (when 

the bush dries out). During this time, there 

is wonderful birding (migrant and resident 

birds), excellent photography opportunities 

(much less dust), an abundance of young 

nursery herds, superb boating on the high 

Luangwa river and a lush green bush bathed in 

spectacular light. It is also excellent value with 

lower rates. 

Exclusive safari houses 

Stay in a private house in the South Luangwa 

valley or in the Lower Zambezi National Park 

for the ultimate in privacy and flexibility. Robin’s 

House, Luangwa’s House and Chongwe River 

House all have their own chef, private guide 

and safari vehicle so that the pace of your 

safari is totally adaptable.

TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL zambia 

ZAMBIA 

HOTELS 

royal Livingstone, Livingstone 


A member of the Leading Hotels of the World, 

the Royal Livingstone’s guestrooms all feature 

private balconies with spectacular views of the 

Zambezi river and beyond. A boat departs 

from the bottom of the gardens to Livingstone 

Island on the edge of the Victoria Falls. Facilities 

include a swimming pool. 

Tongabezi, Livingstone 


Located 30 minutes upstream from Victoria 

Falls, Tongabezi is a peaceful retreat set in a 

grove of ebony trees. Each of the beautifully 

designed cottages and houses has its own 

personal valet. We also recommend Sindabezi, 

an intimate bush camp with just five opensided 

thatched cottages on a private island. 

Waterberry Zambezi Lodge, Livingstone 


Waterberry Zambezi Lodge is a small, friendly, 

informal property. The comfortable bedrooms 

are in thatched cottages, some overlooking the 

riverbank and others overlooking a secluded 

dam with beautiful birdlife. There are great 

views from the large terrace, floating sundeck, 

bar area and around the large swimming pool. 

Mchenja Bush Camp, South Luangwa 


Mchenja, meaning ‘ebony’, occupies a stunning 

setting on the banks of the Luangwa river. 

The camp has five stylishly designed tents and 

there is a small pool in which to cool off after 

a morning on safari. This area is teeming with 

wildlife, and safari drives, boat trips and walks 

are available. 

Tena Tena, South Luangwa 


Like all of the Robin Pope Safari Camps, there 

is a sense of simplicity at Tena Tena, with an ‘all 

you need and nothing you don’t’ atmosphere. 

Tena is a tented camp for 10 guests only. 

Leopards are frequently seen from this camp. 

Bush camping is possible between Nsefu 

(another Robin Pope Camp) and Tena Tena. 

Sanctuary Puku ridge Camp, 

South Luangwa 


Sanctuary Puku Ridge is an intimate camp 

with seven tents. This traditional safari camp is 

perched on an escarpment in a remote part of 

the South Luangwa National Park. The central 

dining area produces superb gourmet meals, 

while animals can be spotted from camp. 

Sanctuary Zebra Plains Camp, 

South Luangwa 


Explore the pristine and unspoilt wilderness of 

the South Luangwa with one of the country’s 

most experienced guides while staying in 

luxurious under-canvas style tents. This is the 

ultimate bush adventure by foot. 

Chongwe river Camp, 

near Lower Zambezi NP 


Set on an idyllic river confluence, Chongwe’s 

nine spacious tents all have private verandas 

overlooking the water. To reflect this incredibly 

diverse wilderness, activities include safari 

drives, canoeing, walking and boat safaris. 

Busanga Bush Camp, Kafue NP 


Busanga Bush Camp lies in the heart of the 

Busanga Plains, a vast mosaic of expansive 

seasonal floodplains. As the plains dry out, this 

camp is perfectly situated to see large numbers 

of plains wildlife. Lions, cheetahs and wild dogs 

can also be spotted.


VICTORIA FALLS 

EXCURSIONS 

Excursions available from Livingstone, Zambia and Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe 



Elephant back safari 

Victoria Falls by air 

Sundowner cruise 

Elephant back safari & elephant 

interaction 

An elephant-back safari is an unforgettable 

opportunity to interact with these magnificent 

creatures, the largest animals in Africa, and 

enjoy a ride through the wilderness. Set off at 

an easy pace along trails through the savanna 

in search of wildlife, including wild elephants, 

giraffes, antelopes and buffaloes. Highly trained 

expert guides provide an insight into their 

relationship with man and day-to-day life. 

The Elephant Camp, on the Zimbabwean 

side, offers an excellent close interaction with 

wildlife, especially the elephants of the Wild 

Horizons Wildlife Sanctuary. 

Livingstone Island lunch 

(Zambian side only) 

Discovered by Dr David Livingstone in 1855, 

Livingstone Island is located on the lip of 

Victoria Falls, where the waters of the Zambezi 

river plunge more than 100 metres into the 

gorge below. Gaze upon one of the most 

spectacular sights in the world, from this 

spectacular vantage point, while enjoying a 

buffet lunch. Due to water levels, this tour is 

only available from July to January. 

Sundowner cruises 

End the day in Livingstone or Victoria Falls on 

a sunset cruise. In the fading twilight hours, 

listen to the sounds of birds and animals as you 

gently drift along the beautiful Zambezi river, 

sipping traditional cocktails and enjoying light 

snacks. During the cruise, you may see hippos 

and crocodiles as well as herds of elephants 

that come to the banks of the river to drink, 

wash and play. Cruise boats on the Zimbabwe 

side tend to be smaller than boats on the 

Zambian side. 

Tour of the falls 

See the magnificent falls on a two-hour tour 

accompanied by a knowledgeable local guide 

and discover how they were formed. Walk 

along well marked paths to many different 

viewing points for some wonderful vistas and 

photo opportunities. You can also learn about 

the local customs and traditions of the nearby 

communities. 

Victoria Falls by air 

Fixed wing aircraft (Flight of Angels), helicopter 

and microlight flights all offer a bird’s eye 

view of the falls and spectacular photographic 

opportunities. You will be collected from your 

hotel and taken to the take off point for a 

safety briefing before commencing your flight. 

Helicopters fly slower and lower than a fixed 

wing aircraft and the microlight has an open 

cockpit for an exciting flight with the wind in 

your hair. 

Wildlife viewing nearby Victoria Falls 

Chobe National Park in Botswana is easily 

accessible by road from Victoria Falls. The 

safari experience begins with a cruise on the 

Chobe river followed by lunch in a safari lodge. 

On the afternoon’s safari drive, you will search 

for the big cats and large herds of elephants 

and see general wildlife and prolific birdlife. 

Return to Victoria Falls late in the afternoon. 

If you are staying on the Zambian side of the 

falls, Mosi oa Tunya National Park offers safari 

drives and a chance to walk on foot to seek 

white rhinos

TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL malaWi 

MALAWI 

TAILOR-MADE 

Malawi is one of Africa’s smallest countries and Lake Malawi, accounting for much of it’s area, is Africa’s 

largest and arguably most beautiful lake. The diverse landscapes of this small nation have been shaped 

by the Great rift Valley, with high mountains and lush fertile plains. Nowhere else in Africa can you 

enjoy a safari, walk in the mountains, explore a tea estate and relax on a beach, all within such a short 

distance. That said, Malawi tends to be visited by old Africa hands, less focused on seeing the Big 

Five. For wildlife, such as buffaloes, lions and leopards, we recommend combining Malawi with South 

Luangwa National Park for a classic wildlife and beach combination (see pages 56 & 58). 

Nyika 

National Park 

ZAMBIA 

Nkhotakota 


MALAWI 

Lilongwe 

Lake 

Malawi 

awi 

Likoma Island 

Mua 

Majete 


MOZAMBIQUE 

Monkey Bay 

Liwonde 

National Park 

AFRIC A 

Zomba plateau 

Mt Mulanje 


coxandkings.co.uk for full itineraries. 

Liwonde National Park 

• View hippos from a boat on the Shire river 

• Fascinating local village 

Liwonde National Park, and more recently, 

the Majete Wildlife Reserve, are the closest 

that Malawi gets to big wildlife areas. Liwonde 

is a beautiful and peaceful park, home to 

the largest remaining elephant population in 

Malawi and also where black rhinos find refuge. 

However, most prolific are hippos, monstrous 

Nile crocodiles, kudus, impalas, sables and 

waterbucks. Probably the best year-round 

birding in southern Africa occurs in Liwonde 

National Park and there are more than 300 

bird species, including Lillian’s lovebirds and 

rare brown-breasted barbets. Mvuu Lodge (see 

page 63), set high above the Shire river, is our 

first choice here. 

Zomba plateau & town 

• Old colonial capital 

• Walking trails of the Zomba plateau 

Zomba, formerly the capital of Malawi, is a 

sleepy backwater situated beneath the Zomba 

plateau. The city is best known for its British 

colonial architecture and some particularly 

interesting markets. 

Dominating the skyline for far around is the 

1800-metre-tall Zomba plateau, criss-crossed 

by streams, tumbling waterfalls and still lakes. 

Views from the top were, in colonial times, 

described as ‘the best in the British empire’. 

As well as forest walks, mountain biking, fishing 

and horse riding can be arranged from Ku 

Chawe Inn. 

Thyolo region 

• Tour a tea factory 

• Superb guided walks and picnics on Mount 

Mulanje 

Beyond Zomba is the Thyolo region, a fertile 

area dominated by vibrant green tea estates. 

Here lies Mount Mulanje, Central Africa’s 

highest peak at 3,000 metres. This magnificent 

mountain is a large massif of basins, peaks, 

valleys, forests, streams, waterfalls, sheer faces 

and slopes of all gradients. Everything from 

gentle walking to serious climbing is possible. 

Once on the mountain, the vegetation changes 

with altitude and there are various small 

mammals and birds to be seen. Many people 

enjoy the scenery at the base of the massif in 

one of the tea estates, such as Satemwa (see 

page 63). 


Mua Mission 

Established more than 100 years ago, Mua 

Mission is home to a thriving community, 

including an arts and crafts centre. Here, 

students create Malawi’s finest wood carvings 

and go on to make a living from their own 

handiwork throughout Malawi. Mua also 

has the country’s best cultural museum. We 

recommend dropping in for a few hours when 

travelling between Lilongwe and Lake Malawi. 

Mua Mission 

61

malaWi TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL 

Majete wildlife reserve 

• Take tea next to the gushing Shire river 

• Breathtaking views from Majete Hill 

Following a period of severe poaching, in 

2003 the African Parks Network and Malawi 

government started a protection plan that 

included the reintroduction of endangered 

species at Majete. This has turned into a model 

of sustainable development and biodiversity. 

For wildlife enthusiasts, many exciting 

encounters lie in store, with the chance to 

view lions, leopards, elephants, buffaloes, elands, 

kudus, sables, nyalas, klipspringers, Lichtenstein’s 

hartebeest and zebras. Endangered black 

rhinos have also been re introduced into 

the park. 

Don’t expect to easily tick off the Big Five 

though, the wildlife here can be hard to find. 

However, the dramatic rapids of the Shire 

river, the surrounding lush green forest, the 

opportunity to take a boat, night drive or walk, 

and the chance to see the animals with very 

few other people looking on, is a treat. The 

place has real charisma. 

Nyika National Park 

• Idyllic landscape views from the terrace at 

Chelinda Lodge 

• Excellent nature walks 

Nyika National Park is made up of a huge 

granite dome rising to 2,400 metres, with an 

environment like no other in Africa. The rolling 

landscapes of the central plateau are described 

as whalebacks and are rich in wildflowers with 

more than 200 types of orchid flower in the 

rainy season. Nyika is wonderful for trekking, 

mountain biking and for conventional 4x4 safaris. 

Wildlife includes antelopes, zebras, leopards, 

hyenas and jackals. For the birdwatcher, the park 

has a great deal to offer, with more than 400 

species recorded, including red winged francolins, 

pallid harriers and augur buzzards. Nyika is not 

primarily a wildlife destination, but is more about 

relaxing in one of Chelinda Lodge’s log cabins 

and enjoying the activities on offer. 

Lake Malawi & Likoma Island 

• Clear turquoise waters 

• Lovely beaches & rocky coves 

Lake Malawi is the jewel in the crown of the 

country’s attractions. Its clear turquoise waters, 

habitat to the brightly coloured cichlids (fish), 

is not only a scenic wonderland, but provides 

superb kayaking, sailing and snorkelling. Access 

to the lake is possible along much of its length, 

with the Southern Lakeshore and Cape 

Maclear being the most well known. Likoma 

Island, off the eastern shore of Lake Malawi, 

has a number of lovely beaches, rocky coves 

and crystal clear waters. The island is known 

for the impressive St Peter’s Cathedral, the 

size of Winchester Cathedral, and its stained 

glass windows and carved soapstone. With 

very few cars and just one dirt road, Likoma is 

a peaceful rural haven. Kaya Mawa (see page 

63) is the best place to stay here. Mozambique 

is only a short speedboat boat ride away, 

while, at the beautiful Manda Wilderness Area, 

Nkwichi Lodge provides another rustic and 

comfortable hideaway. Please call one of our 

specialists who will direct you towards the 

most suitable accommodation options. 

Likoma Island 

Nkhotakota Wildlife reserve 

• Fly camping underneath the African sky 

• Take breakfast or a sundowner overlooking 

the Bua river 

A true wilderness area, Nkhotakota is a 

vast rugged terrain crossed by a number 

of rivers, which tumble down the edge of 

the escarpment as they make their ways to 

the lake. 

Just 30km west of Lake Malawi, Nkhotakota 

supports a rich diversity of flora and fauna, 

including elephants, lions, leopards, buffaloes, 

sables antelopes and more than bird 280 

species. For a special cultural experience, 

spend an afternoon at a traditional local village. 

A wealth of nature alongside the luxurious 

river cottages of Tongole Wilderness Lodge 

(see page 63) makes this an undiscovered gem. 


Malawi: The Warm Heart 

of Africa 


Day 1 – To Blantyre: Fly from London to 

Blantyre via Johannesburg. (N) 

Day 2 – To Thyolo Mountain: Arrive in 

Blantyre and transfer to the slopes of Thyolo 

Mountain. Stay 2 nights in Huntingdon 

House on the Satemwa tea estate. 

Afternoon optional tour of the tea factory 

(payable locally). (L, D) 

Day 3 – Thyolo Mountain: Morning visit to 

Mount Mulanje Massif. Take a short hike to 

the rock pool and falls. Afternoon at leisure. 

(B, L, D) 

Day 4 – To the Zomba plateau: Morning 

drive to the top of the Zomba plateau. Stay 

2 nights at Ku Chawe Inn. Afternoon tour of 

Zomba. (B, D) 

Day 5 – Zomba plateau: At leisure to 

explore the Zomba plateau on foot. (B, D) 

Day 6 – To Liwonde National Park: Drive 

to Liwonde National Park and stay at Mvuu 

Lodge for 2 nights. Afternoon wildlife activity. 

(B, L, D) 

Day 7 – Liwonde National Park: Morning 

and afternoon wildlife activities. (B, L, D) 

Day 8 – To Lake Malawi: Drive to Lake 

Malawi and stay 3 nights at the Makokola 

Retreat. Afternoon at leisure. (B, D) 

Days 9-10 – Lake Malawi: Days at leisure. 

(B, D) 

Day 11 – To London: Drive back to Lilongwe 

and fly to London via Johannesburg. (B) 


London. (N) 




Wildlife viewing: For those interested in 

wildlife viewing, we recommend adding 2 

or 3 nights to the beginning of the itinerary 

to stay at the Majete Wildlife Reserve at 

Mkulumadzi Lodge (see page 63). 

upgrades: You may like to upgrade your 

property in Lake Malawi to Pumulani (see 

page 63) or Kaya Mawa on Likoma Island. 

Dhow

TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL malaWi 

MALAWI 

HOTELS 

Chelinda Lodge, Nyika Plateau 


Chelinda lodge is beautifully landscaped on 

the hillside overlooking the rolling grassland of 

the Nyika plateau. Accommodation is in eight 

two storey log cabins, all with a fireplace and 

their own veranda. Activities at Chelinda Lodge 

revolve around day and night nature drives, 

nature walks and mountain biking. 

Huntingdon House, Thyolo Mountains 


With magnificent views of Mount Mulanje, 

Huntingdon House on Satemwa tea estate is 

a grand old colonial-style building surrounded 

by magnificent gardens. With just five suites, 

you cannot fail to get caught up in the colonial 

magic of the area. Activities include tea tasting, 

coffee tours, mountain picnics and guided walks. 

Ntchisi Forest Lodge, rift Valley 


With five beautifully furnished rooms in a 

fusion of African and colonial styles, Ntchisi 

Forest Lodge sits on the escarpment in some 

of Malawi’s last remaining indigenous rainforest. 

Relax and enjoy the stunning mountain and lake 

views, soak up the warm-hearted hospitality 

and enjoy walking or mountain biking. 

Tongole Wilderness Lodge, 

Nkhotakota Wildlife reserve 


The intimate Tongole Wilderness Lodge, with 

only four river cottages, is made for total 

relaxation and adventure. Trek through the 

bush, canoe down the Bua river or drive 

through the vast Nkhotakota Wildlife Reserve, 

where elephants and lions abound. 

Mkulumadzi Lodge, 

Majete Wildlife reserve 


Set in 7,000 hectares of private concession, 

Mkulumadzi has eight superb chalets and, with 

the introduction of lions in 2012, Majete is 

once again a Big Five reserve. Among a wide 

range of safari activities on offer, guests can 

learn about managing a premier wildlife area. 

Chintheche Inn, Lake Malawi 


Chintheche Inn, with 10 comfortable chalets, 

overlooks pristine palm-fringed sandy beaches 

that curve endlessly away to the horizon and 

are dotted by fishing villages. Activities include a 

variety of water sports as well as guided hikes 

and cultural visits, which offer a fascinating peek 

into the country’s colonial past. 

Kaya Mawa, Lake Malawi 


Kaya Mawa is an eco-friendly lodge with 10 

guest cottages overlooking Lake Malawi. Rated 

by Condé Nast as one of the world’s 10 most 

romantic destinations, it is located on Likoma 

Island. Activities include walking, swimming, 

snorkelling and fishing. 

Pumulani, Malawi 


Pumulani, the ‘place of rest’, is situated in a 

national park and world heritage site on the 

edge of Lake Malawi. The hillside lodge has 10 

villas, each with an elevated viewing deck. There 

is a private beach and an infinity swimming 

pool. Meals are served around the grounds. 

Mvuu Lodge, Malawi 


Mvuu Lodge is situated on a beautiful lagoon 

in Liwonde National Park. The five luxury 

tents are all on raised platforms and there is a 

lounge, dining area, rock swimming pool and 

library. Activities include day and night boat 

trips, safari drives, bush walks and village visits.

ethiopia TOur 

DISCOVErY TOur 

ETHIOPIAN 

ODYSSEY 



Luxurious spa resort in Bahar Dar 

Explore the Tigray & Lalibela rock-hewn churches 

Special festival departures 

AFRIC A 

SUDAN 

Simien Mts 

Addis Ababa 

Lake Awasa 

Axum 

Mekele 

Gondar 

Lalibela 

Bahar Dar 

Omo Valley 

KENYA 

ERITREA 

✈ 

ETHIOPIA 

Arba Minch 

Harar 

Bale Mts 

SOMALI 

The only African country that has never 

been colonised, Ethiopia is also unusual for 

its rich Orthodox Christian heritage, which 

was maintained even when all its neighbours 

embraced Islam in the seventh century. This 

journey travels through the enthralling and 

beautiful country, little explored by tourists, 

and discovers the layers of history that have 

shaped the land. 

THE JOURNEY 

Day 1 – To Addis Ababa: Fly from London to 

Addis Ababa with Ethiopian Airlines. (N) 

Day 2 – Addis Ababa: Arrive in the third 

highest capital in the world. Afternoon city 

tour, including the Ethnographic Museum, Holy 

Trinity Cathedral and the Mercato. Stay 1 night 

at the Radisson Blu Hotel or similar. (L, D) 

Day 3 – To Hawzien: Morning flight to Mekelle, 

the capital of the Tigray region. Short tour 

of Mekelle, including Bete Yohannes. Drive to 

Hawzien. Stay overnight at the Gheralta Lodge 

(see page 70). En route, visit the rock-hewn 

churches of Wukro Cherkos and Abraha 

Atsbeha. (B, L, D) 

Day 4 – To Axum: Morning drive to Axum, 

the centre of early civilisation in Ethiopia and 

reputed home of the Queen of Sheba and the 

Ark of the Covenant. Stay 2 nights at the Yeha 

Hotel or similar. (B, L, D) 

Day 5 – Axum: Morning excursion to the 

tombs of King Kelab and Gebra Meskel, the 

Queen of Sheba’s swimming pool and palace, 

King Ezana’s Stone and the magnificent stele 

(obelisks). In the afternoon, visit the Cathedral 

of St Mary of Zion, the Ark of the Covenant 

and Axum Museum. (B, L, D) 

Day 6 – To Lalibela: Fly to the world heritage 

site of Lalibela, via Gondar. Created as the ‘new 

Jerusalem’ by King Lalibela in the 12th century, 

Lalibela is still home to 11 rock-hewn churches, 

most of which are still used for worship today. 

Afternoon visit to the north-west cluster of 

Beit Giorgis, Lalibela 

churches, including the Church of St George. 

Stay 2 nights at the Mountain View Hotel (see 

page 70) or similar. (B, L, D) 

Day 7 – Lalibela: Morning walk up to Asheton 

Maryam (weather permitting). Alternatively, visit 

Nakutelab Cave Church which is accessible by 

car. Afternoon visit to the south-east cluster of 

churches. (B, L, D) 

Day 8 – To the Simien mountains: Fly to 

Gondar, Ethiopia’s first capital, located at the 

foot of the Simien mountains. Afternoon visit 

to the church of Debre Berhan Selassie and 

see its murals. Drive to the Simien Mountain 

Lodge (see page 70) and stay for 2 nights. 

Evening introductory talk on gelada monkeys, 

endemic to this area. (B, L, D) 

Day 9 – Simien mountains: Morning scenic 

drive to Chennek, 3,620 metres above sea 

level and home to the endemic walia ibex as 

well as klipspringers and bushbucks. En route, 

pass some of the most spectacular mountain 

scenery in Ethiopia; stop to view gelada 

monkeys and take a short walk to a waterfall. 

A picnic will be arranged in a scenic spot. 

Afternoon at leisure. (B, L, D) 

Day 10 – To Gondar: Drive to Gondar and stay 

1 night at the Goha Hotel or similar. Afternoon 

tour of the castles of Emperor Fasiladas and the 

Palace of the Queen Mentuab. (B, L, D) 

Day 11 – To Bahar Dar: Drive to Gorgora 

and visit the monastery of Debre Sina Mariam. 

Cross Lake Tana by boat and stop off at various 

island monasteries, including Daga Istafanos. 

Continue to the Zeghe peninsula and visit 

Ura Kidhane Mihret and Azuwa Mariam. Stay 

2 nights at the Kuriftu Resort & Spa (see page 

70). (B, L, D) 

Day 12 – Bahar Dar: Visit the Blue Nile Falls at 

Tissisat. Afternoon visit to the Bezawit Palace 

and the market in Bahir Dar. Optional spa 

treatments available. (B, L, D) 

Day 13 – To Addis Ababa: Morning flight to 

Addis Ababa. Day room at the Radisson Blu 

Hotel. Dinner at a cultural restaurant and 

transfer to the airport. Fly to London. (B, L, D) 

Day 14 – To London: Early morning arrival. (N) 

EXTENSION 

Tour + rift Valley 


Day 13 – To Addis Ababa: Fly to Addis Ababa 

and transfer to the Radisson Blu Hotel 

or similar for 1 night. Dinner at a cultural 

restaurant. (B, L, D) 

Day 14 – To Arba Minch: Drive to Arba Minch 

and stay 2 nights at Paradise Lodge (see page 

70). (B, L, D) 

Day 15 – Arba Minch: Morning visit to Konso. 

Afternoon boat ride on Lake Chamo to see 

hippos and crocodiles. (B, L, D) 

Day 16 – To Yirgalem: Morning visit to 

Chencha, home of the Dorze people, cotton 

weavers who live in tall beehive-shaped 

dwellings. Afternoon drive to Yirgalem, home 

to the coffee bean before it spread to other 

areas of the world. Stay 2 nights at Aregash 

Lodge (see page 70). (B, L, D) 

Day 17 – Yirgalem: Day at leisure. Take a walk

TOur ethiopia 

A 

Simien mountains, Ethiopia 

through the forests of avocados, mangoes, 

cotton and coffee. Take part in the daily sunset 

coffee ceremony. (B, L, D) 

Day 18 – To Lake Langano: Drive to Lake 

Langano and stay 2 nights at Sabana Beach 

Resort (see page 70). Afternoon at leisure to 

enjoy the 200-metre sandy beach. (B, L, D). 

Festivals of Ethiopia 

Some of the departures have been adapted 

to coincide with the most celebrated 

festivals, as marked with an asterisk in the 

price table below. 

Timkat: Taking place in Bahar Dar on 

18 January, Timkat is the Ethiopian 

Orthodox celebration of Epiphany. The 

6 January 2013 departure leaves and 

returns on a Sunday. The 6 January 2014 

departure leaves and returns on a Monday. 

Both departures are 15 days / 12 nights. 

Meskel: Departing on 14 September, Meskal, 

which commemorates the finding of the 

true cross by Queen Helena, is celebrated 

in Addis Ababa on 26 September. 

Hidar Tsion: Celebrated in Axum on the 

30 November, Hidar Tsion is associated 

with the presence of the Ark of the 

Covenant and a joyous annual pilgrimage 

The 26 November 2013 departure leaves 

on a Tuesday and returns on a Monday. 

Day 19 – To London: Morning at leisure. Drive 

to Addis Ababa. Transfer to the Radisson Blu 

Hotel where a day room is available. Take 

dinner at a cultural restaurant and transfer to 

the airport for your flight to London. (B, L, D). 




NOTES 

Accessibility: Ethiopia is mountainous and 

altitude may be a problem for some visitors. 

ethiopian odyssey tour prices for departures on or between the following dates 

2013 / 2014 departure dates * Festival departures 

Out (Sat) ret uK (Fri) Out (Sat) ret uK (Fri) 

06 Jan 13* 20 Jan 13 

10 Aug 13 23 Aug 13 

09 Feb 13 22 Feb 13 

14 Sep 13* 27 Sep 13 

23 Mar 13 05 Apr 13 

12 Oct 13 25 Oct 13 

ethiopian airlines flight upgrades 

Q Business Class: From £1,195 per person return* 

Some churches are not open to female 

travellers. Please contact Cox & Kings for 

details. 

Extensions: Please see page 68 for other 

extension ideas. 

Discovery Tour: Ethiopia is a poor country. 

Hotels, while sometimes not reaching western 

standards, are clean and comfortable and 

the cultural wonders more than make up for 

occasional deficiencies. Please see page 9 for 

more information about Discovery Tours. 

Code Escorted No of 06 Jan 09 Feb 23 Mar 10 Aug 14 Sep to 06 Jan 08 Feb 12 Apr Single Supp Sole Supp 

Group Tour nights 13 13 13 13 26 Nov 13 14 14 14 from from 

ETH Tour 11 3,175 2,995 2,995 3,345 2,995 3,195 3,095 3,095 545 • 

ETHASW + Rift Valley 6 1,760 1,760 1,760 1,760 1,760 1,760 1,760 1,760 275 1,035 

ETHBLE + Bale Mountain 6 1,595 1,595 1,595 1,595 1,595 1,595 1,595 1,595 275 975 

ETHHAR + Harar 4 1,275 1,275 1,275 1,275 1,275 1,275 1,275 1,275 195 695 

ETHZNZ + Zanzibar 6 POA 1,495 1,445 1,640 1,430 POA 1,645 1,380 POA POA 

Code Private No of 01 Jan to 21 Jan to 19 Jul to 13 Aug to 14 Sep to 28 Sep to 12 Dec to 24 Dec to Single Supp Sole Supp 

Journey nights 20 Jan 13 18 Jul 13 12 Aug 13 13 Sep 13 27 Sep 13 11 Dec 13 23 Dec 13 31 Dec 13 from from 

ETI Private tour 11 3,845 3,845 4,095 3,895 3,995 3,845 4,095 3,895 545 2,095 





Out (Sat) ret uK (Fri) Out (Sat) ret uK (Fri) 

26 Nov 13* 09 Dec 13 

12 Apr 14 25 Apr 14 

06 Jan 14* 20 Jan 14 

08 Feb 14 21 Feb 14 


Q From £110 return* British Airways. London Heahtrow to/from: Aberdeen, 

Edinburgh, Glasgow, Newcastle, Manchester, Belfast, Jersey or Birmingham 


ethiopia TOur EXTENSIONS 

ETHIOPIAN ODYSSEY 

EXTENSIONS 

Tour + Harar 


Explore the ancient city of Harar, considered 

to be the fourth most holy city of Islam. 




restaurant. (B, L, D). 

Day 14 – To Harar: Fly to Dire Dawa and 

transfer to Harar. Afternoon walking tour, 

Tour + Bale Mountains 


Discover Ethiopia’s natural wonders with 

an extension to the Bale mountains. Visit 

the Sanetti plateau and take forest walks in 

Dinshu to discover the local scenery and 

endemic flora and fauna. 

Harar 

including the main mosque, Rimbaud’s House 

and the market. Visit the hyena man in the 

evening. Stay 2 nights at the Heritage Plaza 

Hotel. (B, L, D) 

Day 15 – Harar: Full-day excursion to Babile 

to see the elephant sanctuary and the Valley of 

Marvels. (B, L, D) 

Day 16 – To Addis Ababa: Drive to Dire Dawa. 

Fly to Addis Ababa. Stay overnight at the 

Radisson Blu Hotel. (B, D) 


and fly to London. (B) 




restaurant. (B, L, D) 

Day 14 – To Lake Awasa: Descend the Great 

Rift Valley. Take lunch at Lake Zwai and visit 

Lake Abijata. Stay overnight at the Wabe 

Shabelle Hotel on Lake Awasa. (B, L, D) 

Day 15 – To the Bale mountains: Drive to 

Goba in the Bale mountains and stay for 3 

nights at the Goba Wabe Shabelle Hotel. 

(B, L, D) 

Day 16 – Bale mountains: Full-day tour of the 

Sanetti plateau. (B, L, D) 

Day 17 – Bale mountains: Full-day tour of 

Dinsho. (B, L, D) 


Langano via Wondo Genet, an area of natural 

springs. Stay overnight at Sabana Beach Resort 

(see page 70). (B, L, D) 

Day 19 – To London: Morning at leisure. Drive 

to Addis Ababa. Transfer to the Radisson Blu 

Bale mountains 

Hotel where a day room is available. Take 

dinner at a cultural restaurant and transfer to 

the airport for your return flight to London. 

(B, L, D) 

Day 20 – London: Morning arrival in London. (N) 

Tour + Zanzibar 


Zanzibar was once the centre of the slave 

trade and an important trading post for spices 

and cloves. This extension combines Zanzibar’s 

idyllic beaches with an opportunity to discover 

the island’s history. Stone Town is a wonderful 

place to explore, with its winding alleys, ornate 

mansions and intricately carved doors. 




Zanzibar 

restaurant. (B, L, D). 

Day 14 – To Zanzibar: Fly to Zanzibar. Transfer 

to Anna of Zanzibar and stay for 3 nights. (B, D) 

Days 15-16 – Zanzibar: Days at leisure. (B, D) 

Day 17 – To Stone Town: Morning at leisure. 

Afternoon transfer to Stone Town and stay 

2 nights at the Zanzibar Serena Inn (see page 

81). (B) 

Day 18 – Zanzibar: Morning walking tour of 

Stone Town. Afternoon spice tour. (B) 


Afternoon flight to London, via Addis Ababa. (B) 


London. (N)

TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL ethiopia 

ETHIOPIA 

TAIlOR-mADE 

AFRIC A 

SUDAN 

Simien Mts 

ERITREA 

Axum 

Mekele 

Gondar 

Lalibela 

Bahar Dar 

The only country on the continent never to be colonised and rich in Orthodox Christian 

heritage, Ethiopia is culturally and scenically enthralling. With the highest number of unesco 

world heritage sites of any African country, it is best known for the historical locations in the 

north, including the rock-hewn churches of Lalibela, the obelisks of Axum and the Ark of the 

Covenant. With Cox & Kings, however, you can travel further afield into the Simien and Bale 

mountain ranges and south through the rift Valley to the tribal Omo valley. 

Harar 

Addis Ababa ✈ 

ETHIOPIA 

Lake Awasa 

Bale Mts 

Arba Minch 

Omo Valley 

KENYA 

SOMA 



The historical north 

• Walk through the rock-hewn churches 

of Lalibela 

• Visit the Blue Nile Falls 

The northern historical circuit is the country’s 

most visited region, and encompasses Axum, 

Lalibela, Gondar and Bahar Dar, which can 

easily be combined into an inspiring one-week 

itinerary. The most famous site on the northern 

route is Lalibela, the ‘new Jerusalem’, which was 

built by King Lalibela ‘with the help of angels’ in 

the 12th century. Also in the north, although 

less visited, are the rock-hewn churches of 

Tigrai, accessed from Mekele. Ethiopian Airlines 

covers this circuit comprehensively, although 

timings are not always adhered to. With the 

improvement of the roads in this area, we can 

now recommend travelling by 4x4 vehicle with 

your own private driver / guide (see page 69, 

Ethiopia: Road to Lalibela). 

National parks 

• Encounter gelada monkeys 

• Stunning mountain scenery 

Most of Ethiopia is more than 1,500 metres 

above sea level and some areas are as high 

as 4,500 metres. For this reason, it is often 

referred to as the ‘roof of Africa’. 

Church of St George, Lalibela 

Ethiopia has two highland national parks. The 

Simien mountains in the north, is a region of 

jagged peaks and incredible mountain views, 

often included within the historic circuit as 

it provides an interesting contrast to the 

monuments of the north. The park is also 

known for its endemic walia ibex (mountain 

goat) and gelada mountain monkeys. 

Meanwhile, the wild alpine scenery of the Bale 

Massif National Park in the south-east is the 

favoured habitat of Ethiopian wolves and is the 

best place in Ethiopia to spot endemic birds. 

Both of these parks have excellent hiking. Visit 

our website for more details of the Simien 

mountain trek, which combines Lalibela and 

Gondar with 7 nights camping, culminating in 

reaching Ras Dejen at 4,533 metres, Ethiopia’s 

Gelada monkeys, Simien mountains 

highest peak. Awash National Park, about 

150km west of Addis Ababa, and Abiata-Shala 

National Park, close to Lake Langano, are both 

excellent birding areas.

ethiopia TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL 

The rift Valley 

• Outstanding birdwatching 

• Visit the Dorze people in Chencha 

The Rift Valley, running from Syria to 

Mozambique, hosts a diverse mix of scenery, 

lakes and people. 

Journey south of Addis and you reach the 

cluster of lakes – Shala, Abiata and Langano, 

which are great spots for birdwatching. 

Langano, a holiday resort, is the only lake 

in Ethiopia without bilharzia, making it safe 

to swim. Sabana Lodge (see page 70) and 

Bishangari Lodge are both good places to relax 

for a few days after travel in the north. 

Mountain view, Tigray 

Head south through lush countryside and 

coffee planations to Awasa, the biggest town in 

southern Ethiopia. It also has a lively fish market 

and enjoys an enviable location on the edge of 

Lake Awasa. Pass through spectacular green hills 

and little visited villages to Arba Minch. 

From here, an excellent boat trip can be taken 

on Lake Chamo to spot crocodiles, hippos and 

a multitude of birds. Well worth the ride up 

the switchbacks, overlooking Arba Minch, is the 

village of Chencha. Visit the Dorze people with 

their beehive shaped houses and their fine 

quality weaving. 

Crocodile, Lake Chamo 

The Omo valley 

• Market day at Key Afar 

• Spectacular scenery on the road from 

Karat-Konso to Yirgalem 

South-west of Arba Minch is the Omo valley, 

home to a diverse array of ancient tribal 

cultures, the most well-known being the Mursi, 

Karo, Benna and Hamer tribes. This area is 

best explored by road with a driver / guide 

in a 4x4 vehicle. Sometimes distances are 

long, the roads are bumpy and the quality 

of the interactions with the local people can 

be mixed. However, with a good guide, it is 

possible to see and learn a huge amount as 

you travel through this dramatic, varied and 

completely tribal landscape. Stop en route to 

explore local villages, markets and museums. 

Girl, Omo valley 

Venturing down to Ethiopia’s southern region, 

especially as a second time traveller to Ethiopia, 

is thoroughly recommended. There are two 

itineraries in this area to choose from on the 

following page. Ethiopia’s Great Rift Valley 

concentrates on the towns, lakes, coffee 

plantations and cultures of the south, dipping in 

briefly to the Omo valley for a day. Ethiopia’s 

Tribal Kingdom is for the more seasoned 

traveller with longer spent inside the Omo 

valley itself. As with all our programmes, these 

itineraries are completely flexible, so please 

speak to one of our specialists who will tailor 

the programme precisely to suit your needs. 

68

TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL ethiopia 

Lalibela 

SAmPlE JOURNEYS 

Ethiopia: The road to Lalibela 


Travel overland in a private 4x4 vehicle 

through some of Ethiopia’s most 

spectacular scenery accompanied by an 

expert driver / guide. 


Addis Ababa. (N) 

Day 2 – Addis Ababa: Arrive in Addis Ababa. 

PM city tour. Stay 1 night at the Radisson Blu 

Hotel. (L, D) 

Day 3 – To Bahar Dar: Fly to Bahar Dar. 

Visit the Blue Nile Falls and the market. Stay 

overnight at Kuriftu Lodge & Spa. (B, L, D) 

Day 4 – To Gondar: AM boat ride on Lake 

Tana to the Zeghie peninsula and visit Ura- 

Kidane Mihret. PM drive to Gondar. Stay 2 

nights at the Goha Hotel. (B, L, D) 

Day 5 – Gondar: AM tour of the castle 

compound of King Fasilides and Trinity 

Church. PM at leisure. (B, L, D) 

Day 6 – To the Simien mountains: AM drive 

to the Simien mountains and stay overnight 

at the Simien Mountain Lodge (see page 70). 

PM guided walk in the mountains. (B, L, D) 

Day 7 – To Axum: Full-day drive to Axum 

through some impressive mountain scenery. 

Stay 2 nights at the Yeha Hotel. (B, L, D) 

Day 8 – Axum: Full-day tour of Axum. (B, L, D) 

Day 9 – To Hawaiian: Full-day drive to Hawaiian 

via the Temple of the Moon at Yeha, the rockhewn 

churches of the Tigray. Stay overnight at 

Gheralta Lodge (see page 70). (B, L, D) 

Day 10 – To Lalibela: Drive to Lalibela and 

stay 3 nights at the Mountain View Hotel 


Day 11 – Lalibela: AM at leisure. PM visit to 

the north-west cluster of churches, including 

the Church of St George. (B, L, D) 

Day 12 – Lalibela: AM walk up to Asheton 

Maryam (weather permitting or Nakutelab 

Cave Church. PM visit to the south-east 

cluster of churches. (B, L, D) 

Day 13 – To London: Fly to Addis Ababa. 

Transfer to the Radisson Hotel where a day 

room is available. A car is at your disposal. 

Take dinner at a cultural restaurant and 

transfer to the airport. (B, L, D) 





Ethiopia’s Great rift Valley 


Journey from Addis Ababa to the Omo valley 

stopping en route to absorb the fascinating 

cultures, towns and lakes of the south. 



Day 2 – Addis Ababa: Arrive in Addis Ababa. 

PM city tour. Stay overnight at the Radisson 

Blu Hotel. (L, D) 


Langano via the Unesco world heritage 

site of Tiva. Stay overnight at Sabana Beach 

Resort (see page 70). PM at leisure. (B, L, D) 

Day 4 – To Arba Minch: Drive to Arba 

Minch. Stay 2 nights at Paradise Lodge (see 

page 70). (B, L, D) 

Day 5 – Arba Minch: AM boat ride on Lake 

Chamo. PM visit to Chencha. (B, L, D) 

Day 6 – To Karat (Konso): Drive to Karat. 

Stay 2 nights at Kanta Lodge (see page 70). 

PM visit to a traditional Konso village. (B, L, D) 

Day 7 – To Key Afar: Full-day excursion to 

Key Afar, in the Omo valley, for the Thursday 

market. En route, stop for photographs 

of the scenery. See the Konso, Bena and 

Tsemay tribes going about their daily lives. 

Return to Karat-Konso. (B, L, D) 

Day 8 – To Yirgalem: Drive via Yabello to 

Yirgalem where the lush green scenery and 

coffee plantations are stunning. Picnic lunch 

en route. Stay 3 nights at Aregash Lodge. 

(B, L, D) 

Day 9 – Yirgalem: AM walk in the local area, 

including cultural interaction with the local 

people. PM drive around Yirgalem to see the 

coffee plantations and fruit area. Return to 

Aregash Lodge for a coffee ceremony and 

hyena viewing. (B, L, D) 

Day 10 – Yirgalem: Day at leisure. Optional 

excursion to the fish market in Awasa 

including a two-hour boat trip to spot birds 

and hippos. Return to Aregash Lodge for 

lunch. PM at leisure. (B, L, D) 

Day 11 – To London: Drive to Addis Ababa 

Transfer to the Radisson Hotel where a day 

room is available. A car is at your disposal. 

Take dinner at a cultural restaurant and 

transfer to the airport. (B, L, D) 

Day 12 – London: AM arrival. (N) 




Ethiopia’s Tribal Kingdom 


Travel down past the rift Valley lakes and 

coffee plantations, to the Omo valley. 

Meet some of Africa’s most fascinating and 

colourful ethnic groups. 



Day 2 – Addis Ababa: AM arrival in Addis. 

PM city tour. Stay 1 night at the Radisson 

Hotel. (L, D) 

Day 3 – To Arba Minch: Drive south to Arba 

Minch. En route, visit the engraved stele of 

Tiya. Stay 2 nights at Paradise Lodge (see 

page 70). (B, L, D) 

Day 4 – Arba Minch: AM visit to Chencha. 

PM boat ride on Lake Chamo. (B, L, D) 

Day 5 – To Jinka: Drive to Jinka via Karat- 

Konso, Weito and Key. Short stop in Konso, 

where people are known for their intricate 

totems. Stay 2 nights at Eco Omo Safari 

Lodge. (B, L, D) 

Day 6 - Jinka: Visit the Ari and Bena tribes 

and then continue to Mago National Park, 

home to the Mursi tribe. The women are 

famed for inserting clay plates behind the 

lower lips. (B, L, D) 

Day 7 – To Turmi: Drive to Turmi via a Hamer 

village. Stay 2 nights at Buska Lodge. (B, L, D) 

Day 8 – Turmi: AM drive to Murulle. Visit the 

Dus and Korcho villages of the Karo people, 

masters of body painting. PM drive to Omo 

Rate to visit the Dassanech people. (B, L, D) 

Day 9 – To Karat (Konso): Drive to Karat 

and stay overnight at Kanta Lodge (see page 

70). PM at leisure. (B, L, D) 

Day 10 – To Yirgalem: Drive to Yirgalem 

via Dublock. Stay 2 nights at Aregash Lodge 


Day 11 – Yirgalem: AM walk in the local 

area, including cultural interaction. PM drive 

around Yirgalem to see the coffee plantations 

and fruit area. Return to Aregash Lodge for a 

coffee ceremony and hyena viewing. (B, L, D) 

Day 12 – To London: Drive to Addis Ababa 

via Wondo Genet and Lake Langano. Transfer 

to the Radisson Hotel where a day room is 

available. Take dinner at a cultural restaurant 

and transfer to the airport. (B, L, D) 

Day 13 – London: AM arrival. (N) 




ethiopia TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL 

ETHIOPIA 

HOTElS 

Gheralta Lodge, Hawzien 


Gheralta Lodge lies in the heart of the semiarid 

Tigray region in close proximity to a series 

of magnificent rock-hewn churches, famous 

for their architecture, ancient paintings and 

manuscripts. This five-bungalow lodge lies in 10 

hectares of land, built using local materials and 

designs, and offers unforgettable views. 

Mountain View Lodge, Lalibela 


Mountain View Lodge is situated at an 

altitude of 2,680 metres at the edge of 

the Lasta mountain chain. It has wonderful 

panoramic views of the mountain range and 

is an excellent place from which to view the 

beautiful sunsets. The 30 hotel rooms are clean 

and modern. 

Simien Mountain Lodge, Simien Mountains 


The Simien Mountain Lodge is the highest 

hotel in Africa at 3,260 metres. There are 

20 traditional tukul-style cottages, all with 

comfortable and tasteful decor. The main lodge 

building has a friendly bar with an open fire 

that is a great place to gather in the evening for 

sundowners before dinner. 

Kuriftu resort & Spa, Bahar Dar 


Situated on the shores of Lake Tana, the 

Kuriftu Resort & Spa comprises 37 luxurious 

guestrooms set in beautiful gardens. Each room 

is decorated in a traditional Ethiopian style 

with en suite facilities, a four-poster bed, lounge 

and flatscreen television. Facilities include three 

restaurants, an extensive spa and swimming pool. 

Paradise Lodge, Arba Minch 


Paradise Lodge is known for the magnificent 

view from its restaurant, which overlooks God’s 

Bridge, the densely forested divide between 

Lake Chamo and Lake Abaya. There are 50 en 

suite bungalows, each with a private balcony, 

which share the impressive outlook. There is 

also a spa offering daily massage treatments. 

Sabana Beach resort, Lake Langano 


Located 200km south of Addis, Sabana Beach 

Resort’s thatched bungalows are about 200 

metres from the beach. Each private balcony 

has an expansive view of Lake Langano and 

the Arsi mountains. The restaurant serves very 

good international and local cuisine. This is a 

great place to relax at the end of a busy trip. 

Haile resort, Awasa 


Former Olympic athlete Haile Gebreselassie 

has built a world-class hotel on the shores of 

Lake Awasa, set in 3 hectares of grounds. The 

resort has 112 rooms in chic contemporary 

design, two swimming pools, tennis courts, a 

gym and spa. 

Aregash Lodge, Yirgalem 


Built from traditional Sidama bamboo, Aregash 

Lodge consists of 10 en suite tukuls with 

beautiful local furnishings. The restaurant 

is superb, offering a wide variety of homecooked 

Italian-influenced continental cuisine 

and traditional Ethiopian food. 

Kanta Lodge, Karat-Konso 


Kanta Lodge has accommodation in well-built 

thatched huts called tukuls and the rooms are 

decorated with attractive local weaving. The 

bungalows are surrounded with flowers and 

there is a pretty terrace outside the restaurant 

overlooking a landscape of rolling hills.

TOur kenya 

KENYAN 

EXPERIENCE 

Non-Exclusive Escorted Group Tour or Private Journey 


UGANDA 

Samburu & Shaba 

National Reserves 

Lake 

Elmenteita 

ount Kenya 

Lake 

Victoria Mount Kenya 

Masai 

Mara 

Lake 

Turkana 

✈ Nairobi i 

K E N Y A 

AFRIC A 

Lamu 


Stay in a superb tented camp on Lake Elmenteita 

Visit four spectacular wildlife areas 

Optional hot air balloon ride over the Masai Mara, with champagne breakfast 

TANZANIA 

Mombasa 

INDIAN 

OCEAN 

Funzi 

Island 

Experience a taste of Kenya on this 

outstanding introductory tour of the 

country’s most beautiful and varied wildlife 

areas, including Samburu National Park, Lake 

Nakuru, Mount Kenya and the Masai Mara. 

Transport is by private minibus, accompanied 

by an English-speaking guide throughout. 

THE JOURNEY 

Day 1 – To Nairobi: Fly from London Heathrow 

to Nairobi with British Airways. Transfer to 

Southern Sun Nairobi for 1 night. (N) 

Day 2 – To Shaba National reserve: Drive north 

to the Shaba National Reserve, crossing the 

equator en route. Stay at Sarova Shaba Lodge for 

2 nights. Afternoon wildlife drive. (B, L, D) 

Day 3 – Shaba National reserve: Morning 

and afternoon wildlife activities in Samburu 

National Reserve. The permanent water and 

forest shade on the banks of the Ewaso Nyiro 

river attract elephants, cheetahs, leopards and 

crocodiles. (B, L, D) 

Day 4 – To Mount Kenya National Park: Drive 

south to Serena Mountain Lodge for a 1-night 

stay. Set high on the slopes of Mount Kenya 

and surrounded by ancient rainforest, this lodge 

offers fantastic mountain views. Afternoon and 

evening at leisure for wildlife viewing over the 

lodge’s floodlit waterhole. (L, D) 

Day 5 – To The rift Valley: Drive south 

to Lake Elmenteita. Stay at Serena Lake 

Elmenteita Serena Tented Camp for 1 night. 

Afternoon safari drive in the Soysambu Wildlife 

Conservancy. (B, L, D) 

Day 6 – To The Masai Mara: Drive south via 

Narok to the Masai Mara National Reserve 

stopping en route for lunch at Sarova Mara 

Camp. Stay at Mara Serena Lodge for 2 nights. 


Day 7 – Masai Mara: Morning and afternoon 

wildlife activities. Optional early morning hot 

air ballooning and champagne breakfast at 

£395 per person. (B, L, D) 

Cheetah, Masai Mara 

Day 8 – To London: Morning departure for 

Nairobi and transfer to the Norfolk Hotel (a 

day room is available on request). Afternoon at 

leisure. Fly to London with British Airways. (B) 


EXTENSION 

Tour + Mombasa 


Day 8 – To Mombasa: Transfer to Nairobi 

and fly to Mombasa. Transfer to the Mombasa 

Serena Beach Hotel for 4 nights. (B, D) 

Days 9-11 – Mombasa Coast: At leisure. (B, D) 

Day 12 – To London: Day at leisure. Afternoon 

flight to Nairobi and connect with the evening 

flight to London with British Airways. (B) 


kenyan experience tour prices for departures on or between the following dates 



NOTES 

Departures: Group tours depart on a Saturday 

and Private Journeys daily, subject to availability. 

Transport: Based on a 7- or 9-seater 4x4 popup 

roof safari vehicle where each client has a 

window seat. A 4x4 vehicle will be provided for 

those taking the tour on a private basis. You will 

be accompanied by an expert driver / guide. 

Extensions: Other recommended extensions 

are Funzi Island and Zanzibar. Please ask for 

details. 

The Great Migration 

From July to October the Masai Mara is 

the scene of the Great Migration when, 

stalked by hungry predators, millions of 

wildebeest and zebras travel from the 

Serengeti to the new pastures of the 

Masai Mara, braving crocodile-infested 

rivers and other dangers. 

Wildebeest 

Code Escorted No of 03 Jan to 02 Apr to 23 May to 22 Jun to 14 Jul to 19 Jul to 01 Nov to Single Supp Sole Supp 

Group Tour nights 01 Apr 13 22 May 13 21 Jun 13 13 Jul 13 18 Jul 13 31 Oct 13 15 Dec 13 from from 

KKK Tour 7 2,425 2,245 2,395 2,645 3,095 2,645 2,375 155 • 

KKKMBA + Mombasa 4 695 545 545 595 595 595 575 0 55 

Code Private No of 03 Jan to 02 Apr to 23 May to 22 Jun to 14 Jul to 19 Jul to 01 Nov to Single Supp Sole Supp 

Journey nights 01 Apr 13 22 May 13 21 Jun 13 13 Jul 13 18 Jul 13 31 Oct 13 15 Dec 13 from from 

KKI Private tour 7 3,095 2,895 2,995 3,375 3,795 3,325 3,025 155 1,295 




kenya airways flight upgrades 

Q Premier World from £1,145 per person return* 


kenya TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL 

KENYA 

TAIlOR-mADE 

Safari means ‘journey’ in Swahili and it was in Kenya that the concept originated. Kenya is 

known for its wide-open spaces, golden beaches and for offering some of Africa’s most dramatic 

wildlife viewing, including the annual migration of 2m wildebeest into the Masai Mara. Alongside 

this lies the fascinating culture of the Masai and Samburu peoples. Although Kenya has gained a 

reputation for being a busy safari destination, there are many beautiful lodges in secluded areas 

away from high volume tourism. Kenya has a beautiful coastline stretching from Lamu, in the 

north, down to Funzi Island in the south. With old Swahili towns, dhows sailing across the water 

and idyllic beaches, the Kenyan coast is an ideal place at which to end your time on safari. 

UGANDA 

Lake 

Victoria 

Samburu u & Shaba 

Laikipia National Reserves 

National Reserve 

Lake Elmenteita Meru 

National Park 

Lake 

Naivasha Mount Kenya 

Masai 

Mara 

Lake 

Turkana 

✈ Nairobi 

Mombasa 

K E N 

Y A 

Chyulu Hills 

Amboseli National Park 

Mount Kilimanjaro Tsavo West & East National Parks 

TANZANIA 

Lamu 

Matamu 

INDIAN 

OCEAN 

Funzi 

Island 

AFRIC A 



Lioness, Masai Mara 

Masai Mara National reserve 

• Wildebeest migration (July – October) 

• Seek out the big cats 

The Masai Mara is Kenya’s most celebrated 

reserve. Made famous by the film Out of Africa 

and more recently featured in the BBC’s Big 

Cat Diaries, the park has higher concentrations 

of wildlife than anywhere else on the planet. 

All of the Big Five are present, as well as hyenas, 

cheetahs, jackals, bat-eared foxes and distinctive 

Masai giraffes. Hippos and crocodiles are 

present in large groups in the Mara and Talek 

rivers and a wide range on antelopes abound, 

including Thomson’s gazelles, topi and elands. 

The Mara ecosystem itself is growing in area 

as new wildlife conservancies neighbour the 

edge of the reserve, offering further protection 

to the animals on their well-trodden migration 

routes. These conservancies also provide the 

opportunity to take a night drive and go on 

guided walks in areas where tourist numbers 

are tightly controlled. Kicheche Valley and 

Naiboisho Camp are two of our most popular 

conservancy camps. 

Flamingoes, Lake Nakuru 

rift Valley lakes 

• Boat trips for excellent bird & wildlife 

spotting 

• Fishing for Nile perch 

In Kenya, the Rift Valley runs from Lake Turkana 

in the north to Lake Natron in the south. Lake 

Naivasha, is a wonderful place to watch and 

photograph birds and spot hippos. Colourful 

kingfishers, fish eagles and goliath herons can 

all be viewed at close quarters on a boat trip. 

A few kilometres north (and within easy reach 

on a day trip from Lake Naivasha) is Lake 

Nakuru, where millions of flamingoes fringe 

the lake in shades of pink. A reserve has been 

created around the lake where black rhinos 

are protected and can be viewed alongside a 

variety of antelopes, giraffes, lions and hyenas. 

A further 30-minute drive north takes you to 

Lake Elementeita. In the stunning Soysambu 

Private Conservancy buffaloes can be seen in 

large herds and leopards are regularly spotted. 

Travel west to the shores of Lake Victoria to 

experience an oasis of tranquillity. Mfangano 

Island Camp is well regarded for its slow 

pace of life. Boating, cultural walks, fishing and 

birdwatching are also on offer. 

SAmPlE JOURNEY 

Kenya & Zanzibar Discovery 


Day 1 – To Nairobi: Fly to Nairobi. (N) 

Day 2 – To the Masai Mara: Arrive and 

transfer to Wilson airport. Fly to the Masai 

Mara and stay 3 nights at Karen Blixen 

Camp. Activities include safari drives and 

bush walks. (L, D) 

Days 3-4 – Masai Mara: Morning and 

afternoon safari activities. An optional 

early morning hot air balloon safari and 

champagne bush breakfast can be arranged 


Day 5 – To Zanzibar: Morning wildlife drive. 

Fly to Zanzibar via Nairobi. Transfer to 

Fumba Beach Lodge for a 6-night stay. (B, D) 

Days 6-10 – Zanzibar: At leisure. (B, D) 


Nairobi. (B) 


London. (N) 




recommended accommodation upgrade: 

Mara Plains Camp and Matemwe 

(see page 81).

TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL kenya 

Samburu National reserve 

& Shaba National reserve 

• unique northern species of flora & fauna 

• Learn about the Samburu culture 

Samburu and Shaba are neighbouring reserves 

situated north of Mount Kenya in the tribal 

lands of the Samburu people. The bush 

here is composed of wild acacia scrub and 

open savanna, with the huge Ewaso Nyiro 

river flowing through, filled with hippos and 

Nile crocodiles. The wildlife viewing here is 

very rewarding and the area is an excellent 

compliment to the Masai Mara in the southwest. 

Lions, cheetahs, leopards, elephants and 

buffaloes can be found in the reserve, as well 

as several species considered unique to the 

area such as Grevy’s zebras, Beisa oryx, longnecked 

gerenuks and Somali ostriches. There 

are also more than 350 bird species. 

Meru National Park 

• Day and night safari drives 

• Guided bush walks 

Meru National Park is a beautifully remote 

park with good wildlife viewing. Less-visited 

than Samburu or the Masai Mara, the safari 

experience is quieter and more peaceful. 

Although the wildlife can be more difficult 

to spot when high rainfall results in tall 

grasses, searching for animals is just as 

exciting. The park was put on the map by the 

conservationists George and Joy Adamson 

who wrote the best-selling book Born Free 

about how they raised Elsa the lioness 

(buried in Meru). Wildlife in the park includes 

elephants, rhinos, buffaloes, reticulated giraffes, 

Grevy’s zebras and leopards. The superb Elsa’s 

Kopje uses excellent guides, while Offbeat 

Meru Camp (see page 75) offers a more 

down-to-earth bush experience. 

Black rhinoceros, Laikipia plateau 

Laikipia plateau 

• ride a camel across rugged plains 

• Have a spa treatment 

Laikipia is a beautiful region that stretches from 

the foothills of Mount Kenya to the shoreline 

of Lake Baringo. The area covers a wide range 

of landscapes, and has become a sanctuary 

for elephants, lions, leopards, buffaloes and a 

wealth of plains wildlife. The safari lodges in 

Laikipia are among the most opulent in Kenya, 

and the involvement of local Samburu and 

Masai communities in tourism allows visitors a 

rare opportunity to meet local people during 

their holiday. Some of our favourite lodges 

include Loisaba (see page 75), Sabuk Lodge, Ol 

Malo, Sosian and Kicheche Laikipia. The large 

conservancy of Lewa is also a brilliant place to 

stay for those interested in wildlife conservation. 

Choose from the Lewa Wilderness Trails 

homestead or Lewa Safari Camp. 


Timeless Kenya 



Day 2 – To Laikipia plateau: Arrive and 

transfer to Wilson airport. Fly to the Laikipia 

plateau. Stay 3 nights at Kicheche Laikipia 

Camp. Activities include safari drives (day 

and night), bush walks, lion tracking, and 

a visit to the chimpanzee sanctuary and 

northern white rhino enclosure. (L, D) 

Days 3-4 – Laikipia plateau: Morning and 


Day 5 – To the Masai Mara: Fly to the Masai 

Mara. Stay 3 nights at Kicheche Bush Camp. 

Activities include safari drives (day and 

night), bush walks and village visits. Hot air 

ballooning and fly camping are available at 

an extra cost. (B, L, D) 



Days 8 – To ukunda: Fly to Ukunda, near 

Mombasa. Transfer to Msambweni Beach 

House & Villas for a 4-night stay. (B, D) 

Days 9-11 – ukunda: At leisure. (B, L, D) 

Days 12 – To London: Transfer to Mombasa. 

Fly to London via Nairobi. (B, L, D) 


London. (N) 




Buffaloes, Samburu National Reserve 

COX & KINGS RECOmmENDS . . . 

Hot air ballooning, Masai Mara 

The adventure begins just before dawn when 

the flames from the hot air balloon burners 

light the darkness as the crew inflates the 

craft. See the animals from an entirely different 

perspective as you silently float above the 

plains, forest and rivers of the Masai Mara. End 

your safari with a champagne breakfast, laid out 

wherever you land. 

Sleep under the stars, 

Laikipia plateau 

The Kiboko and the Koija star beds are located 

a short drive from Loisaba (see page 75). Each 

star bed is designed on a raised, handcrafted, 

wooden platform that is partially covered with 

thatched roof. Hosted by the Samburu people, 

the beds can either be wheeled into the open 

deck for a night under the stars, or left under 

the shelter of the roof. 

Wildebeest and hot air balloon over the Masai Mara

kenya TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL 

Amboseli National Park 

• Sundowners over Mount Kilimanjaro 

• Take a trip to the Cynthia Moss Elephant 

research Centre 

Amboseli National Park is known for the iconic 

image of elephants crossing the vast open 

plains in front of the spectacular snow-capped 

Mount Kilimanjaro. Although a busy park, it 

is possible to choose lodges that are located 

in private concession areas neighbouring 

Amboseli itself, such as Tortilis (see page 75) 

and Porini Camp. Lions, elephants and cheetahs 

are the main attractions here although the park 

is full of plains wildlife and abundant birdlife, 

especially near the swamps where you can see 

a large variety of waterbirds. 

Elephant herd, Amboseli National Park 

Tsavo East, Tsavo West & 

Chyulu Hills 

• Volcano walks and lava caves 

• Picnics and Masai interaction 

Impala, Tsavo 

Situated between Nairobi and Mombasa, Tsavo 

National Park is divided into two sections. 

Tsavo East is generally flat, with dry plains 

over which the Galana river flows. Tsavo West 

is more mountainous and scenic, and has a 

black rhino sanctuary. Both sides of the park 

are home to a vastly diverse array of wildlife, 

including the Big Five. Although four rivers 

and numerous watering holes ensure fabulous 

wildlife viewing opportunities all year round, 

the proximity to Mombasa does result in a 

high volume of tourist traffic. In between these 

two parks, however, lie the Chyulu Hills, a much 

less-visited highland area of distinct natural 

beauty. Old Donyo Lodge (see page 75) offers 

riding safaris, guided mountain biking and bush 

walks of the highest standard. Both Tsavo and 

the Chyulu Hills combine well with a beach 

stay along the Mombasa coastline. 

Kenya’s beaches 

• Enjoy the Swahili culture of Lamu 

• Take a dhow cruise 

Dhow, Lamu 

Kenya’s 490km Indian Ocean coastline is one 

of the country’s key attractions. Running from 

Lamu in the north to Mombasa in the south, 

this area offers a striking combination of 

Swahili culture, beautiful palm lined beaches 

and good coral reefs. The Mombasa coastline 

has been over-developed, especially around 

Diani, although it is still possible to find a few 

properties that retain a more exclusive feel. 

For a quieter, more authentic experience, we 

either recommend travelling north to the 

Lamu archipelago, where beaches are deserted, 

or venturing further south to Msambweni 

beach (see page 81) or Funzi Island (see page 

81). The Majlis and Kizingo (see page 81) are 

both good choices in Lamu. Two hours north 

of Mombasa lies the sleepy village of Matamu, 

where Hemmingway’s is the classic coastal 

hotel. 


Wings Over Kenya & rwanda 




transfer to Wilson airport. Fly to the Masai 

Mara and stay 3 nights at Main Governors’ 

Camp (see page 75) / Rekero Camp* or 

Naboisho Camp*. (B, L, D) 



Day 5 – To Nairobi: Morning wildlife drive. 

After lunch, fly to Nairobi and transfer to 

the Fairview Hotel / Palacina Hotel* for an 

overnight stay. (B, L) 

Day 6 – To Volcanoes National Park: Fly 

to Kigali, capital of Rwanda. Transfer to 

Volcanoes National Park and stay 3 nights 

at Gorilla Mountain View Lodge / Sabyinyo 

Silverback Lodge*. (B, L, D) 

Day 7 – Volcanoes National Park: Early 

morning gorilla tracking. Spend one hour 

in their company. Afternoon at leisure or 

optional excursions. (B, L, D) 

Day 8 – Volcanoes National Park: Morning trek 

to see beautiful golden monkeys. Afternoon at 

leisure or optional excursions. (B, L, D) 

Day 9 – To London: Drive to Kigali and transfer 

to the airport. Fly to London via Nairobi. (B) 

Day 10 - London: Early morning arrival in 

London. (N) 


Low season from: £3,425 (Standard) / 

£4,425 (Superior) 

High season from: £4,725 (Standard) / 


* upgrade: The asterisk indicates Superior 

accommodation options. 

Kenya also combines well with Mozambique 

(see page 95) or the Seychelles and Tanzania. 

Speak to an Africa consultants for more 

detail on multi-country itineraries.

TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL kenya 

KENYA 

SAFARI lODGES 

Kicheche Bush Camp, Olare Orok 

Conservancy, Masai Mara 


Kicheche Bush Camp is an intimate classic 

luxury tented camp, completely unfenced, 

which accommodates a maximum of 12 guests. 

Wildlife viewing begins at the camp itself and 

the location is also ideal to experience the 

wildebeest migration. 

Governors’ Camps, 



At Governors’, 37 tents line the riverbank. 

Reached by boat, Little Governors’ is built 

around a small watering hole and has 17 luxury 

tents. Il Moran, also on the river, is the premier 

camp in the collection with just 10 tents 

hidden under ancient trees. 

Naibor Camps, 



The stylish, seven-tented, Naibor Camp 

is located close to the confluence of two 

rivers, strategically placed for the wildebeest 

migration. Little Naibor comprises two tents, 

ideal for honeymooners or a family group. Both 

these camps overlook the river. 

Elephant Bedroom Camp, 

Samburu National reserve 


Set on the banks of the Ewaso Nviro river sits 

this small exclusive camp of 12 luxury tents, all 

furnished in rustic Africa style with hot running 

water. Activities include safari drives, guided 

bush walks, cultural visits and lectures on the 

local Samburu culture. 

Loldia House, Lake Naivasha 


Loldia was established after the Boer war 

and is still owned by the same family. On the 

farm’s 26 sq km, there are cattle herds, impalas, 

waterbucks and other plains animals. Guests 

staying in one of its six rooms can visit Lake 

Naivasha and the flamingo lakes of Nakuru, 

Elementaita and Bogoria. 

Tortilis, Amboseli National Park 


Tortilis is a tented lodge overlooking Mount 

Kilimanjaro. Walk with a trained Masai guide or 

spend time following the elephant herds for 

which Amboseli is well known. The large tents 

are set on raised wooden platforms, each with 

a private veranda and day bed. Facilities include 

a swimming pool. 

Offbeat Meru Camp, Meru National Park 


Meru is one of Kenya’s most beautiful parks, 

with solid wildlife viewing and an extraordinarly 

varied birdlife. With just six tents, this pleasant 

tented camp is personally hosted by the owner, 

Piers Winkworth. The sheer pleasure of being 

in such an intimate camp cannot be overstated. 

Loisaba, Laikipia Plateau 


This dramatically located lodge is set on the 

edge of a deep escarpment and has outstanding 

views. Each room opens out on to a private 

deck. Loisaba has a pool, tennis court and spa. 

Star beds offer the chance to sleep out in 

the bush. 

Ol Donyo Lodge, 

Chyulu Hills National Park 


Located between the reserves of Amboseli 

and Tsavo West in south-east Kenya, Ol Donyo 

Lodge has the same magnificent views across 

the plains towards Kilmanjaro, but is virtually 

devoid of other safari vehicles.

I 

tanzania TOur 

HIGHlIGHTS 

OF TANZANIA 

Non-Exclusive Escorted Group Tour or Private Journey • 


RWANDA 

UGANDA 

Lake 

Victoria 

AFRIC A 

Lake 

Rukwa 

Serengeti 

National Park 

Ngorongoro 

Crater 

Lake Manyara 

National Park 

KENYA 

✈ Arusha 

Tarangire National Park 

T A N Z A N I A 

Zanzibar 

INDIAN OCEAN 

transfer back to Arusha. Evening flight to 

London, via Amsterdam, with KLM. (B) 


EXTENSIONS 

Tour + Zanzibar 



Explore Tanzania’s northern circuit on this 

excellent value tour of the country’s most 

famous wildlife reserves. Visit the huge plains 

of the Serengeti, the open grasslands of the 

Great rift Valley and the strikingly beautiful 

Ngorongoro Crater, home to an estimated 

30,000 animals. 

THE JOURNEY 

Day 1 – To Arusha: Morning flight from London 

to Arusha, via Amsterdam, with KLM. Transfer to 

the Serena Mountain Village for 1 night. (D) 

Day 2 – To Serengeti National Park (west): 

Fly to the Serengeti National Park (west) and 

transfer to Kirawira Tented Camp for 1 night. 


Zebrass, Serengei National Park 

Stay in the elegant Kirawira Tented Camp, a Small Luxury Hotel of the World 

3 nights in Serengeti National Park in two different areas 

Picnic lunch in the Ngorongoro Crater 

the earliest human beings, discovered in the 

early 20th century by the Leakeys. Stay 2 nights 

at Ngorongoro Serena Lodge. (B, L, D) 

Day 6 – Ngorongoro Crater: Descend into 

the crater for a wildlife drive in a 4x4 vehicle. 

Picnic lunch on site. (B, L, D) 

Day 7 – To Lake Manyara National Park: 

Drive to Lake Manyara National Park and 

stay 1 night at Lake Manyara Serena Lodge. 

Afternoon safari drive in the park, known for 

its elusive tree-climbing lions and huge flocks of 

migratory pink flamingoes. (B, L, D) 

Day 8 – To London: Morning safari drive 

in Lake Manyara National Park. Afternoon 

Day 7 – To Zanzibar: Morning transfer to 

Seronera airstrip and fly to Zanzibar, via 

Arusha. Transfer to Breezes Beach Club (see 

page 80) and stay 4 nights in a De Luxe room. 

(B, D) 

Days 8-10 – Zanzibar: At leisure. (B, D) 


Afternoon flight to Dar es Salaam and transfer 

to the Msasani Slipway. Evening at leisure. 

Overnight flight to London, via Amsterdam, 

with KLM. (B) 




NOTES 

Departures: Group tours depart on a Saturday 

and Private Journeys daily, subject to availability. 

Transport: Based on a seven- or nine-seater 

4x4 pop-up roof safari vehicle where each 

client will have a window seat. A 4x4 vehicle 

will be provided for those taking the tour on 

a private basis. You will be accompanied by an 

expert driver / guide. 

Day 3 – Serengeti National Park (central): 

Safari-drive to the centre of the Serengeti 

and stay 2 nights at Serengeti Serena Lodge. 

Afternoon wildlife drive. (B, L, D) 

Day 4 – Serengeti National Park (central): 

Morning and afternoon safari drives in 

Serengeti National Park, known for its cheetahs, 

leopards and lions. (B, L, D) 

Day 5 – To Ngorongoro Crater: Drive to the 

Ngorongoro Crater, stopping en route at the 

Olduvai gorge, which features the remains of 

highlights of tanzania tour prices for departures on or between the following dates 

Code Escorted No of 02 Jan to 01 Mar to 01 Apr to 28 Apr to 21 May to 14 Jul to 19 Aug to 01 Nov to Single Supp Sole Supp 

Group Tour nights 28 Feb 13 28 Mar 13 27 Apr 13 20 May 13 13 Jul 13 18 Aug 13 20 Oct 13 10 Dec 13 from from 

HIT Tour 7 3,095 2,645 2,395 2,475 3,265 3,695 3,295 2,745 75 

HITZNZ + Zanzibar 4 945 845 695 695 845 945 945 895 345 345 

Code Private No of 02 Jan to 01 Mar to 01 Apr to 23 May to 14 Jul to 19 Aug to 01 Nov to 16 Dec to Single Supp Sole Supp 

Journey nights 28 Feb 13 31 Mar 13 22 May 13 13 Jul 13 18 Aug 13 15 Dec 13 15 Dec 13 31 Dec 13 from from 

HIZ Private tour 7 3,545 3,095 2,895 3,745 4,195 3,795 3,250 4,025 75 795 




kLM flight upgrades 

Q Business Class: £1,625 per person return* 

* All prices subject to availability 


Q Free. Amsterdam to/from: London City, London Heathrow, Birmingham, 

Manchester, Southampton 

Q From £40 return* British Aiways. London to/from: Aberdeen, Bristol, 

Cardiff, Edinburgh, Glasgow, Leeds Bradford, Durham, Newcastle 

Q From £55 return* British Airways. London to/from: Humberside, Norwich

TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL tanzania 

TANZANIA 

TAIlOR mADE 

Tanzania’s vast landscapes are a photographer’s dream, both vibrant and beautiful. Snowcapped 

Kilimanjaro, exotic Zanzibar, the plains of the Serengeti and the amphitheatre of 

the Ngorongoro Crater are all icons of Africa. The country is blessed with the winning 

combination of superb safari parks and spectacular tropical beaches. Because of its size, we 

recommend that you focus on just one or two areas. 

Lake 

Tanganyika 

Mahale M Mountains 

National Park 

Lake 

Victoria 

t i 

Serengeti 

National Park 

Tarangire 

National Park 

Katavi 

National Park 

Z A M B I A 

Ngorongoro 

g 

Craterr 

K E N Y A 

Arusha 

Lake e Manyara 

ara 

National Park 

Ruaha 

National Park 

Selous 

Game Reserve 

Lake 

Malawi 

Dodoma 

T A N Z A N I A 

M O Z 

A 

M B I Q 

U 

E 

AFRIC A 

Pemba Island 

Zanzibar 

Mafia Island 

I N D I A N 

O C E A N 



Safaris in northern Tanzania 

• World-class national parks 

• The great wildebeest migration 

Northern Tanzania contains a group of national 

parks, the Serengeti, Lake Manyara, Tarangire and 

the Ngorongoro Crater, which together form 

one of the most impressive safari areas in Africa. 

Although you can fly into these parks to save 

time, they are so close together that travelling 

with a private driver / guide in a 4x4 vehicle 

works well. Staying with the same guide for the 

whole safari allows you the continuity to build 

up your wildlife knowledge. In addition, you get 

the chance to see some of the towns and rural 

areas en route, arguably giving you a deeper 

understanding of the country as a whole. 

The Serengeti National Park is known for its 

huge savanna plains, excellent resident wildlife 

throughout the year and the great wildebeest 

migration (November to July), one of the 

world’s greatest wildlife spectacles. Staying in a 

mobile camp, which moves periodically to get 

as close as possible to the herds, offers one of 

Elephants, Ngorongoro Crater 

the best ways to see the migration. Combine 

a stay within the park with a few nights in the 

Loliondo concession. Adjoined to the northeast 

side of the Serengeti, this area opens up 

the chance to walk through the landscape, 

meet the local Masai and go on a night drive, 

not allowed in the Serengeti itself. 

Lake Manyara National Park contains a beautiful 

soda lake and an excellent variety of wildlife, 

including elusive tree-climbing lions. Tarangire 

National Park, with its ancient baobab trees, 

particularly comes to life in the dry season 

(January to February and July to October), with 

the Tarangire river acting as a magnet for big 

animals, especially elephants. The Ngorongoro 

Crater contains one of the world’s greatest 

concentrations of wildlife. Although there are 

several lodges on the rim of the crater itself, 

we often recommend staying in the farmland of 

the Karatu to the south (see page 80). 

Top or tail your safari with a beach stay (see 

page 81) or a climb up Mount Kilimanjaro. See 

the website for further details. 


Spirit of Tanzania 


Day 1 – To Arusha: Fly to Arusha via 

Amsterdam. Transfer to Onsea House / 

Arusha Coffee Lodge* for 1 night. (N) 

Day 2 – To Tarangire National Park: Drive in 

a 4x4 vehicle to Tarangire National Park. Fullday 

wildlife viewing. Stay 2 nights at Olivers 

Camp / Tarangire Treetops*. (B, L, D) 

Day 3 – Tarangire: Safari activities in 

Tarangire. (B, L, D) 

Day 4 – To Karatu: Drive to Karatu via a 

safari drive in Lake Manyara National Park. 

Stay 2 nights at Plantation Lodge / The 

Manor*. (B,L,D) 

Day 5 – Ngorongoro Crater: Safari drive 

in the Ngorongoro Crater, Masai village visit 

and picnic lunch. (B, L, D) 

Day 6 – To Lake Manyara: Transfer to Lake 

Manyara airstrip and fly to Lobo airstrip. Stay 

2 nights at Dunia Camp / Migration Camp*. 

Days 7-8 – Lake Manyara: Safari activities. 

(B, L, D) 

Day 9 – To London: Fly to Arusha. Short 

city tour and rest at Arusha Coffee Lodge. 

Afternoon flight to London via Amsterdam. 

(B, L) 


London. (N) 


Low season from: £4,395 (Superior) / 

£4,095 (Luxury) 

High season from: £5,125 (Superior) / 

£5,395 (Luxury) 

* upgrade: The Luxury accommodation is 

upgraded as indicated. 

Extensions: You may like to extend your 

holiday to the coast or an island. See page 

81 for accommodation suggestions.

tanzania TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL 

Chimpanzees, Mahale Mountains National Park, Tanzania 

Safaris in southern & western Tanzania 

Camps in the remote areas of southern and western Tanzania are usually visited via fly-in safaris, 

which use light aircraft to fly between the parks and camps. Once at the camps, guides will use 

4x4s and boats to get you around the parks. In keeping with the raw nature of this environment, 

the properties mainly take the form of small, low-impact, permanent tented camps or lodges. 

Southern Tanzania 

• Pristine wilderness 

• Fly-camping opportunites 

Selous Game Reserve and Ruaha National 

Park are both areas with pristine wilderness 

and low visitor numbers. They are easily linked 

with the northern parks and commonly 

combined with Zanzibar and Pemba. 

The Selous Game Reserve is close to sea level 

and, with the Great Rufiji river flowing through it, 

has a tropical ambience. All lodges offer wildlife 

viewing in open 4x4 vehicles, on foot and by 

boat, where you are guaranteed to drift past 

pods of hippos and huge numbers of crocodiles. 

The Selous is an excellent wildlife experience, 

with a healthy population of wild dogs and more 

than 450 bird species. Most of the safari camps 

offer fly-camping where you stay in a simple tent 

and, accompanied by your guide, spend your 

days walking through this remote landscape. 

Ruaha National Park is higher and more 

mountainous than the Selous and the animals 

here are very relaxed, especially the elephants. 

Ruaha activites include 4x4 safari drives, guided 

walks and fishing trips. Wildlife highlights 

include elephants, lions, leopards and wild dogs. 

Southern Tanzania also combines well with the 

Quirimbas in northern Mozambique (see page 

94) making an exclusive wildlife and beach 

combination. 

Western Tanzania 

• Get close to chimpanzees 

• remote & little visited 

Western Tanzania is a remote region, much less 

visited than the north or south. The two key 

parks here are Mahale Mountains and Katavi 

national parks, most commonly combined in 

a 7-night package. Access is twice weekly with 

scheduled flights operating on a Monday and 

Thursday to connect these parks with Arusha, 

with a refuelling stop at Tabora. The flights are 

expensive, but the rewards you get in terms of 

wildlife and scenery are well worth it. Mahale 

Mountains National Park, on the shores of 

Lake Tanganika, combines stunning white 

beaches with a superb chimpanzee interaction 

experience. The park is also home to Tanzania’s 

densest population of primates, which includes 

red colobus monkeys, yellow baboons and 

vervet monkeys. Greystoke Mahale, our 

preferred option, has Robinson Crusoe-style 

bandas, huddled along the tree-edge close to 

the lakeshore. Kungwe Camp, just around the 

corner, is a more affordable option, stylish but 

simple, with good service. Incredibly remote 

and said to have the highest biodiversity of any 

park in Africa, Katavi National Park has good 

general wildlife, abundant in buffaloes and lions, 

and a great sense of wilderness. Chada Camp 

is the best option here. Fly back to either the 

Serengeti in the north or Ruaha in the south 

on a shared charter basis to explore Tanzania 

further, or to Arusha and fly on to the coast. 


Southern Tanzania 


Day 1 – To Dar es Salaam: Overnight flight 

to Dar es Salaam. (N) 

Day 2 – To Selous Game reserve: Connect 

with your flight to the Selous Game 

Reserve, one of the largest wildlife reserves 

of the world. Stay 3 nights at Impala Camp / 

Selous Safari Camp* (see page 80). (L, D) 

Days 3-4 – Selous Game reserve: Wildlife 

activities in the Selous, including boat trips, 

safari drives and walks. Fly-camping is an 

option. (B, L, D) 

Day 5 – To ruaha National Park: Fly to Ruaha 

National Park. Transfer to Kwihala Camp / 

Jongomero Camp* for 3 nights. (B, L, D) 

Days 6-7 – ruaha National Park: Wildlife 

activities in Ruaha, including safari drives and 

walks. (B, L, D) 

Day 8 – To Dar es Salaam: Morning wildlife 

activity. Fly to Dar es Salaam and transfer 

by road to Ras Kutani (see page 81; both 

standard and superior options). (B, L, D) 

Days 9-10 – To ras Kutani: At leisure at Ras 

Kutani. (B, L, D) 

Day 11 – To London: Fly to London via Dar 

es Salaam. Afternoon arrival. (B) 






* upgrade: The Luxury accommodation is 

upgraded as indicated.

TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL tanzania 

The coast & islands of Tanzania 

• Quiet villages & idyllic beaches 

• Sunset dhow cruises 

Tanzania is blessed with some amazing 

beaches, many with swaying palms, magnificent 

marine life, historic Swahili ports and exotic 

culinary experiences. 

The mainland coast north and south of Dar 

es Salaam is dotted with quiet villages and 

turquoise seas. The idyllic beach lodge of Ras 

Kutani (see page 81) is our preferred location, 

as you can kayak, walk in the nearby forest, visit 

a local Swahili village, watch turtles nesting (in 

season) and simply relax. 

Zanzibar, the number one beach destination 

in east Africa, is a heady combination of 

fabulous beaches and distinctive culture. Often 

described as ‘where the Middle East meets 

Africa’, Persian and Omani sultans made 

this the spice-trading capital of the world. 

Combine a stay in historic Stone Town, amid 

the labyrinth of narrow alleys and intricately 

carved doors, with a beach retreat, to get the 

most out of this fascinating island. There is a 

Stone Town 

wide range of boutique hotels in 

Stone Town, which can act as a base for 

exploring the island; take a sunset dhow 

cruise, have cooking lessons using the 

Zanzibarian spices or take a walk to see 

the endangered red colobus monkeys 

of Jozani forest. The selection of beach 

accommodation is enormous and caters for 

every taste and budget. See page 81 for a few 

recommendations (Matemwe is highly rated) 

or speak to one of our specialists to talk 

through a more detailed selection. 

Venture off the beaten track further to the 

low-lying coral atoll of Pemba Island where an 

authentic Swahili Coast experience combined 

with the tasteful Fundu lagoon will make for a 

memorable holiday. Both Zanzibar and Pemba 

combine easily with the southern Tanzania 

safari camps. 

The other less visited, but equally remote, 

islands of Chumbe, Mnemba and Mafia Island 

are worth exploring if you want to get even 

further away from the crowds. Please speak 

to one of our Africa specialists for more 

information. 

Dhow 

Call 020 7873 5000 • Visit coxandkings.co.uk • Or speak to your travel agent 

AFRICA 

79

tanzania TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL 

TANZANIA 

SAFARI lODGES 

Klein’s Camp, north-eastern Serengeti 


Klein’s Camp is set in a 100 sq km private 

concession in the Serengeti, on the edge of 

the Kuka Hills and within the path of the 

annual migration. The 10 cottages each have a 

private terrace overlooking the valley below. 

The dining room and lounge feature open 

fireplaces and there is a swimming pool. 

Migration Camp, northern Serengeti 


This luxury camp is on the migration route 

between the Serengeti and the Masai Mara, 

in the quieter northern corridor of the park. 

There are good opportunities to see wildlife, 

especially lions, leopards and elephants, 

throughout the year. The tents and dining area 

have sweeping views of the plains. 

Olakira Camp, Serengeti National Park 


Olakira Camp is an intimate and comfortable 

mobile camp that follows the migration to 

ensure the best chance of seeing wildlife. The 

camp itself has six guest tents, each with its 

own private veranda with a view overlooking 

the Serengeti. There is a lounge and dinner tent 

to complete the setting. 

Kirawira Luxury Tented Camp, 

western Serengeti 


Kirawira is a member of the Small Luxury 

Hotels of the World group. The camp has 25 

widely-spaced luxury en suite tents raised on 

timber platforms. Each tent has a spacious 

furnished deck with glorious views of the 

plains. 

Singita Grumeti reserves 


Singita Grumeti Reserves is located next to 

the western corridor of the Serengeti and 

encompasses 1,600 sq km of wilderness. The 

three luxurious lodges here, Sasakwa Lodge, 

Sabora Tented Camp and Faru Faru Lodge, 

all offer a distinctive and exceptional safari 

experience. 

Oliver’s Camp, Tarangire National Park 


This 20-bed camp overlooks the wildlife 

migration routes. Oliver’s Camp is traditional 

in style, yet very comfortable. Safaris are led 

by trained guides in open 4x4 vehicles. The 

emphasis is on slowing down and having a 

relaxed in-depth natural history experience 

with well-informed wildlife experts. 

Kirurumu Manyara Lodge, Lake 

Manyara National Park 


Set high on the edge of the Rift Valley 

escarpment, this pleasant camp of 27 widelyspaced 

tents, all have private verandas that 

make the most of the dramatic views over 

Lake Manyara. 

Plantation Lodge, Karatu 


Comfortable, elegant and more of a country 

retreat than a bush lodge, Plantation Lodge is 

surrounded by flowering tropical gardens. Each 

of the 16 en suite rooms has its own style; 

some are attached to the central building and 

some are scattered around the gardens. 

Selous Safari Camp, 

Selous Game reserve 


This camp is located in one of the richest 

wildlife areas of the Selous, on the banks of 

the Rufiji river. It has been refurbished in a 

classic safari style with large new tents. Wildlife 

viewing is by 4x4 vehicle, on foot or by boat.

TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL kenya & tanzania 

KENYA & TANZANIA 

BEACH HOTElS 

Jafferji House & Spa, Zanzibar 


Situated in the heart of Stone Town, Jafferji 

House & Spa is an elegant boutique hotel 

combining modern luxury with the fascinating 

heritage that has shaped Zanzibar’s history. 

Taking its name from its owner who once used 

the building as his family home, Jafferji House has 

been lovingly restored to its original splendour. 

Zanzibar Serena Inn, Zanzibar 


Located in the heart of Stone Town, this 

lavish property is set in two historic seafront 

buildings. The hotel has 51 bedrooms and a 

private swimming pool overlooking the sea. 

Guests can travel by boat to the Serenaowned 

Mangapwani to visit the secluded 

beaches and spice gardens. 

Breezes Beach Club, Zanzibar 


Breezes Beach Club is set in beautiful tropical 

gardens. All 70 en suite rooms and suites 

are stylishly furnished in a relaxed Zanzibari 

style. Food is an essential part of the Breezes 

experience, with four restaurants available. 

Tides restaurant offers private romantic 

beachfront dining. 

Matemwe, Zanzibar 


Matemwe is located opposite Mnemba atoll, 

which has spectacular snorkelling. The lodge 

consists of 12 bungalows built from local 

materials and an open-air restaurant that 

overlooks the ocean. Just north of the main 

lodge, the new Matemwe Retreat has three 

individual villas. 

ras Kutani, Swahili Coast 


A 10-minute flight south of Dar es Salaam, Ras 

Kutani is set on a white sandy beach flanked by 

a freshwater lagoon. There are nine cottages, 

each with a large veranda with Swahili daybeds 

and hammocks, and four Upepo suites set high 

up on the hill. Each suite features a signature 

sultan’s bed. 

Fundu Lagoon, Pemba 


Fundu Lagoon is a remote and peaceful resort 

only accessible by boat. Wooden walkways and 

sandy paths lead to 16 Makuti-thatched tented 

rooms and suites with breathtaking ocean 

views. There is a beautiful infinity swimming 

pool, an indulgent spa with a range of therapies 

and an excellent restaurant. 

Kizingo, Lamu 


Kizingo is the ultimate ‘no news, no shoes’ 

secluded beach resort. The lodge has eight 

beautifully appointed bandas (thatched cottages) 

and is situated at one end of a spectacular 

12km beach that stretches from Kizingo to the 

fashionable village of Shela. 

Msambweni Beach House & Villas 


Msambweni occupies a quiet setting on a 6km 

stretch of coastline. This exclusive family-run 

house features four luxurious suites, an infinity 

pool and two Lamu villas with their own pool 

and jacuzzi facing the sea. There is a perfect 

setting for drinks on the cliff top. 

The Funzi Keys, Funzi Island 


Set on an undeveloped island off Kenya’s south 

coast, the Funzi Keys comprises 17 stone and 

thatch cottages close to the seafront, each with 

a four-poster bed. Its west-facing beach location 

makes for spectacular African sunset views. Relax 

by the pool and watch the fishing dhows sail by.

Rwanda TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL 

RWANDA 

TAIlOR-mADE 

AFRIC A 

Lake 

Rivu 

Gisenyi 

Kibuye 

UGANDA 

Volcanoes NP 

RWANDA 

Kigali 

TANZANIA 

Akagera NP 

rwanda is known as the ‘land of a thousand hills’ and is home to dramatic volcanoes, large 

lakes and beautiful green terraced hillsides. Although a key reason to visit is to track mountain 

gorillas, it is a scenically striking country with much more to offer. Also available is a 13-day / 

11-night programme, which combines the best sites in uganda and rwanda. 

Please contact Cox & Kings to discuss ideas with one of our experts or visit our website, 

coxandkings.co.uk, for more detailed itineraries. 

Nyanza 

Parc National 

Nyungwe Forest 

BURUNDI 


rwanda: In Search of Primates 


Primates in rwanda 

Sitting with a small family group of mountain 

gorillas is undoubtedly one of the world’s 

greatest wildlife experiences. 

Rwanda’s Volcanoes National Park is home to 

about 150 gorillas, as well as wild chimpanzees 

and a host of other primates, including golden 

monkeys in the tropical rainforest of Nyungwe. 

Gorilla trekking in Rwanda also makes an ideal 

extension to a Kenyan safari, as Kigali is just a 

30-minute flight from Nairobi. See our website 

for full itinerary suggestions. 

Travel in rwanda 

Golden monkey 

Rwanda is easy to get around by road and all 

the national parks and wildlife reserves are 

within a manageable driving distance from 

Kigali. 

Rwanda’s hotels are clean and quite basic. The 

standards of food and service can be low, as 

many staff are new to tourism. 

However, Cox & Kings believes that Rwanda’s 

wildlife and scenery more than compensate for 

the lack of facilities. 

Day 1 – To Kigali: Fly from London to Kigali, 

via Nairobi. (N) 

Day 2 – Kigali: Arrive in Kigali and meet 

your driver / guide. Stay overnight at the 

Manor Hotel. (B) 

Day 3 – To Nyungwe Forest National Park: 

Drive south to Nyanza. Visit the Royal Palace 

and Rwesero Art Museum. Continue to Butare 

and go to the National Museum. Continue to 

Nyungwe Forest National Park. Stay 2 nights at 

Nyungwe Forest Lodge. (B, L, D) 

Day 4 – Nyungwe National Park: Morning 

forest trek in search of colobus monkeys. 

Optional afternoon chimpanzee tracking (for 

an extra charge). (B, L, D) 

Day 5 – To Kibuye: Morning Nyungwe 

canopy walk. Afternoon drive to Kibuye. Stay 

2 nights at Cormoran Lodge. (B, L, D) 

Day 6 - Kibuye: Day at leisure with optional 

activities, including a day hike to the source 

of the Nile. (B, L, D) 

Day 7 – To Virunga National Park: Drive, via 

Gisenyi, through spectacular mountain scenery, 

to Virunga National Park. Stay 2 nights at 

Mountain View Gorilla Lodge*. (B, L, D) 

Day 8 – Virunga National Park: Morning 

gorilla trekking. Afternoon visit to an expoacher’s 

village. (B, L, D) 

Day 9 – To London: Return to Kigali. Visit 

the Genocide Museum. Fly to London, via 

Nairobi. (B, L) 





* upgrades: We recommend upgrading 

to either the Sabyinyo Silverback Lodge, 

built and managed by Governors’ Camps 

in Kenya or the scenic Virunga Safari Lodge. 

Supplements are from £815 per person 

(Sabyinyo) or from £570 per person 

(Virunga) for 2 nights, sharing a twin room.

TAILOr-MADE TrAVEL uganda 

UGANDA 

TAIlOR-mADE 

Home to more than half the world’s mountain gorilla population and a wealth of other 

primates, including chimpanzees, uganda has a fascinating culture, magnificent scenery, and 

the finest birding on the continent, with 1,000 recorded species. We offer an Escorted 

Group Tour and wide range of tailor-made travel ideas, including specialist birding 

programmes and a 13-day / 11-night tour that combines rwanda with uganda. 

CONGO 

Lake 

Edward 

AFRIC A 

Bwindi NP 

Albert 

Lake 

Semliki Wildlife Reserve 

Queen Elizabeth NP 

TANZANIA 

UGANDA 

Murchison Falls NP 

Kampala 

Lake 

Victoria 

Kidepo NP 

KENYA 

Please contact Cox & Kings to discuss further ideas with one of our experts or refer to 

our website, coxandkings.co.uk for full itineraries. 

Wildlife in uganda 

With 20 national parks and reserves, Uganda 

has some of the greatest diversity of wildlife 

and landscapes of any African country, andthe 

scenery varies from the dry savanna lands of 

Kidepo National Park in the north to the forests 

of Semliki, Kibale and Bwindi in the south. 

Uganda is also home to rare shoe-billed storks, 

which can occasionally be spotted around 

Murchison Falls National Park, where the Nile 

rushes through a narrow cleft in the rock. 

Queen Elizabeth National Park is home to 

elusive tree-climbing lions, while chimpanzees 

inhabit Kibale forest. 

Kidepo, Uganda’s most remote park, with its 

jagged hills, golden grasses, soft glowing light and 

plains dotted with wildlife, is perfect for those 

looking for a true wilderness experience. Wildlife 

in Kidepo is abundent and much of it can be 

seen from your veranda at Apoko Lodge. Lions, 

leopards, cheetahs, elephants, giraffes, zebras and 

large herds of buffalo can all be spotted. 

Travelling in uganda 

Queen Elizabeth National Park 

The roads in Uganda are good and the easiest 

way to see the country is by 4x4 safari vehicle, 

travelling with your own private driver / guide. 

High quality lodges are now found in most of 

the national parks and wildlife reserves. Flying 

by light aircraft between reserves, although 

more expensive, has become increasingly 

popular as a means of seeing the country’s 

highlights in a single trip. 

SAmPlE JOURNEYS 

Mountain Gorilla Safari 

7 Days / 4 Nights from £2,575 to £3,075 

After an overnight stay in Kampala, travel 

to one of the most diverse forests in Africa, 

Bwindi Impenetrable Forest, and trek in 

search of endangered mountain gorillas. The 

first glimpse of a gorilla is unforgettable and 

easily ranks as one of the world’s greatest 

wildlife experiences. Stay overnight at Lake 

Mburo National Park en route back to 

Kampala and enjoy a boat ride and walking 

safari. Hippos, zebras and impalas may be 

spotted alongside rich birdlife. 

Luxury Primate Safari 

11 Days / 9 Nights from £3,955 to £4,635 

Join like-minded travellers on this Non- 

Exclusive Escorted Group Tour of some 

of uganda’s best known national parks, 

including Kibale Forest, Queen Elizabeth, 

Bwindi and Lake Mburo. Maximum group 

size of eight passengers, minimum group size 

four passengers. Eight departures in 2013. 

Mountain gorilla 

uganda: Primates & Wildlife Safari 


Day 1 – To Entebbe: Fly to Entebbe. (N) 

Day 2 – Entebbe: Arrive in Entebbe and meet 

your driver / guide. Drive to Lake Mburo 

National Park via Fort Portal. Stay 2 nights at 

Primate Lodge Kibale in standard or de luxe* 

tents). (L, D) 

Day 3 – Entebbe: Morning chimpanzee 

tracking. Afternoon nature walk in Bigodi 

Swamp. (B, L, D) 

Day 4 – To Queen Elizabeth National Park: 

Drive to Queen Elizabeth National Park via 

the crater lakes area. Stay 2 nights at Queen 

Elizabeth Bush Lodge / Mweya Safari Lodge*. 

(B, L, D) 

Day 5 – Queen Elizabeth National Park: 

Morning wildlife drive. Afternoon boat cruise 

along the Kazinga Channel. (B, L, D) 

Day 6 – To Bwindi National Park: Drive to 

Bwindi National Park via the southern sector of 

Queen Elizabeth National Park, called Ishasha 

and known for its tree-climbing lions. Stay 2 

nights Engagi Lodge / Buhoma Lodge*. (B, L, D) 

Day 7 – Bwindi National Park: Gorilla 

tracking. (B, L, D) 

Day 8 – To Kampala: Drive back to Kampala. 

Stay overnight at Cassia Lodge / Le Petit 

Village*. (B, L) 

Day 9 – To London: Morning city tour, 

including the African Craft Village. Afternoon 

transfer to the airport and fly to London, via 

Nairobi. (B) 

Day 10 – To London: Arrive in London (N) 






* upgrade: The Superior Tour features 

upgraded accommodation as indicated.

madagascar TouR 

DISCoVERY TouR 

MADAGASCAR 

ADVENTURE 


AFRIC 

AFRIC 

A 

A 

Isalo N.P. 

MADAGASC AR 

Antananarivo ✈ 

Antisirabe 

Nosy Be Island 

Anjajavy 

Fianarantsoa 

Ifaty Ranohira 

Anakao 

Andasibe N.P. 

INDIAN OCEAN 

Berenty Private Reserve 

the golden and the greater. Endemic birding 

here is also excellent with a chance to see 

brown mesites, Crossleby’s babblers and pigmy 

kingfishers. Afternoon visit of Tanala village 

followed by a talk at the ValBio Research 

Centre by a specialist guide. (B, L, D) 


Stay in the atmospheric Satrana Lodge in Isalo National Park 

Walk in the primary rainforest of Mantadia 

Specialist & exclusive wildlife or environmental lectures 

Much of Madagascar’s flora and fauna is 

found nowhere else on Earth. This tour 

offers an opportunity to discover the island’s 

extraordinary natural history along with 

its stunning scenery, idyllic beaches and 

fascinating culture, which is based on a mix of 

Christianity and ancient spiritual beliefs. 

THE JOURNEY 

Day 1 – To Antananarivo: Fly overnight from 

London to Antananarivo, via Nairobi, on Kenya 

Airways. (N) 

Day 2 – Antananarivo: Morning arrival and 

transfer to the Le Royal Palissandre or similar 

for 1 night. Afternoon tour of Antananarivo, 

the lively capital of this island nation, home to 

a mix of cultures, street markets and crumbling 

red brick houses. (L, D) 

Day 3 – To Andasibe: Early morning drive to 

Andasibe. Visit Analamazaotra Reserve, home 

to the largest living lemurs, the indri indris. 

Transfer to Vakona Forest Lodge / Andasibe 

Hotel and stay for 2 nights. Afternoon visit 

to Vakona Private Reserve, including its small 

island sanctuary for lemurs. (B, L, D) 

Day 4 – Andasibe: Morning walk through the 

primary forest of the Mantadia National Park. 

Isalo National Park 

Take an afternoon visit to the reforestation 

project in Mitsinjo forest followed by a short 

talk by one of the specialist guides there. Take 

an evening walk in the Mitsinjo forest where 

you may spot nocturnal lemur species, such 

as mouse, greater dwarf and eastern woolly 

lemurs. (B, L, D) 

Day 5 – To Antisirabe: Morning drive back to 

Antananarivo and continue south to Antsirabe. 

Stop at Antsahabe, a village typical of the 

Merina tribe. After lunch, continue to the spa 

town of Antsirabe and stay 1 night at Vatolahy 

or similar. (B, L, D) 

Day 6 – To Ranomafana: Take a tour of 

Antisirabe, centre of the gem trade and home 

to hundreds of pousse-pousse (rickshaws), a 

legacy of the Chinese labour imported to work 

on the railways. Continue south to Ambositra, 

known as the handicraft capital of Madagascar 

and for wood carving. Following a short stop 

here, travel to Ambositra where you will break 

for a typical Malagasy lunch accompanied by 

folklore entertainment. Late afternoon arrival 

into Ranomafana and stay 2 nights at Setam 

Lodge or similar. (B, L, D) 

Day 7 – Ranomafana: Morning walk in the 

Ranomafana National Park where you may 

spot three species of bamboo lemur; the grey, 

Day 8 – To Ranohira: Morning drive via 

Fianarantsoa, the capital of the Betsileo tribe, 

to the vineyard of Lazan’ny Betsileo. After a 

short visit here, continue on to Ambalavao. 

Visit the Antemoro paper factory and the Anja 

Reserve, where ring-tailed lemurs are easily 

seen. Continue to Ranohira, with photo stops 

en route, and stay 2 nights at Satrana Lodge or 

similar. (B, L, D) 

Day 9 – Ranohira: Isalo National Park’s 

breathtaking landscape of eroded sandstone 

has given rise to a variety of local superstitions. 

In the morning, visit the Namza sites, including 

the Cascade des Nymphes. In the afternoon, 

visit the natural swimming pool and continue 

to see the sunset at the natural rock window 

of La Fenetre de l’Isalo (time allowing). (B, L, D) 

Day 10 – To Ifaty via Tulear: Short visit to the 

museum. Continue towards the west coast, 

stopping at villages and seeing the landscape 

change from rugged mountains to grassy plains. 

This region is known for its large baobabs 

and traditional family tombs, central to the 

Malagasy beliefs and culture. Stay 2 nights at 

Les Dunes d’Ifaty or similar. (B, D) 

Day 11 – Tulear: Morning excursion to the 

tortoise village and Reniala forest. Rest of the 

day at leisure. (B, D) 

Day 12 – To Antananarivo: Morning flight from 

Tulear to Antananarivo. Transfer to Le Royal 

Palissandre or similar and stay overnight. Stop 

off at La Digue handicraft market en route to 

the hotel. After lunch, there will be a tour of 

Ambohimanga, one of the 12 sacred hills of 

Antananarivo. Farewell dinner at Villa Vanille. 

(B, L, D)

TouR madagascar 

Ring-tailed lemurs, Madagascar 


and fly to London, via Nairobi, with Kenya 

Airways (B) 




NOTES 

Discovery Tour: Madagascar is one of the 

world’s poorest nations and tourism is in its 

infancy. Distances can be long and roads can be 

rough. Hotels, while sometimes not reaching 

western standards, are clean and comfortable. 

For more information about Discovery Tours, 

please see page 9. 

madagascar adventure tour prices for departures on or between the following dates 

Code Escorted No of 08 Apr to 03 Jun 01 Jul 05 Aug 02 Sep 16 Sep 07 oct to 11 Nov Single Supp Sole Supp 

Group Tour nights 06 May 13 13 13 13 13 13 21 oct 13 13 from from 

MDG Tour 11 2,895 2,945 2,945 3,545 2,945 2,995 2,995 2,995 495 • 

MDGDUN + Ifaty 6 430 450 485 485 485 485 485 485 170 195 

MDGANA + Anakao 6 575 650 650 650 650 650 650 575 275 275 

MDGKOM + Nosy Komba 6 1,945 1,945 1,945 1,815 1,945 1,945 1,945 1,945 395 560 

MDGNBE + Nosy Be 6 985 955 985 1,075 1,075 955 985 985 0 60 

Code Private No of 01 Jan to 01 May to 15 Jun to 14 Jul to 19 Aug to 01 Nov to 01 Dec to 16 Dec to Single Supp Sole Supp 

Journey nights 30 Apr 13 14 Jun 13 13 Jul 13 18 Aug 13 31 oct 13 30 Nov 13 15 Dec 13 22 Dec 13 from from 

MDI Private tour 11 3,195 3,245 3,245 3,775 3,245 3,375 3,345 3,895 495 1,245 





2013 departure dates 

out (Mon) Ret uK (Sat) out (Mon) Ret uK (Sat) 

08 Apr 13 20 Apr 13 

01 Jul 13 13 Jul 13 

06 May 13 18 May 13 

05 Aug 13 17 Aug 13 

03 Jun 13 15 Jun 13 

02 Sep 13 14 Sep 13 

Kenya airways flight upgrades 

Q Premier World from £1,445 per person return* 

out (Mon) Ret uK (Sat) 

16 Sep 13 28 Sep 13 

07 Oct 13 19 Oct 13 

21 Oct 13 02 Nov 13 

* All prices subject to availability 

out (Mon) Ret uK (Sat) 

11 Nov 13 23 Nov 13

madagascar TouR ExTENSIoNS 

MADAGASCAR ADVENTURE 

EXTENSIONS 

Baobab trees, Ifaty 

Chameleon 

Tour + Ifaty 


Ifaty is a quiet coastal fishing village just north 

of Tulear. Les Dunes is a charming hotel built 

in traditional Malagasy style. Relax on the 

long, sandy beach or take optional excursions 

from the hotel, such as snorkelling to view 

the coral reef, whale watching (July to mid 

September) and excursions into the baobab 

forest. 

Days 12-15 – Ifaty: Stay 4 nights at Les Dunes 

d’Ifaty (Superior room*). Days at leisure. (B, D) 

Day 16 – To Antananarivo: Day at leisure. 

Evening flight from Tulear to Antananarivo. Stay 

at Le Royal Palissandre for 2 nights. (B) 

Day 17 – Antananarivo: Morning at leisure. 

Afternoon tour of Ambohimanga, one of the 

12 sacred hills of Antananarivo. En route back 

to the hotel, visit La Digue handicraft market. 

Farewell dinner at Villa Vanille. (B, L, D) 



Airways (B) 


* upgrade: It is possible to upgrade to one of 

the larger Villa rooms for £45 per person for 4 

nights twin sharing. 

Tour + Anakao 


Anakao is an unspoilt fishing village situated 

about two hours away from Tulear in southwest 

Madagascar. The area has national park 

status and is very remote. Anakao ocean 

Lodge (see page 93) is situated on the perfect 

half-moon beach of Andovoke Bay. Relax, 

take a tranquil walk or take one of the many 

optional excursions on offer such as Nosy 

Be Island. 

Day 12 – To Anakao: Transfer to Tulear and 

take a one-hour boat ride to Anakao. Transfer 

to Anakao Ocean Lodge (see page 93) for 4 

nights. (B, D) 

Day 13 – Anakao: A full-day excursion is 

included to Tsimanampetsotsa National Park, 

named after its specular lake. The landscape 

is varied and includes spiny forest, wetlands, 

baobab and banyan trees. Tsimanampetsotsa 

is a birder’s paradise, with a wide variety of 

lemurs and reptiles. (B, D) 

Days 14-15 – Anakao: At leisure (B, D) 

Day 16 – To Antananarivo: Day at leisure. 

Evening flight from Tulear to Antananarivo. Stay 

at Le Royal Palissandre for 2 nights. (B) 

Day 17 – Antananarivo: Morning at leisure. 

Afternoon tour of Ambohimanga, one of the 

12 sacred hills of Antananarivo. En route back 

to the hotel, visit La Digue handicraft market. 

Farewell dinner at Villa Vanille. (B, L, D) 



Airways (B) 


Tour + Nosy Komba 


Nosy Komba is a smaller island located to 

the south-east of Nosy Be. Komba, meaning 

‘lemur’ in Swahili, is an excellent place to see 

black lemurs at close quarters. 

Relax in your hotel or take an excursion to 

the nearby marine reserve, Nosy Tanikely. 

Day 13 – To Nosy Komba: Transfer to the 

airport and fly to Nosy Be. Travel by boat 

across to Nosy Komba and stay 4 nights at 

Tsara Komba (see page 67). (B, L, D) 

Days 14-16 – Nosy Komba: At leisure or 

optional excursions. (B, L, D) 

Day 17 – To Antananarivo: Morning at leisure. 

Afternoon flight to Antananarivo. Transfer to Le 

Royal Palissandre for an overnight stay. (B) 



Airways (B) 


Tour + Nosy Be 


A small picturesque island located off 

Madagascar’s north-west coast, Nosy Be has 

beautiful sandy beaches. 

This extension provides the chance to relax 

on the beaches, wander through the perfumescented 

plantations of ylang-ylang trees and 

spices, explore the lemur reserves, search for 

chameleons, visit quaint villages – where local 

stalls sell everything from seafood to lace 

tablecloths – and take boat rides to other 

nearby islands. 

Day 13 – To Nosy Be: Morning visit to the 

lemur park. Transfer to the airport and fly to 

Nosy Be. Stay 4 nights at the Vanilla Hotel (see 

page 67). (B, L, D) 

Days 14-16 – Nosy Be: At leisure. (B, D) 

Day 17 – To Antananarivo: Morning at leisure. 

Afternoon flight to Antananarivo. Transfer to Le 

Royal Palissandre for an overnight stay. (B) 



Airways (B) 


London. (N)

TAILoR-MADE TRAVEL madagascar 

MADAGASCAR 

TAILOR-MADE 

As the fourth largest island on Earth, home to 18 fascinating tribal cultures and five contrasting 

geographical regions, Madagascar’s diversity is simply stunning. Venture through volcanic highlands, 

lush rainforests, idyllic tropical beaches and semi-arid rocky massifs in search of a unique array of 

wildlife, much of which is found nowhere else on the planet. Due to its size, it is impossible to see 

all that Madagascar has to offer on a first visit, thus choosing one or two regions as a focus is highly 

recommended. Fly Kenya Airways, via Nairobi and combine a traditional wildlife safari with Madagascar. 



AFRIC 

AFRIC 

A 

A 

Tsingy de Bemaraha 

National Park 

Kirindy Private Reserve 

Morondara 


Ankarana 

National Park 

Tsarabanjina 

Anjajavy 

MADAGASC AR 

Nosy Be Island 

Andasibe-Mantadia 

National Park 

Antananarivo 

Antisirabe 

Fianarantsoa 

Ifaty Ranohira 

Anakao 

Ifotaka 

Community 

Forest 

Ranomafana National Park 

Berenty Private Reserve 

Manafiafy 

Fort Dauphin 

Amber Mountain 

National Park 

Masoala 

National Park 

INDIAN 

OCEAN 

Antananarivo 

• Sacred Ambohimanga palaces 

• Tsimbazaza Zoological & Botanical Gardens 

Forget any negative preconceptions about 

capital cities on mainland Africa; Antananarivo 

is a bustling explosion of Afro-Asian culture, 

where friendly citizens make the city a 

worthwhile stop on any itinerary. The rova 

(royal fort) sits atop the highest point and, 

below, jumbles of houses cover the steep 

slopes while mazes of narrow alleys and stairs 

crisscross the town. 

For an insight into Malagasy life, both past and 

present, visit the sacred Ambohimanga palaces, 

the burial site of former kings and queens, 

the lively markets and handicraft stores. The 

Tsimbazaza Zoological & Botanical Gardens 

are an ideal introduction to the island’s 

flora and fauna, and provide some excellent 

photographic opportunities. 

Royal palace, Antananarivo 

Andasibe-Mantadia National Park 

• Home to indri indri lemurs 

• untouched primary rainforest in Mantadia 

National Park 

Indri-indri lemur 

A scenic three-hour drive east from 

Antananarivo, the Andasibe-Mantadia National 

Park is split into two separate forested 

reserves; Analamazoatra and Mantadia. The 

Analamazoatra Reserve is small secondary 

rainforest where the star attractions are the 

11 lemur species, the best known being indri 

indris, the largest of all. In addition, there are 

more than 100 bird species and many reptiles, 

amphibians and butterflies. Mantadia’s primary 

rainforest is magical, with eruptions of green 

at every turn. Walking here is more strenuous 

and, due to the forest’s size, lemurs are not 

guaranteed. However, this quieter forest offers 

excellent bird and reptile viewing and serenity 

not always found in its smaller sister reserve. 

Night walks in Mitsinjo are also recommended.

madagascar TAILoR-MADE TRAVEL 

Bamboo lemur 


• Deep canyons and magical waterfalls 

• Elephant’s foot bloom in September and 

october 

Isalo National Park is Madagascar’s equivalent 

of the Wild West and easily one of its most 

beautiful parks. Peering over endless grassy 

plains, a huge sandstone massif features 

spectacular rock formations interspersed with 

canyons, tapia forest, trickling waterfalls and cool 

natural springs. Wildlife densities are lower than 

other parks, although ring-tailed lemurs and 

red-fronted lemurs are often seen. There are 

also 80 bird species, of which 50 are endemic. 

Of the 500 plant species found within Isalo, the 

locally endemic elephant´s foot is perhaps the 

best known and throws the park into a sea of 

yellow when it blooms in the autumn. Walking 

is a highlight and the dry tropical climate 

ensures suitable warm weather year round, with 

numerous trails catering for all abilities. 

Natural pool, Isalo National Park 

Ranomafana National Park 

• Beautiful montane rainforest 

• Home to rare golden bamboo & greater 

bamboo lemurs 

Established in 1991, after the discovery of 

golden bamboo lemurs, Ranomafana has 

quickly become a popular destination for 

wildlife viewing on foot. Steep slopes and 

elevations ranging from 600 metres to 1,400 

metres allow for different forest types, from 

lowland rainforest to cloud and high plateau 

forest. There are 12 lemur species in total, 

the best known being the golden, greater and 

lesser eastern bamboo lemurs, the golden and 

greater being critically endangered, as well as 

the Milne-Edwards sifaka. Ranomafana is also 

noted for its 118 bird species, of which 36 are 

endemic. Among them are Henst’s goshawks, 

rufous-headed ground-rollers, velvet asitys, and 

the threatened crested ibises. 

Ifotaka community forest 

• Lemur spotting in rare gallery & spiny forest 

• Fascinating Antandroy tribal culture 

The Ifotaka Community Forest is an admirable 

government initiative, which engages the 

local Antandroy people to harvest forest 

products from some areas, while elsewhere 

the forest is left intact for eco-tourism. The 

only accommodation here is the superb 

Mandrare River Camp (see page 92). Wildlife 

activities range from spotting ring-tailed 

lemurs and Verreaux’s sifakas in the deciduous 

gallery forests to searching for mouse and 

white-footed sportive lemurs by night in the 

unique spiny forest. The cultural activities, 

based around the local Antandroy tribe, are 

exceptional. Spend a morning at the local 

market, colourful, buzzing and utterly authentic, 

or take a walk with an Antandroy guide into 

the sacred forests where huge tombs are 

individually decorated. 

Verreaux’s sifaka 


Marvels of Madagascar 


Day 1 – To Antananarivo: Fly from London 

to Antananarivo. (N) 

Day 2 – Antananarivo: Arrive into 

Antananarivo. Transfer to Pavillion de 

l’Emyrne. Afternoon city tour. (L, D) 

Day 3 – To Andasibe-Mantadia National 

Park: Morning drive to Andasibe-Mantadia 

National Park via Peyreras. Stay at Vakona 

Lodge for 2 nights (see page 92). Afternoon 

visit to the Vakona Private Reserve and 

evening walk in the Mitsinjo forest. (B, L, D) 

Day 4 – Andasibe- Mantadia National Park: 

Full-day tour in Andasibe-Mantadia National 

Park. (B, L, D) 

Day 5 – To Antananarivo: Morning visit to 

the Analamazaotra Reserve. Afternoon 

drive to Antananarivo and stay overnight at 

Pavillion de l’Emyrne. (B, L, D) 

Day 6 – To Ifotaka Community Forest: Fly 

to Fort Dauphin and drive to Mandrare 

River Camp (see page 92) in the Ifotaka 

Community Forest. Stay 3 nights. (B, L, D) 

Days 7-8 – Ifotaka Community Forest: 

Activities in Ifotaka Community Forest. (B, L, D) 

Day 9 – To Manafiafy: Drive to Manafiafy 

with a stop in Fort Dauphin for lunch. (Or, 

travel by air for an extra cost of £325 per 

person). Stay 3 nights at Manafiafy Beach & 

Rainforest Lodge (see page 93). Afternoon at 

leisure. (B, L, D) 

Days 10-11 – Manafiafy: At leisure or 

activities at Manafiafy. (B, L, D) 

Day 12 – To Fort Dauphin: Drive to Fort 

Dauphin and stay 1 night at Le Croix du 

Sud. Afternoon visit to the botanical and 

zoological gardens. (B, L, D) 

Day 13 – To Antananarivo: Fly to Antananarivo. 

Transfer to Pavillion de l’Emyrne for 1 night. 

En route, stop at La Digue handicraft market. 

Afternoon tour of Ambohimanga. (B, L, D) 

Day 14 – To London: Fly to London, via 

Nairobi. (B) 

Day 15 – London: Arrive in London (N) 




Male Madagascar fody 

88


Amber Mountain National Park 

• Huge diversity of flora and fauna 

• Great variety of wildlife & accessible trails 

The Amber Mountain National Park is packed 

with endemic flora and fauna, impressive 

waterfalls and volcanic lakes, and is a superb 

walking area. Impressive tree ferns, huge 

epiphytic bird’s nest ferns and strangler figs all 

make for green and lush scenery. 

The fauna is exceptionally diverse and includes 

ring-tailed mongooses, elusive fossas, eight 

lemur species, including Sanford’s brown 

lemurs, crowned lemurs, lesser bamboo lemurs 

and five species of nocturnal lemurs. There 

are 75 different bird species, 35 of which are 

endemic and even locally endemic, such as 

the Amber Mountain rock-thrush. Among the 

60 reptile species are tiny stump-tailed leaf 

chameleons, the smallest chameleons in the 

world, leaf-tailed geckos, snakes, 35 frog species 

and more than 40 butterfly species. 

Ankarana tsingy 

Ankarana National Park 

• Largest underground network of canyons 

and caves in Africa 

• Iconic tsingy valleys 

Located two hours’ drive south of Diego 

Suarez, the Ankarana National Park is a 

remarkable myriad of limestone karst 

topography, also known as tsingy. Erosion, 

caused by heavy annual rainfall, has created 

valleys of rocky spikes and a deep canyon 

and cave system that is the largest in Africa. 

The thick tropical jungle that exists between 

the rock houses extremely high densities of 

wildlife, including crowned lemurs, Sanford’s 

brown lemurs, Perrier’s black lemurs, northern 

sportive lemurs and dwarf lemurs. Ring-tailed 

mongooses, fossas, tenrecs and Madagascar 

striped civets are also present. Ankarana is 

very accessible, with an array of wide trails, 

boardwalks and bridges among the tsingy 

making it one of Madagascar’s most rewarding 

hiking destinations. 


Madagascar Nature Trail 


Day 1 – To Antananarivo: Fly to Antananarivo 


Day 2 – To Fort Dauphin: Arrive and fly to 

Fort Dauphin. Transfer to Le Croix Du Sud 

for 1 night. (L, D) 

Day 3 – To Ifotaka Community Forest: 

Transfer to Ifotaka Community Forest and 

spend 3 nights at Mandrare River Camp. 

(B, L, D) 

Days 4-5 – Ifotaka Community Forest: Safari 


Day 6 – To Antananarivo: Transfer to Fort 

Dauphin and fly to Antananarivo via Tulear. 

Transfer to Le Royal Palissandre for 1 night. 

(B, L, D) 

Day 7 – To Andasibe: Drive to Andasibe via 

Peyreras. Stay at Vakona Lodge for 2 nights. 

(B, L, D) 

Day 8 – Andasibe: Morning visit to 

Analamazaotra Reserve. Afternoon and 

evening visit to Mitsinjo Reserve. (B, L, D) 

Day 9 – To Antananarivo: Return to 

Antananarivo and stay overnight at Le Royal 

Palissandre. Afternoon visit to Ambohimanga 

Palace. (B, D) 

Day 10 – To Ile Saint-Marie: Fly to Ile Saint- 

Marie and transfer to Princesse Bora Lodge. 

(B, D) 

Days 11-12 – To Antananarivo: Fly to 

Antananarivo and transfer to Le Royal 

Palissandre. (B, D) 


Nairobi. (B) 





Madagascar: Lemurs, 

Forests & Islands 


Ring tailed lemur 

Day 1 – To Antananarivo: Fly to Antananarivo, 


Day 2 - Antananarivo: Arrive in Antananarivo 

and transfer to Tamboho Hotel for 1 night. 

Afternoon city tour. (B, L) 

Day 3 – To Andasibe National Park: Drive to 

Andasibe National Park via Peyreras and stay 

at Vakona Lodge for 2 nights. (L, D) 

Day 4 – Andasibe National Park: Morning 

tour of Mantadia. Afternoon visit to Vakona 

Reserve and evening walk in the Mitsinjo 

forest. (B, L, D) 

Day 5 – To Mantadia National Park: Morning 

visit to Mantadia National Park. Afternoon 

drive to Antananarivo and stay overnight at 

Tamboho Hotel. (B, L, D) 

Day 6 – To Joffre Ville: Fly to Diego Suarez 

and transfer to the Nature Lodge in Joffre 

Ville for 3 nights. Afternoon visit to Le 

Fontenay Nature Park. (B, L, D) 

Day 7 – Joffre Ville: Morning and afternoon 

guided walks in the park. (B, L, D) 

Day 8 – To Ankarana: Drive to Ankarana 

and stay 2 nights at Relais de l’ Ankarana. 

Afternoon visit to the tsingy. (B, L, D) 

Day 9 – Ankarana: Full day visit of Ankarana 

Reserve East. (B, L, D) 

Day 10 – To Nosy Komba: Drive to Ankify 

and catch the ferry to Nosy Komba via Nosy 

Be. Stay 3 nights at Tsara Komba. (B, L, D) 

Days 11-12 – Nosy Komba: Days at leisure. 

(B, L, D) 

Day 13 – To Antananarivo: Fly to 

Antananarivo and transfer to Tamboho Hotel 

for 1 night. (B, D) 

Day 14-15 – To London: Fly to London, via 

Nairobi. (B) 





Kirindy Private Reserve 

• Best place to see fossas 

• Home to Madame Berthe’s mouse lemurs 

A delicate and undeveloped forest, Kirindy’s 

dry deciduous forest is home to some 

extraordinary wildlife species. Among them 

are elusive fossas, nocturnal felines that are 

the only natural hunters of Madagascar’s 

lemurs. The best time to find them is at night 

during their mating season (Oct-Dec). Locally 

endemic Madame Berthe’s lemurs are one of 

eight lemur species that can be found in the 

park and the smallest primates in the world. 

Giant jumping rats, kangaroo-like rabbits that 

hop as well as run, are another rarity. 

Kirindy is best visited between October and 

January when the long rains begin to fall and 

many of the animals come out of hibernation 

to feed on the fresh sprouting vegetation. 

Tsingy de Bemaraha National Park 

• unesco world heritage site 

• Impressive panoramas & rare wildlife 

The vast, mystical Tsingy de Bemaraha National 

Park is one of the last true wilderness areas 

in the country. It is known for its vast tracts 

of tsingy (Malagasy for ‘walking on tiptoes’), 

limestone rock pinnacles formed by erosion 

from acidic rain, and as the historical home 

of the Vazimba – the first inhabitants of 

Madagascar. The best time to visit this area 

is in the dry season (Jun-Nov) when water 

levels are low enough to allow entry to all 

sections of the tsingy. Hiking in the park can 

be challenging, but visitors are rewarded with 

unrivalled panoramas of the tsingy as well as 

seeing a number of endangered species, such 

as locally endemic Sambirano lesser bamboo 

lemurs, Madagascar iguanas and Antsingy leaf 

chameleons. 

Masoala National Park 

• unesco world heritage site 

• See aye ayes 

Encompassing 230,000 hectares of rainforest, 

coastal forest, marsh and mangrove habitats, 

the Masoala peninsula is an utterly unique 

ecosystem. The national park is home to 

a plethora of lemurs, reptiles, birds and 

butterflies. Masoala’s forests are full of 

local endemics, including red-ruffed lemurs, 

Madagascar red owls and Madagascar serpent 

eagles. A boat trip and overnight stop at the 

nearby Nosy Mangabe island is a must for 

those seeking aye ayes. This tropical paradise 

is one of the last remaining sanctuaries for 

the world’s largest nocturnal primate. The 

picturesque Bay of Antogil is a perfect place to 

spot breeding humpback whales between June 

and September. 

Mouse lemur 

Tsingy de Bemaraha National Park 

Panther chameleon, Masoala National Park 


Madagascar: off the Beaten Track 


Day 1 – To Antananarivo: Fly overnight to 

Antananarivo via Nairobi. (N) 

Day 2 – Antananarivo: Arrive in 


Palissandre Hotel and stay overnight. 

Afternoon tour of the botanical and 

zoological gardens of Tsimbazaza. (L, D) 

Day 3 – To Marofandilia: Fly to Morondava 

and transfer to Camp Des Amoureux near 

Marofandilia for 3 nights. Afternoon guided 

walk into Marofandilia forest. (B, L, D) 

Day 4 – Marofandilia: Full day exploring the 

Marofandilia private forest. (B, L, D) 

Day 5 – Marofandilia: Explore the Kirindy 

Reserve. (B, L, D) 

Day 6 – To Bekopak: Transfer to Bekopak 

and the Tsingy de Bemaraha National Park. 

Stay 3 nights at the Jardin des Tsingy Eco 

Lodge. (B, L, D) 

Day 7 – Bekopak: Morning visit to the Great 

Tsingy. Afternoon at leisure. (B, L, D) 

Day 8 – Bekopak: Morning visit to the 

Manambolo Gorge by canoe. Afternoon visit 

to the Little Tsingy. (B, L, D) 

Day 9 – To Morondava: Return to 

Morondava via Belo sur Tsiribihina and see 

the sunset at the Baobab trees. Stay at Cote 

Ouest Palissandre Resort & Spa. (B, L, D) 

Day 10 – To Antananarivo: Fly via 

Antananarivo to Maroantsetra and stay at 

the Relais Du Masoala. (B, D) 

Day 11 – To Nosy Mangabe: Transfer to 

Nosy Mangabe via boat. Stay overnight at 

the Nosy Mangabe Camp. (B, L, D) 

Day 12 – To Masoala National Park: 

Transfer by boat to Masoala National Park 

and stay 3 nights at the Masoala Forest 

Lodge. Afternoon guided walk. (B, L, D) 

Day 13 – Masoala National Park: Morning 

guided walk in Masoala National Park. 

Afternoon at leisure and evening forest walk. 

(B, L, D) 

Day 14 – Masaola National Park: Morning 

pirogue trip along the Tampolo river. 

Afternoon at leisure and evening traditional 

Malagasy music and dance. (B, L, D) 

Day 15 – To Maroantsetra: Boat transfer 

to Maroantsetra and stay at the Relais Du 

Masoala. Afternoon at leisure. (B, L, D) 

Day 16 – To Antananarivo: Fly to 


Palissandre hotel for an overnight stay. 

(B, L, D) 


Nairobi. (B) 






Anakao 

Ifaty 

Lighthouse, Ile Saint Marie 

Beaches of Madagascar 

Although Madagascar’s wildlife is its major 

highlight, the island has an excellent choice of 

tropical beaches to cater for all budgets. Pace 

of life is slower on the coast, however, for the 

more active, excursions to nearby forests and 

marine areas, as well as interaction with the 

local communities, are nearly always possible. 

In general, Madagascar’s beaches enjoy hot 

and dry weather from June to December 

with temperatures and humidity increasing 

throughout this period. Weather does vary by 

region with more northerly areas most likely 

to experience tropical showers. Madagascar 

lends itself to island hopping and combines 

easily with Mauritius. Please refer to our 


Nosy Be & the north-west 

The island of Nosy Be, located 8km off the 

north-west coast, is a bustling place. Golden 

sandy beaches and warm turquoise waters 

combine with inland cane plantations, rum 

distilleries, ylang ylang bushes, lively markets, 

hearty nightlife and relaxed wildlife to form 

Madagascar’s most popular beach destination. 

For those seeking tranquility, there are a number 

of exclusive properties with private beaches 

further north, including our recommended 

Amarina Hotel (see page 93). With direct air 

access from Antananarivo, Nosy Be is often a 

starting point for island hopping itineraries and 

dhow safaris in the archipelago. The nearby 

islands of Nosy Komba and Tsarabanjina provide 

romantic getaways with private beaches, gourmet 

cuisine, and stunning vistas (see page 93). 

Ile Saint Marie 

Located off Madagascar’s east coast, Sainte 

Marie Island has kept its small tropical island 

charm. Once the domain of pirates and 

political prisoners in the 17th and 18th 

centuries, Sainte Marie is now a natural 

paradise of tropical vegetation, windy clay 

roads and sandy creeks. Several lemur varieties 

as well as majestic orchids (season dependant) 

can be seen. Princess Bora Lodge & Spa (see 

page 93) is our favourite here. 

Manafiafy 

Tucked away in the south-east corner of 

Madagascar, Manafiafy is a fishing village situated 

two and a half hours’ drive from Fort Dauphin. 

This part of the island has its own microclimate 

with the warm waters attracting lots of 

humpback whales and dolphins (Jun to Oct). 

Wildlife viewing is productive too, with guided 

mangrove canoe trips and lemur spotting 

among rare littoral rainforest proving popular. 

The luxurious Manafiafy Beach & Rainforest 

Lodge (see page 93) is the only accommodation 

here and combines brilliantly with Mandrare 

River Camp (see page 92) to offer an exclusive 

and authentic Malagasy holiday. 

Ifaty & Anakao 

As the driest and hottest sub-climate in 

Madagascar, the south-west of the island is an 

excellent alternative to other conventional 

beach destinations. With little air of 

expectation and a truly relaxed vibe, Ifaty, a 

one-hour drive north of Tulear and Anakao, a 

45-minute boat ride south, are both secluded 

spots to relax. Ifaty offers visitors a wide array 

of excursions from birdwatching to big game 

fishing and its lagoon-enclosed beaches allow 

for good swimming and snorkeling. Anakao is 

even more remote, its unspoilt white beaches 

and protected marine area providing an idyllic 

backdrop with hardly another tourist in sight.


MADAGASCAR 

HOTELS 

Lokanga Boutique Hotel, Antananarivo 


Located on the royal hill in the oldest district 

of Antananarivo, Lokanga Boutique Hotel is the 

former residence of the royal musicians. Having 

been meticulously restored, this 1930s heritage 

house is packed with authentic Malagasy 

antiques and memorabilia. The iampressive 

dining terrace offers unrivalled views of the city 

Santrana Lodge, Isalo National Park 


Located at the entrance to Isalo National Park, 

Santrana Lodge’s tented suites complement 

the landscape. The private decks and hilltop bar 

and restaurant have wonderful views across 

the Horombe plain. The outdoor swimming 

pool is the perfect place to relax after a day’s 

hiking in the park. 

Le Relais de la Reine, 



Hidden among a 16-hectare oasis bordering 

the Isalo massif, Relais de la Reine is a quaint 

French farmhouse style lodge. Thirty cool and 

airy rooms are dotted among the manicured 

gardens and rocky sandstone formations. The 

lodge has its own equestrian centre and pool. 

Mandrare River Camp, 

south-east Madagascar 


Set in the grounds of an old colonial plantation 

house, on the banks of the Mandrare river, this 

superb camp has six large tents. Each tent has 

a four-poster bed and en suite facilities. Spot 

ring-tailed lemurs and other wildlife in the 

nearby gallery forests. 

Vakona Forest Lodge 


Located between the Andasibe and Mantadia 

reserves, Vakona Forest Lodge features 28 

simple rooms, some of which are suitable 

for families. French cuisine is served on the 

outdoor terrace, surrounded by a small lake. 

For lemur viewings, the lodge also has its own 

‘Lemur Island’. 

Setam Lodge, 

Ranomanfana National Park 


Built high up into the hillside, Setam Lodge 

occupies a prime location with excellent views 

overlooking the Ranomafana forest. Only a 

five-minute drive from the park gate, the lodge 

has 20 simple and comfortable rooms, housed 

in 10 bungalows. 

Nature Lodge, 

Amber Mountain National Park 


Located on a hill close to Joffreville, Nature 

Lodge has 12 simple bungalows centred on the 

restaurant, bar and library. All private terraces 

at the lodge offer panoramic views of the Bay 

of Diego Suarez and Indian Ocean. 

Jardins des Tsingy, Bekopaka 


Jardin des Tsingy is a small eight-tent ecolodge 

situated in Bekopaka, near the Tsingy de 

Bemaraha National Park and overlooking the 

Manambolo river. All tents are en suite and, 

although basic, the lodge is a comfortable base 

from which to explore the natural attractions 

Camp Des Amoreux, Marofandilia 


Named after Les Baobabs Amoureux, 

located just behind the dining area, Camp des 

Amoureux is a very atmospheric camp. The cry 

of the red-tailed sportive lemurs can be heard 

at night through the canvas of the simple dome 

tents.


MADAGASCAR 

HOTELS 

Masoala Forest Camp, Masoala 

National Park 


Set in a small clearing in the rainforest, behind 

a golden beach at the edge of the Tampolo 

Marine Park, Masoala Forest Camp consists of 

six tents raised on wooden decks, complete 

with canvas chairs and a hammock. Traditional 

meals focus on fresh fish and local produce. 

Manafiafy Beach & Rainforest Lodge, 

south-east Madagascar 


Manafiafy Beach & Rainforest Lodge has just 

six private bungalows and is an intriguing 

combination of rainforest lodge and barefoot 

luxury beach property. Activities at Manafiafy 

include guided day and night rainforest walks to 

spot wildlife. 

Anakao ocean Lodge, Anakao 


Lying on a long sandy lagoon-enclosed beach, 

Anakao Ocean Lodge is a wonderful off-thebeaten-track 

retreat. The 25 bungalows are made 

entirely from local materials and all have views 

of the Mozambique Channel’s warm turquoise 

waters. Spa treatments are available in addition 

to the numerous water-based activities offered. 

Anjajavy 


Anjajavy lies on a remote north-western 

peninsula accessed only by air. It has 24 twostorey 

villas that open on to a large sea-facing 

veranda, from where you can watch lemurs in 

the trees. Activities include guided forest walks, 

kayaking through the mangroves, boat excursions 

and pristine beaches for private picnics. 

Amarina Hotel, Nosy Be 


Set on a 950-metre-long private beach on the 

north-western tip of Nosy Be, the Amarina 

Hotel’s 58 air-conditioned rooms and suites are 

all sea facing, with a private terrace from which 

to enjoy the tropical sunset. There is a large 

swimming pool and a variety of watersports 

and excursions are offered. 

Eden Lodge, Anjanojano 


Entirely solar powered, Eden Lodge is as much 

a conservation project as luxury eco-lodge. 

Eight luxurious tented bungalows lead out to 

a deserted white sandy beach frequented by 

sea turtles. Enjoy guided forest walks in search 

of wild lemurs, boat trips and in-room spa 

treatments. 

Tsarabanjina, north-west Madagascar 


Tsarabanjina is a tranquil island fringed by 

white sandy beaches. This mountainous island 

supports a wide variety of birdlife as well as 

the smallest chameleon species in the world. 

Accommodation is in 21 thatched bungalows, 

each with a private terrace looking out to sea. 

Tsara Komba, Nosy Komba 


Tsara Komba’s six bungalows are surrounded 

by lush, tropical gardens. Each one has a kingsize 

four-poster bed and a veranda overlooking 

the beautiful private beach. The restaurant is 

superb, combining the best of Malagasy spices 

with French cuisine. 

Princess Bora Lodge & Spa, 

Sainte-Marie Island 


Princess Bora Lodge & Spa is located in a 

vast palm grove next to a white sandy beach. 

Activities include snorkelling, 4x4 driving 

excursions and whale watching by boat (July to 

September).

mOZamBIQUE TAILoR-MADE TRAVEL 

MOZAMBIQUE 

TAILOR-MADE 

Archetypal barefoot luxury, outstanding beaches, turquoise waters, shallow reefs, exclusive beach lodges 

and a string of sub-tropical Indian ocean islands all combine to make Mozambique one of Africa’s most 

unspoilt marine areas. Most travellers are also often pleasantly surprised to discover the fascinating 

culture and history also on offer. In addition, Mozambique is emerging as a rewarding safari destination 

too, where time on one of the islands can be combined with a true wilderness experience in one of the 

national parks. Although traditionally a more exclusive and expensive beach destination than Mauritius, we 

are increasingly finding more economical ways to link Mozambique with countries such as South Africa, 

Kenya and southern Tanzania. Mozambique is also an ideal honeymoon or post-safari beach destination. 


coxandkings.co.uk, for full itineraries. 

AFRIC A 

Gorongosa 

National Park 

Vilanculos 

Maputo 

Ponta Mamoli 

Niassa 

National Park 

Pemba 

Nampula 

MOZAMBIQUE 

Beira 

Bazaruto 

Archipelago 

Inhambane 

Quirmbas 

Archipelago 

Ibo 

Island 

Ilha de 

Mozambique 

INDIAN 

OCEAN 

Bazaruto archipelago 

• Coastal wildlife sanctuary 

• Home to boutique lodges & resorts 

Accessed through Vilanculos on the mainland, 

the Bazaruto archipelago in southern 

Mozambique is a stunning coastal wildlife 

sanctuary. Here you will find a good selection 

of boutique lodges and resorts to suit a range 

of budgets. Fly from Kruger-Mpumalanga 

airport in South Africa to Vilanculos for a 

classic wildlife and beach itinerary. Savour 

delicious seafood from a beach barbecue, spot 

some of the 125 birds in the area, charter a 

boat and fish for big game or jump on to a 

dhow for a sunset cruise. 

The mainland 

• Well-priced wildlife & beach combinations 

• Beach properties & cultural activities 

Although the islands of Mozambique quite 

rightly have a high profile due to their pristine 

nature, it is also possible to enjoy a simple, 

well-priced, beach holiday in Mozambique 

without venturing further than the mainland. 

Maputo, the vibrant capital with its acacia-lined 

avenues, can be reached by road from the 

Kruger National Park (South Africa) where 

we recommend the Polana Serena Hotel or 

Machangulo Beach Lodge (on a small island 

nearby) for post-safari relaxation. Vilanculos 

and Pemba have good beach properties where 

cultural activities can be combined with dhow 

safaris and relaxation. 

Quirimbas archipelago 

• Spectacular coral islands 

In the far north of Mozambique is the 

Quirimbas archipelago, Mozambique’s most 

spectacular jewel. Recently granted national 

park status, this area has some of the richest 

coral reefs on the continent. Accessible by air 

from Dar es Salaam in Tanzania or via Pemba 

(on the mainland) from Johannesburg, the 

Quirimbas are totally underdeveloped and 

pristine. One of our favourite programmes 

combines the two lodges of Ibo and Azura 

Quilatea (see opposite), where the ruins of old 

Portuguese forts and a fascinating modern day 

culture rub shoulders with a marine paradise. 

National parks & historic sites 

• Superb birding 

• Lion & elephant populations 

Mozambique is developing a number of 

beautiful wilderness areas. Gorongosa National 

Park, with its wild scenery is the country’s 

flagship conservation area. Explorer’s Camp 

(see page 95) offers superb birding (including 

a number of endemics) and a recovering 

lion and elephant population. Also worth 

considering is the Niassa National Reserve, right 

up in northern Mozambique where Lugenda 

Bushcamp is the best accommodation. Rich in 

history, Ilha de Mozambique, a Unesco world 

heritage site, and Ibo Island are the two most 

captivating islands, with the old colonial buildings 

of the mainland cities also full of charm. 


Kenya & Mozambique 




connect with a flight to the Masai Mara 

National Reserve. Stay 3 nights at Naibor 

Wilderness (see page 75). Afternoon safari 

activity. (D) 

Days 3-4 – Masai Mara: Safari activities. 

(B, L, D) 

Day 5 – To Nairobi: Morning safari activity. 

After lunch, fly to Nairobi. Stay overnight at 

the House of Waine. (B, L) 

Day 6 – To Nampula: Fly to Nampula in 

Mozambique. Stay 6 nights at Coral Lodge 

15.41 (see page 95). (D) 

Days 7-10 – Nampula: At leisure. (B, D) 


Nairobi. (B) 





TAILoR-MADE TRAVEL mOZamBIQUE 

MOZAMBIQUE 

LODGES 

White Pearl Resorts, Ponta Mamoli 


White Pearl Resorts has 22 chic luxury 

beach suites, each with its own plunge pool 

and uninterrupted view of the Indian Ocean. 

Snorkelling in this area is superb, with colourful 

corals, lively fish and glistening bottlenose 

dolphins. Fishing, kayaking, horse riding and turtle 

nest walks (November to February) are available. 

Vilanculos Beach Lodge, Vilanculos 


Vilanculos Beach Lodge, situated on a spectacular 

mainland stretch of coastline, is an excellent base 

from which to sample the real Mozambique. Eat 

out in the local restaurants of nearby Vilanculos 

and then return to your stylish, modern resort, 

with a huge infinity pool. Excursions to the 

Bazaruto archipelago are also available. 

Benguerra Lodge, Bazaruto Archipelago 


This intimate barefoot luxury lodge has eight 

suites, all with their own private plunge pool, 

and is renowned for its personal service. The 

restaurant serves excellent fresh fish and 

seafood. Dolphins are often seen in the bay 

and whales migrate along the coast between 

July and September. 

Azura at Benguerra Island, 

Bazaruto Archipelago 


Azura has been built and operated in 

partnership with the local community, it has 

just 15 luxurious beachfront villas, each with its 

own infinity pool. There are long stretches of 

white sand beaches and magnificent coral reefs, 

superb for snorkelling. 

Coral Lodge 15.41, Varanda 


Coral Lodge 15.41 is a modern African-style 

beach resort, which maintains the authentic 

feel of Mozambican pureness. Surrounded by 

a privately-owned nature reserve of dunes, 

beaches and mangroves, the lodge is just a 

10-minute boat ride from Ilha de Mozambique, 

home to unique cultural experiences. 

Guludo Lodge, Quirimbas Archipelago 


Spectacular natural surroundings combined 

with beautiful adobe bandas, just footsteps 

away from the beach, makes this small eco-chic 

lodge a real treasure. Sample some of the 

freshest seafood in the world, visit Rolas Island, 

a tiny island surrounded by coral reefs, to 

snorkel or discover Ibo Island’s history. 

Vamizi Island Lodge, 

Quirimbas Archipelago 


This remote island has just 10 beach villas set 

70 metres apart for privacy and two fivebedroom 

self-contained villas for private use. 

Day beds outside your villa, straw hats, sarongs, 

novels and fully stocked fridge are all provided. 

Explorer’s Camp, 

Gorongosa National Park 


Gorongosa National Park is one of the 

undiscovered gems on the African safari 

circuit. Classic walking safaris and wildlife drives 

operate from the comfort of the luxurious 

Explorer’s Camp. 

Ibo Island Lodge, Quirimbas Archipelago 


With a prime waterfront location, Ibo Island 

Lodge consists of three magnificent mansions. 

All the rooms open on to a private veranda. 

The lodge includes a pool and daily boat trip 

to a pristine sandbank for swimming, as well as 

guided heritage and cultural experiences.

maUrITIUs TAILoR-MADE TRAVEL 

MAURITIUS 

TAILOR-MADE 

The very name Mauritius conjures up images of tropical luxury: walking barefoot along white 

beaches, swimming in shallow lagoons and indulging in pampering spa treatments. The majority 

of hotels offer a huge array of water sports (mostly complimentary), have a good number of 

restaurants to choose from and offer excellent long and short stay beach packages, but Mauritius 

has so much more. The island is a fascinating melting pot of cultures that has resulted in an Lakaz Chamarel 

interesting fusion of cuisine and an exceptionally warm welcome wherever you go. There are also 

stunning forested mountains, huge sugar plantations and hidden waterfalls, as well as vibrant local 

markets and historical sites. British Airways offers direct flights into Mauritius three times a week, 

while Emirates offers a high quality service via Dubai. Please contact Cox & Kings to discuss further 

ideas with one of our experts or refer to our website, coxandkings.co.uk, for full itineraries. 

20 Degrees South 

Le Cardinal Grand Bay 

Exclusive Resort 

Pamplemousses 

The Oberoi Mauritius Gardens 

INDIAN OCEAN 

Port Louis 

MAURITIUS 

Curepipe 

Black River Gorges 

National Park 

Heritage Le Telfair 

Golf & Spa Resort 

Airport 

La Maison D’été 

Constance Belle 

Mare Plage 

The Residence 

Lux Belle Mare 

Accommodation with a twist 

Mauritius is almost entirely protected by a 

coral reef that runs from from Le Morne in the 

south-west, anti-clockwise to Mahebourg in the 

south-east. This means calm, safe lagoon waters, 

which are perfect for swimming. While relaxing 

on the stunning beaches is always popular, we 

would also like to highlight some of the more 

unusual ways of experiencing Mauritius. 

Boutique Mauritius features two extremely 

welcoming and comfortable properties located 

in contrasting areas of the island (see below). 

Particularly good value for money for families 

and small groups is Cape Point Exclusive Suites 

and Penthouse. The spacious, fully serviced, selfcatering 

apartments offer optional pre-stocking 

of groceries. With no pre-paid meals, you 

have total freedom to explore local options, 

cook your own food or pay a supplement for 

breakfast and / or dinner. A qualified massage 

therapist can also be organised in the privacy 

of your luxury property. 

Most of the leading resorts and hotels in 

Mauritius have spa centres and offer spa 

therapies ranging from Ayurvedic and 

Indonesian treatments to traditional methods 

based on the theory of healing through the 

powers of thermal water. Shanti Ananda 

Maurice, Beau Rivage, the Oberoi, Prince 

Maurice and the Residence are among the 

better-known spas in Mauritius, popular for 

honeymoons and weddings alike. 

Exploring Mauritius 

There are plenty of opportunities to explore 

inland with a private chauffeur / guide too. 

The cosmopolitan capital of Port Louis has 

plenty of character, with wonderfully preserved 

colonial buildings, a lively market and colourful 

Chinatown. A range of shops sells everything 

from local handicrafts to designer jewellery, 

and the city’s restaurants and food stalls offer 

a magnificent variety of cuisine from Creole 

Beach 

and Indian to Chinese and European. There are 

also walking opportunities around the island’s 

interior. Black River Gorges, the islands sole 

national park, is a wild expanse of thick forest, 

home to more than 300 species of flowering 

plants and nine endemic bird species, as well as 

waterfalls, the volcanic lakes and a number of 

nature trails. The best time to visit the park is 

during the flowering season from September 

to January. 

There is also the opportunity to discover 

hidden beaches, swim, and snorkel around the 

north coast on a Magic Sails catamaran cruise. 

The boats are manned by an experienced 

crew who look after your every need with 

3-day / 2-night cruises most commonly 

combined with a longer beach stay in a hotel. 

Country combinations 

Mauritius is a fantastic place to relax postsafari. 

South Africa, Zambia, Namibia and 

Botswana all connect easily by Air Mauritius via 

Johannesburg. Another original and increasingly 

popular combination is to link the beaches of 

Mauritius with the wildlife of Madagascar (see 

pages 84 to 93). Fly to and from Mauritius with 

British Airways using either Air Madagascar or 

Air Mauritius to reach Madagascar. 


Short stay Belle Mar Plage 


Stay 7 nights and pay for 6. 

Valid 15 April to 20 oct 2013. 

Fly Direct with British Airways. 

See page 97 for hotel details 




Long stay Belle Mar Plage 


Stay 14 nights and pay for 7. 

Valid 15 April to 20 oct 2013. 

Fly Direct with British Airways. 

See page 97 for hotel details 




Boutique Mauritius 


Day 1 – To Maurtius: Fly to Mauritius. (N) 

Day 2 – To Lakaz Chamarel: Arrive and 

transfer to Lakaz Chamarel (see page 97). 

Afternoon at leisure. (D) 

Days 3-4 – Lakaz Chamarel: Days at leisure. 

(B, D) 

Day 5 – To Le Cardinal Exclusive Resort: 

Transfer to Le Cardinal Exclusive Resort 

(see page 97) for a 4-night stay. Afternoon at 

leisure. (B, D) 

Days 6-8 – Le Cardinal Exclusive Resort: 

Days at leisure. (B, D) 


and fly to London. Evening arrival. (B) 




TAILoR-MADE TRAVEL maUrITIUs 

MAURITIUS 

HOTELS 

20 Degrees South 


With just 34 rooms and suites, 20 Degrees 

South has an intimate charm. Dine at the 

hotel, on a beautiful boat or within an old 

ruin on Flat Island. For those who would 

like to explore the delights of the island, a 

complimentary water taxi service is provided 

back and forth from Grand Bay. 

La Maison D’été 


La Maison D’été is a family run boutique hotel. 

There are just 10 thatched roof bungalows and 

a cosy restaurant that serves excellent food. 

Situated in an isolated location on the northeast 

of the island, it is an area known for its 

tranquillity and lush vegetation. Facilities include 

an outdoor pool. 

Le Cardinal Exclusive Resort 


Le Cardinal Exclusive Resort is situated along 

a stretch of white sandy beach just 5km from 

Grand Baie. Each of the 10 suites has a balcony 

with direct views of the lagoon. Facilities 

include a gastronomic restaurant with an open 

kitchen, massage room and swimming pool 

overlooking the bay. 

Lakaz Chamarel 


Surrounded by picturesque mountain scenery, 

this unique boutique property has magnificent 

views of the Morne Peninsula and its sweeping 

beaches. Lakaz Chamarel has just 20 rooms 

with open-air en suite bathrooms. Relax by the 

swimming pool, savour fine Mauritian cuisine or 

go on a guided nature walk. 

The oberoi Mauritius 


The Oberoi Mauritius is located in 8 hectares 

of beautiful sub-tropical gardens and has a 

600-metre oceanfront. Villas with private 

swimming pools and luxury pavilions benefit 

from panoramic views of the sea. The spa has 

a sauna, steam bath and private jacuzzis, and 

offers numerous treatments. 

The Residence 


Located on the east coast, the Residence 

recreates the colonial style and elegance of 

1920s Mauritius. The superb hospitality is 

enhanced by private butler service, offered 

to all rooms and suites. There is a choice of 

restaurants and a Sanctuary spa, offering a 

range of relaxing treatments. 

Heritage Le Telfair Golf & Spa Resort 


Located on the south-west coast, Le Telfair is 

Mauritian in style with a colonial feel. Situated 

just 10 minutes from the Bel Ombre Nature 

Reserve, Le Telfair’s white sandy beach is set 

against a backdrop of mountains. The resort 

has an 18-hole golf course and spa. 

Lux* Belle Mare 


Mauritius’ eastern coast is the home of Lux* 

Belle Mare, a hospitable, vibrant, resort looking 

out on to a crystal clear lagoon. The hotel 

offers one of the biggest swimming pools on 

the island along with sumptuous restaurants, a 

large spa, and traditional design elements. 

Constance Belle Mare Plage 


Beautiful beaches, luxury accommodation and 

fine dining are all part the Constance Belle 

Mare Plage experience. The hotel stretches 

along 2km of stunning beach on the east coast. 

Facilities include seven different restaurants and 

two golf courses.

sEYcHELLEs TAILoR-MADE TRAVEL 

SEYCHELLES 

TAILOR-MADE 

ILE DU 

NORD 

I N N E 

R I 

PRASLIN 

S L A N D 

LA DIGUE 

S 

FRÉGATE 

ISLAND 

The Seychelles is an otherworldly archipelago of 115 idyllic islands in the Indian ocean offering some of 

the most spectacular natural beauty on Earth. Azure waters, pristine white beaches and friendly inhabitants 

make for a classic honeymoon destination. The three main islands of Mahe, Praslin and La Digue are where 

most of the Seychelles’ hotels and guesthouses are, however, with a number of island resorts dotted 

around the archipelago the accommodation options are as unique and varied as the backdrop of islands 

itself. Please contact Cox & Kings to discuss further ideas with one of our experts or refer to our website, 

coxandkings.co.uk, for full itineraries. 

Victoria 

Desroches 

✈ 

MAHÉ 

Seychelles 

International 

Airport 


Travelling in the Seychelles 

With a wide variety of islands, each one with 

its own character, history and geography, we 

recommend island hopping to include two or 

three contrasting islands. Whichever islands you 

choose to visit there are regular flight and ferry 

options to cater for most itineraries. 

Beach 

Two islands tour 

Visit the legendary Vallee de Mai on Praslin, 

a Unesco world heritage site home to the 

fabulous coco de mer nut. Board a traditional 

schooner to the island of La Digue and visit 

Anse Source d’Argent for its extraordinary 

beaches. 

Explore Victoria 

Originally settles in 1778 by the French, but 

named after Queen Victoria, Victoria is the 

smallest capital city in the world. Walk the 

narrow streets of the old town, discover the 

colonial buildings, explore the tropical gardens 

and go to the lively morning market where the 

stalls are stacked with tropical fruits, spices and 

freshly caught fish. 

Victoria 


Charming Seychelles 


Stay in small properties, full of character 

and charm, with plenty of time for 

exploring and sampling the delights of the 

Creole cuisine. 

Day 1 – To Mahe: Fly to the Mahe via Dubai. 

(N) 

Day 2 – To Praslin: Arrive and connect with 

a flight to Praslin. Stay 3 nights at L’Archipel, a 

boutique property on the island’s east coast. 

(B, D) 

Days 3-4 – Praslin: Days at leisure. (B, D) 

Day 5 – La Digue: Take the passenger ferry 

from Praslin to La Digue. Stay 3 nights at Le 

Domaine De L’Orangeraie (see page 99) in 

a Villa de Charme. Rest of the day at leisure. 

(B, D) 

Days 6-7 – La Digue: Days at leisure. (B, D) 

Day 8 – To Mahe: Transfer to Sunset Beach 

Resort, a small property with a distinctive 

Creole character, for a 3-night stay. (B, D) 

Days 9-10 – Mahe: Days at leisure. (B, D) 


and fly to London via Dubai. Arrive in the 

evening. (B) 




Kenya & Seychelles 


Kenyan Airways flies out three times 

a week from Nairobi to Mahe in the 

Seychelles allowing for an excellent wildlife 

and beach combination itinerary. 

Day 1 – To Nairobi: Fly from London 

Heathrow to Nairobi. (N) 

Day 2 – To Laikipia: Arrive and fly to Nanyuki 

and transfer to Kicheche Laikipia Camp. Stay 

3 nights at Kicheche Laikipia Camp. Afternoon 

wildlife viewing activities. (B, L, D) 

Days 3-4 – Laikipia: Morning and afternoon 

wildlife activities. (B, L, D) 

Day 5 – To the Masai Mara: Fly to the Masai 

Mara and stay 3 nights in Kicheche Bush 

Camp (see page 75). (B, L, D) 

Days 6-7 – The Masai Mara: Morning 

and afternoon activities. An optional 

early morning hot air balloon safari and 

champagne bush breakfast can be arranged 

at an extra cost. (B, L, D) 

Day 8 – To Nairobi: After breakfast, fly 

to Nairobi. Transfer to House of Waine. 

Afternoon at leisure. (B, L, D). 

Day 9 – To the Seychelles: Transfer to the 

airport and fly to the Seychelles with Kenya 

Airways. Transfer to the Constance Ephelia 

Resort (see page 99) for a 4-night stay. (B, D) 

Days 10-12 – The Seychelles: At leisure. 

(B, D) 

Day 13 – To London: Day at leisure. Transfer 

to the airport and fly to London, via Nairobi, 

with Kenya Airways. (B) 





TAILoR-MADE TRAVEL sEYcHELLEs 

SEYCHELLES 

HOTELS 

Constance Ephelia Resort, Mahé 


Constance Ephelia Resort is situated by two 

of the most beautiful beaches on the island, 

overlooking a marine national park. It includes 

a north and south island, linked together by a 

road, and spa village, set in beautiful tropical 

gardens. The south island houses the main 

resort facilities plus four clusters of Junior 

suites. The north island contains Senior suites 

and villas. 

There are five boutiques in the property, four 

swimming pools, a fully equipped gym, four 

tennis courts and a spa village set in beautiful 

tropical gardens. The hotel has five restaurants 

and five bars, each with a subtle African 

influence. 

Banyan Tree, Mahé 


Banyan Tree Seychelles is situated among 

the swaying palm trees and tropical forests 

of Intendance Bay. Accommodation is in 60 

luxurious and spacious villas, each with its own 

private plunge pool and veranda. The sumptuous 

Banyan Tree spa, which offers numerous 

treatments, is tucked away on a hillside. 

Lemuria, Praslin 


Lemuria is one of the largest resorts on 

the Seychelles, with extensive facilities and 

high standards of service. Overlooking the 

white sandy beaches of three secluded 

coves, the hotel’s grounds include an 18-hole 

championship golf course, spa and floodlit 

tennis courts. 

Le Domaine de l’orangeraie 


Le Domaine de l’Orangeraie has 45 zen-style 

villas built into the hillside and among gardens. 

The spa has its own range of wellness products 

and overlooks the lagoon below. There are two 

restaurants, a lounge bar, pool bar and infinity 

swimming pool. Activities include cycling and 

snorkelling. 

Denis Island 


Denis is a coral island 95km north of Mahé. 

Each of the elegant cottages has its own 

private sea facing veranda and courtyard. Giant 

tortoises, turtles and an abundance of nesting 

bird species still inhabit this quiet, undisturbed, 

sanctuary. 

Labriz, Silhouette 


A 45-minute boat ride from the capital, 

Silhouette island is rich in natural beauty and 

teeming with wildlife. Labriz comprises 110 

luxury villas set along the base of Mount 

Dauban, next to an enchanting lagoon. The 

resort has its own tortoise sanctuary. 

Desroches Island Resort 


A member of the Small Luxury Hotels of 

the World, the Desroches Island Resort has 

20 Junior suites and 28 four-bedroom villas. 

Facilities include a swimming pool, open-air 

restaurant, boutique bar and spa. There is also a 

plantation house serving Creole cuisine.

AFRICA booking conditions 

booking conditions 

Once you have decided on the holiday you require, please carefully read the following 

conditions, as these form the basis of your relationship with Cox & Kings Travel Limited 

(‘Cox & Kings’, ‘we’, ‘our’ or ‘us’) and with any supplier with whom you have a direct 

contract. Except where otherwise stated, these booking conditions only apply to holiday 

arrangements which you book with us in the UK and which we agree to make, provide 

or perform (as applicable) as part of our contract with you or, where we act as agent 

as set out below, arrange for you. All references in these booking conditions to ‘holiday’, 

‘booking’, ‘contract’, ‘package’, ‘tour’ or ‘arrangements’ mean such holiday arrangements 

unless otherwise stated. In these booking conditions, ‘you’ and ‘your’ means all persons 

named on the booking or any of them as applicable (including anyone who is added 

or substituted at a later date). 

1) YOUR CONTRACT 

(a) If you book only one type of arrangement with Cox & Kings (for example hotel(s)- 

only or cruise-only,), Cox & Kings acts only as a booking agent for the supplier of 

that arrangement (for example the hotel or cruise provider). Your contract for that 

arrangement will be with that supplier (in these conditions referred to as the ‘Third 

Party Supplier’) and not Cox & Kings. The Third Party Supplier’s own terms and 

conditions (copies available on request) will apply to that contract in addition to the 

applicable parts of these conditions. 

(b) In all other cases your contract will be with Cox & Kings. 

(c) When you make a booking the person who makes the booking guarantees that 

they have the authority to accept and do accept on behalf of your party the terms of 

these booking conditions. 

2) BOOKING, PAYMENT AND CONFIRMATION 

(a) You may book by post, telephone, via our website or through one of our authorised 

agents. All bookings are subject to our booking conditions. The person who makes the 

booking must confirm acceptance of our booking conditions on behalf of all persons 

named on the booking. We will communicate with you by email in relation to your 

booking (including sending you documents such as your confirmation invoice) if you 

book online or otherwise provide us with an email address. You must accordingly check 

your emails on a regular basis and should print and retain hard copies of all confirmation 

documents, e-tickets and other important communications. We will contact you by 

telephone and / or post if you do not provide us with an email address or we cannot, for 

whatever reason, contact you by email. Certain documents may need to be sent by post. 

References in these booking conditions to ‘send’ and ‘in writing’ include communication 

by email and via our online booking facility where applicable. You may contact us by 

email for any of the reasons mentioned in these booking conditions (for example, to 

request an amendment). All emails should be sent to sales@coxandkings.co.uk. 

(b) A minimum deposit of £150 per person or 15% of your total holiday cost 

(whichever is greater) together with any applicable insurance premium (or evidence 

of alternative cover) (see clause 5) and any applicable visa fees (see clause 12(a)) must 

be paid at the time of booking. In some cases, the deposit payable will be higher, as 

full or part payment for certain services, such as flights, may also be required to make 

a booking – details at the time of booking. On occasion, suppliers may unexpectedly 

require non-refundable full or part payment for their services (in addition to any deposit 

paid at the time of booking) in advance of balance due date in order to secure those 

services even though these have been previously confirmed. In this situation, we may 

have no choice but to ask you to pay an additional deposit to cover this payment. 

If you book after the balance due date, full payment must be made at the time of 

booking. Where we act only as agent (see clause 1(a)), you will be advised of the 

applicable deposit and payment timetable at the time of booking. 

(c) On receipt of the applicable payment and all information we need to make your 

booking, and providing your requested holiday is available, Cox & Kings will issue a 

confirmation invoice. It is at this stage that a binding contract comes into existence 

between you and Cox & Kings or between you and the Third Party Supplier, as 

applicable. Please note, though, that if you book a tailor-made itinerary or an extension 

to a brochure tour, your accommodation, flights etc will only be requested by Cox 

& Kings once the payment due at the time of booking has been received. Your 

confirmation invoice will indicate your requested package cost and you will be advised 

of any accommodation, flights etc that are still on request and not confirmed at the time 

the confirmation invoice is issued. 

(d) Once payment has been made, any subsequent request to have that payment refunded 

and to pay by an alternative means may require you to pay an administration fee. 

(e) It is your responsibility to check the confirmation invoice and any other documents 

we send you carefully and to let Cox & Kings or your travel agent know immediately 

in the event of any error or inaccuracy, as it may not be possible to make changes later. 

Where we act only as agent for a Third Party Supplier we will have no responsibility for 

any errors in any documentation except where those errors were made by ourselves. 

(f) The balance of the cost of your arrangements is payable not less than eight weeks 

prior to departure, unless you are informed otherwise. If all payments (including any 

surcharge where applicable) are not received on time, we (or we acting as agent for 

the Third Party Supplier where applicable) are entitled to assume that you wish to 

cancel your booking and will retain the deposit paid. If we do not cancel straightaway 

because you promise to make payment but you still fail to do so, you must pay the 

cancellation charges shown in clause 10 depending on the date we (or we acting as 

agent for the Third Party Supplier where applicable) reasonably treat your booking as 

cancelled by you. 

(g) (i) Providing full payment has been received, travel documents will be sent 

approximately two weeks before departure (Third Party Suppliers’ policies may vary) 

unless your booking is made within six weeks of departure, in which case final documents 

will be sent as soon as possible, made available for collection or sent by courier upon 

the payment of a fee. Non-UK residents may incur an additional delivery charge. (ii) For 

some countries you will be handed your internal flight / train / hotel vouchers by your 

tour manager / Cox & Kings representative on arrival at your destination. 

(h) Cox & Kings has included in the relevant prices all government taxes in the amount 

applicable at the time of booking that do not have to be paid locally. Those that have 

to be paid locally by you are extra and are your responsibility (such as international 

airport departure tax). 

3) SPECIAL REQUESTS / MEDICAL PROBLEMS / DISABILITIES 

Where special requests for flight seats, room / cabin allocation, diet considerations 

etc are required, Cox & Kings must be made aware of these in writing at the time of 

booking. While every effort will be made to pass these requests on to the suppliers 

concerned (or Third Party Suppliers where applicable), we cannot guarantee they will 

be met. Where special requests for flight seats are passed on by Cox & Kings to an 

airline, the confirmation of seat numbers is at the discretion of the airline. 

Confirmation that a special request has been noted or passed on to the supplier / Third 

Party Supplier or the inclusion of the special request on your confirmation invoice or 

any other documentation is not confirmation that the request will be met. Unless and 

until specifically confirmed, all special requests are subject to availability. 

If you have any disability or medical condition which may affect your arrangements or 

the booking process, please provide us with full details before booking so that we can 

advise as to the suitability of the chosen arrangements and / or assist you with making 

your booking. In any event, we must be given full details in writing at the time of booking 

and whenever any material change in the disability or condition occurs. You must also 

advise us in writing if any such disability or condition develops after your booking has 

been confirmed. 

4) YOUR TRAVEL AGENT 

(a) Any travel agent through whom you make a booking will relay information from you 

to us and vice versa. Cox & Kings is neither responsible for any failure by your travel 

agent to do this properly or in good time, nor for any advice given to you by your travel 

agent that did not originate from Cox & Kings. 

(b) For holidays which do not include flights organised by us, any money you pay to 

one of our authorised travel agents for your booking will be held by the travel agent 

on behalf of Cox & Kings / the Third Party Supplier (as applicable) until it is paid to us. 

For flight inclusive bookings, all monies paid to any authorised travel agent of ours for 

your holiday with us will be held on behalf of and for the benefit of the Trustees of 

the Air Travel Trust subject to the travel agent’s obligation to pay such monies to us in 

accordance with our trading terms unless we fail. In the unlikely event of our financial 

failure, all monies then held by the travel agent or subsequently paid by you to the travel 

agent will be held by the agent on behalf of and for the benefit of the Trustees of the Air 

Travel Trust without any obligation on the agent to pay such monies to us. 

5) INSURANCE 

It is a condition of booking with us that you take out insurance at the time of, or prior 

to, making your booking. If you do not purchase the policy we offer, you must purchase 

an appropriate alternative and let us have the details of this at the time of booking. If you 

purchase insurance through Cox & Kings you must notify us of relevant factors that may 

affect your particular requirements for cover such as pre-existing medical conditions / 

disabilities. If you do not purchase insurance through us, it is your responsibility to ensure 

that you purchase a policy that provides cover at least equivalent to that which we offer. 

Cox & Kings cannot be held responsible if you purchase an inadequate insurance policy 

or if you fail to notify Cox & Kings of factors affecting your particular requirements 

for cover. Insurance premiums should be paid at the time of booking and are nonrefundable. 

Non-European Union residents should obtain equivalent insurance 

cover in their country of residence. Please read your policy details carefully and take 

them with you on holiday. It is your responsibility to ensure that the insurance cover 

you purchase is suitable and adequate for your particular needs. We do not check 

alternative insurance policies. 

6) ALTERATION BY YOU 

(a) If you wish to make any amendments to your holiday after the confirmation invoice 

has been issued, you must inform us in writing and we will do our best to help. Please 

note however that if you (i) change to a different departure date, cruise or destination 

or (ii) change your booking less than eight weeks before departure, this will be treated 

as a cancellation and a new booking and you will be liable for the cancellation charges 

set out in clause 10 (except as set out in 6(c) below). In the event a change can be 

made, you must pay all costs and charges incurred or imposed by any of our suppliers 

(or Third Party Suppliers where applicable) together with an amendment fee of £35 per 

alteration per booking before the change can be made. 

(b) If you wish to change any aspect of your holiday after it has commenced, Cox & 

Kings and / or their agents will do their best to assist, subject to you being responsible 

for any cancellation charges that may be levied for the arrangements originally booked, 

for the cost of your new arrangements and for any costs incurred by Cox & Kings and 

/ or their agents in attempting to secure or securing any revised arrangements. All such 

charges and costs are payable locally. 

(c) If you wish to transfer your place on your booking to another person (introduced by 

you), you may do so provided the reason for the transfer is personal illness, the death 

or serious illness of a close family member, jury service, redundancy or unavoidable 

work commitments. Requests for a transfer must be made in writing at least 30 days 

prior to departure and must be accompanied by documentary proof of the reason for 

the transfer (eg a doctor’s certificate), full details of the person who will replace you, 

any outstanding balance due for the tour, a payment of £35 per person to cover our 

administration costs, plus such amount as our suppliers (or Third Party Suppliers where 

applicable) will require to effect the change (if the transfer can be made). Please note, 

in some cases suppliers such as airlines treat name changes as a cancellation, levying 

cancellation charges and requiring payment for a new ticket. These charges must be paid 

by you before any change can be made. 

7) PRE-DEPARTURE CHANGES TO, OR CANCELLATION OF, YOUR 

ARRANGEMENTS BY US OR YOUR THIRD PARTY SUPPLIER 

(a) This clause 7(a) applies only if your contract is with us. 

Occasionally, we have to make changes to and correct errors in brochure and other 

details both before and after bookings have been confirmed and cancel confirmed 

bookings, which we reserve the right to do. 

Most changes are minor. Occasionally, we have to make a significant change. A ‘significant 

change’ is a change made before departure that, taking account of the information 

you give us at the time of booking and that we can reasonably be expected to know 

as a tour operator, we can reasonably expect to have a major affect on your holiday. 

Significant changes include the following changes when made before departure; a 

change of accommodation to that of a lower official classification or standard for the 

whole or a major part of the time you are away, a change of outward departure time 

or overall length of time you are away of 12 or more hours, a change of UK departure 

point to one that is more inconvenient for you (except between airports serving the 

same city) and, in the case of cruises, a radical change of itinerary. 

If we have to make a significant change or cancel, we will tell you as soon as possible. If there 

is time to do so before departure, we will offer you the choice of the following options: 

(i) (for significant changes) accepting the changed arrangements, or 

(ii) purchasing an alternative holiday from us (paying or receiving a refund in respect 

of any price difference), or 

(iii) cancelling or accepting the cancellation, in which case you will receive a full and quick 

refund of all monies you have paid to us. 

Please note, the above options are not available where any change made is a minor one. 

If we have to make a significant change or cancel, we will, where compensation is 

appropriate, pay you the compensation payments set out in the table below depending 

on the circumstances and when the significant change or cancellation is notified to 

you or your travel agent subject to the following exceptions. Compensation will not 

be payable and no liability beyond offering the above mentioned choices can be 

accepted where we are forced to make a change or cancel as a result of unusual 

and unforeseeable circumstances beyond our control, the consequences of which we 

could not have avoided even with all due care or where we have to cancel because 

the minimum number of persons required to operate your holiday has not been 

reached prior to the balance due date. No compensation will be payable and the above 

options will not be available if we cancel as a result of your failure to comply with any 

requirement of these booking conditions entitling us to cancel (such as paying on time) 

or if the change made is a minor one. A ‘minor change’ is any change that does not come 

within the definition of a significant change set out above. Although Cox & Kings will try 

to notify you of minor changes, it is not obliged to do so. Minor changes include (but 

are not limited to) the following: (1) Changes to one or more confirmed destination(s) 

for your holiday, providing there are no significant changes affecting any confirmed 

major destination; (2) Changes in the scheduled date and time of arrival or departure 

provided that, where necessary, hotel accommodation and reasonable sustenance for 

the period in question is provided to you at no additional charge; (3) Substitution of 

a named Lecturer and or Leader for another knowledgeable expert in the same field. 

All group holidays with Cox & Kings require a minimum number of bookings before 

they will operate. If an insufficient number of people have booked to make your holiday 

arrangements financially viable so that we have to cancel, we will inform you no later 

than eight weeks before your departure date. In this case, you will be offered the 

options set out above but no compensation will be payable. 

Period before departure a significant change 

compensation 

or cancellation is notified to you or your travel agent 

per person 

More than 56 days £10.00 

43-56 days £15.00 

42-29 days £20.00 

28-15 days £30.00 

14-0 days £40.00 

(b) This clause 7(b) applies if your contract is with a Third Party Supplier. 

If the Third Party Supplier changes or cancels your booking, we will pass on the new 

details to you together with any compensation that the Third Party Supplier may offer. 

As agent only for the Third Party Supplier we cannot accept any liability for any changes 

or cancellations made to these bookings. 

8) POST DEPARTURE CHANGES AND CURTAILMENT 

Please note, clauses 8(a) and (b) only apply where your contract is with us. 

(a) Changes and curtailment after departure (not caused by force majeure) 

If, after departure, it becomes apparent that a significant proportion of the services 

you have booked with us cannot be provided, we will make suitable alternative 

arrangements at no extra cost to you. We will also, where appropriate, compensate 

you for any difference in value between the arrangements you should have received 

and the alternative arrangements made and for any disappointment or inconvenience 

you have reasonably suffered as a result. For example, as we neither own, manage nor 

control the accommodation / transportation we use, it is possible we may be advised 

that your reserved accommodation is not available when you arrive at your destination. 

In this event, Cox & Kings will endeavour to secure accommodation of at least the same 

standard in that destination. If only accommodation of a lower standard is available, 

we will refund the difference between the prices of the accommodation booked and 

that received, and will pay £30 per person for any inconvenience or disappointment 

caused. Any compensation or other sums due will be paid on your return from holiday. 

If we are unable to make suitable alternative arrangements or you reject those offered 

for good reasons, we will, where your holiday includes international flights we have 

arranged and where appropriate, return you by equivalent transport (type and class of 

travel) to the departure point of your holiday or such other place as we agree as soon 

as we are reasonably able to do so. If your holiday does not include international flights 

arranged by us, we will, where appropriate in this situation, meet your reasonable costs 

of your return travel to your outward point of departure providing we have agreed 

these costs in advance of your incurring them. Where you reasonably return home early 

in the above circumstances, we will provide you with a refund in respect of that part of 

your holiday that you did not receive. 

Please note, we can only accept responsibility for the sums specifically referred to in this 

clause 8(a). We will have no liability for making any other payments including, without 

limitation, the cost of any service (such as flights, other transport or accommodation) 

which you book with someone other than Cox & Kings or which you arrange during 

your holiday in place of contracted services (unless we have agreed in writing to 

meet the cost) or for any losses or expenses of any nature (and whether or not 

we could have foreseen you would incur them) which you suffer or incur as a result 

of, or in connection with, your original holiday booking or any changed or curtailed 

arrangements including, without limitation, loss of earnings, paid holiday leave, profit, 

business or business opportunities. 

In all cases, our maximum liability is limited to a sum equivalent to the cost of the 

holiday (excluding amendment charges and insurance premiums), a refund of any 

directly attributable, reasonably incurred expenses (providing where appropriate, any 

such expenses that have been agreed by us) and the daily sum of £72 per person. 

(b) Changes and curtailment after departure (caused by force majeure) 

If, after departure, it becomes apparent that a significant proportion of the services 

you have booked with us cannot be provided, we will make suitable alternative 

arrangements at no extra cost to you. If we are unable to do so, or you reject the 

alternative arrangements offered for good reasons, we will, where appropriate, return 

you by equivalent transport (type and class of travel) to the departure point of your 

holiday or such other place as we agree as soon as we are reasonably able to do so. We 

are not, however, obliged to provide you with return travel to the UK if your holiday 

does not include international flights. Where the contracted service that we are unable 

to provide is your return flight, we will arrange for you to travel on an alternative flight in 

the same class of travel as soon as we reasonably can. However, we will have no liability 

to provide, or meet any costs of, any accommodation, meals or other services (other 

than those that form part of your contracted arrangements) while you are awaiting 

the alternative flight. The airline concerned may be obliged to do so – see clause 14(c). 

Please note, we can only accept responsibility for the sums specifically referred to in this 

clause 8(b). We will have no liability for making any other payments, including, without 

limitation, any compensation, refunds (unless we obtain any refunds from our suppliers), 

the cost of any service (such as flights, other transport or accommodation) that you 

book with someone other than Cox & Kings or that you arrange during your holiday 

in place of contracted services (unless we have agreed in writing to meet the cost) or 

for any losses or expenses of any nature (and whether or not we could have foreseen 

you would incur them) that you suffer or incur as a result of, or in connection with, your 

original holiday booking or any changed or curtailed arrangements, including, without 

limitation, loss of earnings, paid holiday leave, profit, business or business opportunities. 

Very rarely, we may be forced to curtail your holiday and return you to the UK 

(where your holiday includes return travel) before the scheduled end of your holiday. 

This is extremely unlikely, but if this situation does occur, we regret we will be unable 

to make any refunds (unless we obtain any refunds from our suppliers), pay you any 

compensation or meet any costs or expenses you incur as a result. 

(c) Changes and curtailment after departure – contract with a Third Party Supplier 

As agent only for the Third Party Supplier, we cannot accept any liability for any changes 

to or curtailment of your arrangements made after departure. 

9) FORCE MAJEURE 

Except where otherwise expressly stated in these booking conditions, neither we 

nor any Third Party Supplier can accept liability or pay any compensation where the 

performance or prompt performance of our or the Third Party Supplier’s contractual 

obligations is prevented or affected by or you otherwise suffer any damage or loss (as 

more fully described in clause 13(a)(ii) below) as a result of force majeure. In these 

booking conditions, ‘force majeure’ means any event which we / the supplier of the 

service(s) in question / the Third Party Supplier could not, even with all due care, foresee 

or avoid. Such events may include, whether actual or threatened, war, riot, civil strife, 

terrorist activity, industrial dispute, natural or nuclear disaster, adverse weather conditions, 

epidemics, fire and all similar events outside the control of the party concerned. 

10) CANCELLATION BY YOU 

Should you wish to cancel your booking, the person who made the booking must notify 

Cox & Kings or your travel agent (as applicable) in writing. Such notification will only be 

deemed to have been given on receipt by us of your written notification, since we can 

only act on receipt. Please state the reason for your cancellation as you may be covered by 

your insurance policy. Claims must, however, be made direct to your insurance company. 

The following cancellation charges will apply. Where the cancellation charge is shown as 

a percentage, this is calculated on the basis of the total cost payable by the person(s) 

cancelling, excluding insurance premiums and amendment charges. Insurance premiums 

and amendment charges are not refundable. 

days before departure 

Amount of cancellation charges 

notification received. 

as a % of total tour cost 

More than 56 days 

Deposit(s) (inc any additional deposit) 

56- 29 days 40% or deposit(s) if higher 

28-15 days 60% or deposit(s) if higher 

14-8 days 75% or deposit(s) if higher 

7-4 days 90% 

3 to day of departure or later 100% 

No allowance or refund can be made for meals, rooms, excursions etc included in the 

price of your tour but not taken, nor can any refund be made for services that cannot 

be used due to lost, mislaid or destroyed travel tickets or vouchers. Part cancellation of 

a booking may result in increased costs for the remaining party members. 

11) PRICES 

Prices are based on the known costs and exchange rates of £1 to 1.56 US dollars, 

1.27 euros, 12.63 South African rand and 12.63 Namibian dollars (as quoted in the 

Financial Times world value of the pound table on 9 August 2012). For all exchange 

rates not mentioned, the rate of exchange for the US dollar applies. 

Where your contract is with Cox & Kings, once the price of your chosen holiday has been 

confirmed at the time of booking, we will only change it in the following circumstances. A 

surcharge or refund (as applicable) will be payable, subject to the conditions set out in this 

clause, in the event of any change in our transportation costs (eg fuel, scheduled airfares 

and any other airline surcharges which are part of the contract between airlines (and 

their agents) and the tour operator) or in the dues, taxes or fees payable for services such 

as landing taxes or embarkation or disembarkation fees at ports or airports. 

Even in the above cases, only if the amount of the increase in our costs exceeds 2% 

of the total cost of your holiday (excluding insurance premiums and any amendment 

charges) will we levy a surcharge. If any surcharge is greater than 10% of the cost of 

your holiday (excluding insurance premiums and any amendment charges), you will be 

entitled to cancel your booking and receive a full refund of all monies you have paid to 

us (except for any amendment charges) or alternatively purchase another holiday from 

us as referred to in clause 7(a). In either case there will be an administration charge 

of £1 per person together with an amount to cover any travel agent’s commission. 

Although insurance (where purchased through us) does not form part of your contract 

with us or of any ‘package’, we will consider an appropriate refund of any insurance 

premiums you have paid us if you can show you are unable to use / reuse or transfer 

your policy in the event of cancellation or purchase of an alternative holiday. A refund 

will only be payable if the decrease in our costs exceeds 2% as set out above. Where a 

refund is due, we will pay you the full amount of the decrease in our costs. 

Where applicable, you have 14 days from the issue date printed on the surcharge invoice 

to tell us if you want to cancel or purchase another holiday. If you do not tell us that you 

wish to do so within this period of time, we are entitled to assume that you will pay the 

surcharge. Any surcharge must be paid with the balance of the cost of the holiday or 

within 14 days of the issue date printed on the surcharge invoice, whichever is the later. 

We promise not to levy a surcharge within 30 days of the start of your holiday. No 

refunds will be payable within this period either. 

Where your contract is with a Third Party Supplier, as we act only as agent, we must 

pass on to you in full all additional costs and charges of whatever nature imposed by the 

Third Party Supplier in accordance with its own terms and conditions. 

Please note, changes and errors occasionally occur. You must check the price of your 

chosen holiday at the time of booking. We reserve the right to make changes to, and 

correct errors in, advertised prices at any time before your holiday is confirmed. 

Occasionally our holiday prices are discounted for a limited period for promotional purposes. 

Discounts cannot be applied retrospectively to reduce the price of a confirmed booking. 

12) YOUR RESPONSIBILITIES 

(a) Visas: General information concerning visa requirements applicable to British citizens 

with British passports is set out in our Documents & Health section. We will notify

ooking conditions AFRICA 

administered quite independently. It provides for a simple and inexpensive method of 

arbitration on the basis of documents alone, with restricted liabilities on the customer 

in respect of costs. For injury and illness claims, you can request the Abta mediation 

procedure and we have the option to agree. Full details will be provided on request or 

can be obtained from the Abta website, www.abta.com. 

Alternatively, Aito’s Independent Dispute Settlement Service may be called upon by 

either side to bring the matter to a speedy and amicable solution. Whichever option you 

choose, neither scheme applies to claims for an amount greater than £5,000 per person 

or £25,000 per booking, or to claims that are solely or mainly in respect of physical 

injury or illness, or the consequences of such injury or illness. 

Note: If your contract is with a Third Party Supplier and not us it may not be possible 

for any dispute arising out of, or in connection with, the contract to be referred to 

arbitration under the schemes mentioned above. 

17) EXCURSIONS / ACTIVITIES / SUPPLIERS TERMS AND CONDITIONS 

(a) The information contained in our brochure is correct to the best of our knowledge 

at the time of the brochure going to print. We may provide you with information 

(in our brochure, on our website and / or when you are on holiday) about activities 

and excursions which are available in the area you are visiting. We cannot guarantee 

accuracy at all times of information given in relation to such activities or excursions 

or about the area you are visiting generally or that any particular excursion or activity 

which does not form part of our contract will take place as these services are not under 

our control. We have no involvement in any such activities or excursions which are 

neither run, supervised, controlled nor endorsed in any way by us. They are provided by 

local operators or other third parties who are entirely independent of us. We have no 

knowledge as to whether such activities or excursions and their operators comply with 

local legal requirements or have any insurance. Some activities / excursions involve the 

risk of personal injury. They do not form any part of your contract with us even where 

we suggest particular operators / other third parties and / or assist you in booking such 

activities or excursions in any way. You will have a contract with the local operator or 

other third party whose terms and conditions will apply. We cannot accept any liability 

on any basis in relation to such activities or excursions and the acceptance of liability 

contained in clause 13(a)(i) of our booking conditions will not apply to them. We do 

not however exclude liability for the negligence of ourselves or our employees (while 

acting in the course of their employment) resulting in your death or personal injury. 

(b) Many of the services that make up your holiday are provided by independent 

suppliers. Those suppliers provide these services in accordance with their own terms 

and conditions. Some of these terms and conditions may limit or exclude the supplier’s 

liability to you, usually in accordance with applicable international conventions (see 

clause 13(a)(vi)). Copies of the relevant parts of these terms and conditions are 

available on request from ourselves or the supplier concerned. 

18) FINANCIAL SECURITY 

We are a member of Abta (Abta number V2999). We also hold an Air Travel Organiser’s 

Licence issued by the Civil Aviation Authority (Atol number 2815.) The Package Travel, 

Package Holidays and Package Tours Regulations 1992 require us to provide security for 

the monies that you pay for the package holidays booked from this brochure and for your 

repatriation in the event of our insolvency. We provide this security by way of an Atol 

(number 2815) administered by the Civil Aviation Authority for flight-inclusive holidays. 

We, or the suppliers of the services you have bought, will provide you with the services* 

you have bought (or a suitable alternative). In some cases, where neither we nor the 

supplier are able to do so for reasons of insolvency, an alternative Atol holder may provide 

you with services you have bought or a suitable alternative (at no extra cost to you). You 

agree to accept that in those circumstances the alternative Atol holder will perform those 

obligations and you agree to pay any money outstanding to be paid by you under your 

contract to that alternative Atol holder. However, you also agree that in some cases it will 

not be possible to appoint an alternative Atol holder, in which case you will be entitled 

to make a claim under the Atol scheme (or your credit card issuer where applicable). * 

The air inclusive holidays and flights we arrange are Atol protected providing they are 

made available in the UK. For further information, visit the Atol website at www.atol.org. 

uk .The price of our air holiday packages includes the amount of £2.50 per person which 

is the Atol Protection Contribution (APC) we pay to the CAA. This charge is included 

in our advertised prices. For further information, visit the Atol website at www.atol.org. 

uk. If you have a contract with us for arrangements that do not include a flight(s), Abta 

will financially protect your holiday in the event of our insolvency by arranging for you to 

receive a refund or to be repatriated except where your contracted arrangements with 

us do not include transport to and from the UK. In this case, if already abroad, you will be 

returned to the point where your contracted arrangements with us commenced. Please 

go to www.abta.com for information on Abta’s travel protection. Please note, our Atol 

and Abta membership does not protect bookings where we act only as agent. 

19) LAW AND JURISDICTION 

Your relationship (and any contract you may have) with Cox & Kings or with any Third 

Party Supplier and any dispute, claim or other matters of any nature arising from it (‘claim’) 

shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law. We both agree that 

any claim (and whether or not involving any personal injury) that arises between us must 

be dealt with under the Abta or Aito arbitration schemes (if the scheme is available 

for the claim in question and you wish to use it – see clause 16) or by the Courts of 

England and Wales only unless, in the case of Court proceedings, you live in Scotland or 

Northern Ireland. In this case, proceedings must either be brought in the Courts of your 

home country or those of England and Wales. If proceedings are brought in Scotland 

or Northern Ireland, you may choose to have your contract and any dispute, claim or 

other matter of any description that arises between us governed by the law of Scotland 

/ Northern Ireland as applicable (but if you do not so choose, English law will apply). 

DATE OF ISSUE AUGUST 2012 

DATA PROTECTION PRIVACY POLICY 

For the purposes of the Data Protection Act 1998, we are a data controller. The 

following is a summary of our full privacy policy, which sets out how we collect and 

use the personal information (‘personal data’) you provide us with directly or through 

use of our website. Our full, current privacy policy appears on our website, which you 

should read before providing us with any personal data. 

Depending on what’s required, the personal data we collect may include names 

and contact details, credit / debit card or other payment information and special 

requirements such as those relating to any disability or medical condition that may 

affect holiday arrangements and any dietary restrictions that may disclose your religious 

beliefs (‘sensitive personal data’). All references in this privacy policy to personal data 

include sensitive personal data unless otherwise stated. 

Appropriate personal data will be passed on to relevant suppliers / any Third Party 

Supplier / any other third party (including banks and / or credit card issuers) who need 

to know it so that your holiday can be provided, to government / public authorities 

(UK and overseas) such as the police, customs or immigration if required by them, to 

security or credit checking companies, to other companies who provide services on our 

behalf (such as mailing brochures and marketing material) or as required by law. We 

take steps to protect the personal data that is provided to any such party. In making 

your booking, you consent to personal data being passed on to the relevant parties. 

Your personal data may be stored, used and otherwise processed within the UK and 

/ or any other country / countries of the European Economic Area (EEA) and / or 

outside the EEA. Data protection laws may not be as strong outside the EEA as they 

are in the EEA. Personal data will not be transferred to a country outside the EEA unless 

the conditions referred to in our full privacy statement are satisfied. 

We would also like to store and use your personal data for future marketing purposes 

(for example, sending you a brochure or other marketing material). All personal data you 

give us (including sensitive personal data) will be kept, but we will use only names and 

contact details for marketing purposes (unless you have told us that you do not wish us 

to do so). If you would prefer not to receive any promotional mailings from Cox & Kings 

you may inform us at any time and we will remove your details from future mailing lists. 

We take appropriate technical and organisational measures that are intended to 

prevent unauthorised or unlawful processing of personal data and accidental loss 

or destruction of, or damage to, personal data. Our full privacy policy contains the 

procedure for reviewing and amending any personal data of yours we are processing. 

See www.coxandkings.co.uk for details. 

Abta 

Abta and Abta members help holidaymakers to get the most from 

their travel and assist them when things do not go according to plan. We 

are obliged to maintain a high standard of service to you by Abta’s Code 

of Conduct. 

For further information about Abta, the Code of Conduct and the arbitration service 

available to you if you have a complaint, contact Abta, 30 Park Street, London SE1 9EQ 

or call 020 3117 0500 or www.abta.com 

The above applies only to services supplied by Cox & Kings Travel Limited and does not 

apply to services featured in this brochure that are provided by any Third Party Supplier 

where you enter into a contract with the Third party Supplier. 

you of any changes to such requirements (of which we are aware) that occur before 

your confirmation invoice is issued, but please note that further changes could take 

place before you travel. You must check the up-to-date requirements in good time 

before departure. Cox & Kings will be happy to make any necessary visa applications 

(on payment of the applicable charge) on behalf of British passport holders, provided 

applications are lodged at our offices at least six weeks prior to departure. We cannot 

however guarantee the granting of any visas, as this is a matter outside our control. If a 

visa is not granted then we cannot accept any liability for the consequences and reserve 

the right to pass on to you any costs incurred as a result, including cancellation charges. 

Non-British citizens / holders of non-British passports should check with their nearest 

consulate or embassy for visa requirements. 

(b) Passports: British citizens require a full British passport (valid for at least six months 

beyond the end of your holiday) for the holidays we offer. Please see our Documents & 

Health section for full details or seek the advice of our travel consultants. Please note, 

requirements may change and you must check the up-to-date requirements in good 

time before departure. A full British passport presently takes approximately two to six 

weeks to obtain. If any member of your party is aged 16 or over and has not yet got 

a passport, you should apply for one at least six weeks before your holiday. The UK 

Passport Service has to confirm your identity before issuing your first passport and 

will ask you to attend an interview in order to do this. Please also see clause (d) below. 

(c) Health: It is your responsibility to ensure you are aware of all recommended and 

required vaccinations and health precautions in good time before departure. Details are 

available from your GP surgery and from the National Travel Health Network and Centre 

www.nathnac.org Recommended and mandatory inoculations for travel for British citizens 

are set out in our Documents & Health section. We will notify you of any changes in any 

health requirements (such as mandatory inoculations) that must be satisfied in order to gain 

entry into your holiday destination of which we become aware before your confirmation 

invoice is issued. However, further changes may occur at any time and you should check the 

up-to-date position in good time before you depart. Health requirements for your holiday 

destination are also outlined in the Department of Health leaflet entitled The Travellers 

Guide to Health (T7.1), available from Abta travel agents, most post offices, by telephone on 

0870 1555 455 or via the Department of Health website, www.dh.gov.uk. 

If you have any medical condition / disability that may affect your ability to enjoy and 

participate fully in your arrangements you must notify us in accordance with clause 

3. Cox & Kings reserves the right, where appropriate, to ask you to provide written 

certification of your medical fitness prior to departure. It is your responsibility to ensure 

that you obtain all necessary inoculations, take all necessary medication and follow all 

medical advice in relation to your holiday. 

(d) Documents: It is the responsibility of the person who makes the booking to ensure 

that all members of the party are in possession of all necessary travel and health 

documents and have all necessary vaccination certificates before departure. All costs 

incurred in obtaining such documentation or vaccinations / certificates must be paid by 

you. We regret we cannot accept any liability if you are refused entry onto any transport 

or into any country due to failure on your part to carry correct documentation or 

have the correct vaccinations / certificates. If failure to have any necessary travel or 

other documents results in fines, surcharges, expenses or other financial penalty being 

imposed on, or incurred by, us, you will be responsible for reimbursing us accordingly. If 

you are refused a visa we cannot accept any liability. If you are unable to travel as a result, 

you will be liable to pay our normal cancellation charges. The person who makes the 

booking is also responsible for ensuring that every member of your party has adequate 

travel insurance (see clause 5 above). 

(e) Damage: When you book with us, you accept responsibility for any damage or loss 

caused by you. Full payment for any such damage or loss (reasonably estimated if not 

known at the time) must be paid direct at the time to the accommodation owner or 

manager or other supplier. If the actual cost of the loss or damage exceeds the amount 

paid where estimated, you must pay the difference once known. If the actual cost is less 

than the amount paid, the difference will be refunded. You will also be responsible for 

meeting any claims subsequently made against us and all costs incurred by us (including 

our own and the other party’s full legal costs) as a result of your actions. You should 

ensure you have appropriate travel insurance to protect you if this situation arises. 

(f) Behaviour: We expect all clients to have consideration for others and to behave 

appropriately. If, in the reasonable opinion of our tour manager, agent or other 

employee or of any other person in authority, you behave in such a way as to cause 

or be likely to cause danger, distress, upset or significant annoyance to anyone (for 

example, other clients or our employees, agents or suppliers) or damage to property, 

we are entitled, without prior notice where appropriate, to terminate the holiday of 

the person(s) concerned. We will have the same right to terminate your holiday if 

you are subject to arrest, or are prevented from travelling at the reasonable discretion 

of an airline or other transport or cruise provider, or if you are evicted from a hotel 

at the reasonable discretion of the hotel management or have your use of any other 

services terminated at the reasonable discretion of another supplier. In this situation, the 

person(s) concerned will be required to leave the accommodation or other service. 

We will have no further responsibility toward such person(s), including any return travel 

arrangements. No refunds will be made and we will not pay any expenses or costs 

incurred as a result of the termination. If we incur any expense as a result of your 

behaviour, you will be obliged to reimburse us for that expense. 

(g) Travel advice: For up to date travel advice from the UK government, visit www.fco. 

gov.uk/knowbeforeyougo. 

13) OUR LIABILITY 

This clause 13(a) does not apply where your contract is with a Third Party Supplier 

(a) (i) We promise to make sure that the holiday arrangements we have agreed to make, 

perform or provide as applicable as part of our contract with you are made, performed 

or provided with reasonable skill and care. This means that, subject to these booking 

conditions, we will accept responsibility if, for example, you suffer death or personal 

injury or your contracted holiday arrangements are not provided as promised or prove 

deficient as a result of the failure of ourselves, our employees, agents or suppliers to 

use reasonable skill and care in making, performing or providing, as applicable, your 

contracted holiday arrangements. Please note, it is your responsibility to show that 

reasonable skill and care has not been used if you wish to make a claim against us. In 

addition, we will only be responsible for what our employees, agents and suppliers do 

or do not do if they were at the time acting within the course of their employment (for 

employees) or carrying out work we had asked them to do (for agents and suppliers). 

(ii) We will not be responsible for any injury, illness, death, loss (including loss of 

possessions or enjoyment), damage, expense, cost or other sum or claim of any 

description whatsoever which results from any of the following: 

(1) the act(s) and / or omission(s) of the person(s) affected or any member(s) of their 

party or (2) the act(s) and / or omission(s) of a third party not connected with the 

provision of your holiday and which were unforeseeable or unavoidable or (3) force 

majeure as defined in clause 9. 

(iii) We cannot accept responsibility for any services that do not form part of our 

contract. This includes, for example, any additional services or facilities that your hotel, 

cruise provider or any other supplier agrees to provide for you where the services 

or facilities are not advertised in our brochure and we have not agreed to arrange 

them as part of our contract, and any excursion / activities you purchase while away. 

Please also see clause 17 “Excursions / Activities / Suppliers Terms and Conditions”. In 

addition, regardless of any wording used by us on our website, in any of our brochures 

or elsewhere, we only promise to use reasonable skill and care as set out above and we 

do not have any greater or different liability to you. 

(iv) The promises we make to you about the services we have agreed to provide or 

arrange as part of our contract – and the laws and regulations of the country in which 

your claim or complaint occurred – will be used as the basis for deciding whether the 

services in question had been properly provided. If the particular services that gave rise 

to the claim or complaint complied with local laws and regulations applicable to those 

services at the time, the services will be treated as having been properly provided. 

This will be the case even if the services did not comply with the laws and regulations 

of the UK that would have applied had those services been provided in the UK. The 

exception to this is where the claim or complaint concerns the absence of a safety 

feature that might lead a reasonable holidaymaker to refuse to take the arrangements 

in question. Please note, however, our obligation is to exercise reasonable skill and care 

as referred to in clause 13(a)(i). We do not make any representation or commitment 

that all services will comply with applicable local laws and regulations and failure to 

comply does not automatically mean we have not exercised reasonable skill and care. 

(v) As set out in these booking conditions we limit the maximum amount we may have 

to pay you for certain claims you may make against us. 

Where we are found liable for loss of and / or damage to any luggage or personal 

possessions (including money), the maximum amount we will have to pay you is £1,500 

per person affected, unless a different limitation applies to your claim under this clause 

or clause 13(a)(vi) below. 

For all other claims that do not involve death or personal injury, if we are found liable to 

you on any basis the maximum amount we will have to pay you is a refund of the cost of 

the holiday (excluding insurance premiums and amendment charges) paid by or on behalf 

of the person(s) affected in total, a refund of any directly attributable expenses reasonably 

incurred by that person (providing where appropriate, any such expenses have been 

agreed by us) and a daily sum of £72 per person unless a lower limitation applies to your 

claim under clause 13(a)(vi) below. This maximum amount will only be payable where 

everything has gone wrong and you have not received any benefit at all from your holiday. 

(vi) Where any claim or part of a claim (including those involving death or personal injury) 

concerns or is based on any travel arrangements (including the process of getting on and 

/ or off the transport concerned) provided by any air, rail or sea carrier to which any 

international convention or EU regulation applies, the maximum amount of compensation 

we will have to pay you will be limited. This maximum amount will be the most the 

carrier concerned would have to pay under the international convention or regulation 

that applies to the travel arrangements (for example, the Warsaw Convention as amended 

or unamended and the Montreal Convention for international travel by air and / or for 

airlines with an operating licence granted by an EU country, the EC Regulation on Air 

Carrier Liability No 889/2002 for national and international travel by air, the Athens 

Convention (as amended by the 2002 Protocol with effect from 31st December 2012) 

for international travel by sea and the Convention concerning International Travel by Rail 

(COTIF) as amended for travel by rail). Where a carrier would not be obliged to make any 

payment to you under the applicable international convention or regulation in respect of 

a claim or part of a claim, we similarly are not obliged to make a payment to you for that 

claim or part of the claim. You are not entitled to make any claim against us which concerns 

or is based on any travel arrangements provided by any air, rail or sea carrier if such a 

claim is not expressly permitted to be brought against the carrier by the international 

convention or regulation that applies to the travel arrangements in question. When making 

any payment, we are entitled to deduct any money that you have received or are entitled 

to receive from the carrier for the complaint or claim in question. Copies of the applicable 

international conventions and regulations are available from us on request. 

Please note, for international travel by sea, the Athens Convention limits the maximum 

amount the carrier has to pay if found liable in the event of death or personal injury. 

The Athens Convention also limits the maximum amount the carrier has to pay if 

found liable in the event of loss or damage to luggage and also makes provision for 

valuables. Once on board ship, all valuable and important items should be deposited 

with the purser or in the mini-safe in your cabin if available. Please remember that no 

cabin mini-safe is totally secure and consider whether you need to bring such items on 

holiday with you. Placing items in a mini-safe is not depositing them with the carrier for 

safekeeping for the purposes of the Athens Convention. We and the carrier cannot 

accept any responsibility or liability for any valuable or important items which are not 

deposited with the purser for safekeeping. For items which are deposited with the 

purser for safekeeping, the maximum the carrier would have to pay you if found liable 

for any item(s) lost or damaged (for any reason) while deposited is the maximum which 

is payable under the Athens Convention in this situation. 

(vii) Please note, we cannot accept any liability for any damage, loss, expense or other 

sum(s) of any description (1) which on the basis of the information given to us by you 

concerning your booking prior to our accepting it, we could not reasonably have foreseen 

you would suffer or incur if we breached our contract with you or (2) which did not result 

from any breach of contract or other fault by ourselves or our employees or, where we 

are responsible for them, our suppliers. Additionally we cannot accept liability for any 

expenses or losses that relate to any business (including self-employed loss of earnings). 

(b) Clauses 13(b) (i) and (ii) below apply only if your contract is with a Third Party Supplier. 

(i) As we act only as an agent for the Third Party Supplier concerned we accept no 

liability in relation to the arrangements provided by that Third Party Supplier or for the 

acts or omissions of the Third Party Supplier concerned. The terms and conditions of the 

Third Party Supplier will apply to your contract (copies available on request from us). 

(ii) However, in the event that we are found liable in respect of any Third Party Supplier 

arrangements on any basis whatsoever, we are entitled to rely on the limitations and 

exclusions of liability and defences set out in clause 13(a). We do not exclude or limit 

any liability for death or personal injury that arises as a result of our negligence or that 

of our employees while acting in the course of their employment. 

14) TRANSPORTATION (INCLUDING DELAY) 

(a) Air, rail, road and other departure times are supplied by the carriers. They are subject 

to, inter alia, air traffic control restrictions, weather conditions, the need for constant 

maintenance and the ability of passengers to check in on time. Cox & Kings does not 

have any liability to you for any delays that may arise (including any at your international 

departure airport). We regret we cannot provide any assistance in such circumstances 

other than information and advice to the extent we are in a position to do so. Where 

applicable, the airline is responsible for providing any assistance as is legally required 

by the Denied Boarding Regulations (see below). Otherwise, any arrangements in the 

event of a delay will be at the sole discretion of the airline or other carrier involved. 

(b) In accordance with EU Directive (EC) No 2111/2005, we are required to bring to 

your attention the existence of a ‘Community list’ that contains details of air carriers 

that are subject to an operating ban within the EU Community. The Community list is 

available for inspection at http://ec.europa.eu/transport/air-ban/list_en.htm 

We are also required to advise you of the carrier(s) (or, if the carrier(s) is not known, 

the likely carrier(s)) that will operate your flight(s) at the time of booking. Where we 

are only able to inform you of the likely carrier(s) at the time of booking, we shall 

inform you of the identity of the actual carrier(s) as soon as we become aware of this. 

Any change to the operating carrier(s) after your booking has been confirmed will be 

notified to you as soon as possible. 

We are not always in a position at the time of booking to confirm flight timings. The 

flight timings shown in this brochure, on our website and detailed on your confirmation 

invoice are for guidance only and are subject to alteration and confirmation. The latest 

timings will be shown on your tickets that will be despatched to you approximately 

two weeks before departure. You must accordingly check your tickets very carefully 

immediately on receipt to ensure you have the correct flight times. It is possible that 

flight times may be changed even after tickets have been despatched – we will contact 

you as soon as possible if this occurs. 

Any change in the identity of the carrier, flight timings, and / or aircraft type (if given) will 

not entitle you to cancel or change to other arrangements without paying our normal 

charges except where specified in these conditions. 

If the carrier with whom you have a confirmed reservation becomes subject to an 

operating ban as above as a result of which we / the carrier are unable to offer you a 

suitable alternative, the provisions of clause 7 will apply. 

(c) If your flight is cancelled or delayed, your flight ticket is downgraded or boarding is 

denied by your airline, depending on the circumstances, the airline may be required to pay 

you compensation, refund the cost of your flight and / or provide you with accommodation 

and / or refreshments under EC Regulation No 261/2004 – the Denied Boarding 

Regulations 2004. Where applicable, you must pursue the airline for the compensation or 

other payment due to you. All sums you receive or are entitled to receive from the airline 

concerned by virtue of these Regulations represent the full amount of your entitlement 

to compensation or any other payment arising from such cancellation, delay, downgrading 

or denied boarding. This includes any disappointment, distress, inconvenience or effect on 

any other arrangements. The fact a delay may entitle you to cancel your flight does not 

automatically entitle you to cancel any other arrangements even where those arrangements 

have been made in conjunction with your flight. We have no liability to make any payment 

to you in relation to the Denied Boarding Regulations or in respect of any flight cancellation 

or delay, downgrading of any flight ticket or denial of any boarding as the full amount of your 

entitlement to any compensation or other payment (as dealt with above) is covered by the 

airline’s obligations under the Denied Boarding Regulations. If, for any reason, we make any 

payment to you or a third party which the airline is responsible for in accordance with the 

Denied Boarding Regulations or otherwise, you must, when requested, make a complete 

assignment to us of the rights you have against the airline in relation to the claim that gives 

rise to that payment. If your airline does not comply with these rules you may complain to 

the Civil Aviation Authority on 020 7453 6888 or by e-mail to passengercomplaints@caa. 

co.uk or see www.caa.co.uk – Referring Your Complaint to the CAA . 

15) COMPLAINTS AND PROBLEMS 

If you have a complaint about any of the holiday arrangements booked with or through 

Cox & Kings, you must tell the relevant supplier / Third Party Supplier straight away. You 

must also tell Cox & Kings’ local representative or agent on site immediately (if available) 

or use the Cox & Kings emergency contact telephone number with which you will be 

supplied before your departure. That number will put you in contact with one of our 

employees who will take all reasonable steps to help you. It is only if you do this that 

Cox & Kings has the opportunity to put matters right on the spot. If you fail to do this, 

any right to compensation, which you may have, will be extinguished or reduced. If 

your contract is with a Third Party Supplier, as we act only as agent, we cannot accept 

any liability for the arrangements provided by that Third Party Supplier. Any assistance 

provided in resolving a complaint in relation to any booking of this type is provided on 

a goodwill basis and in our capacity as agent. 

16) ARBITRATION 

If you have a complaint or claim that you wish to pursue, please write to us within 28 

days of your return to the United Kingdom. Your complaint or claim will be investigated 

and a full reply sent to you as soon as possible. As our investigations often involve 

obtaining information from overseas, it may take a few weeks. In the unlikely event that 

we do not reach an amicable settlement, the dispute, if you so wish and subject to the 

Note below, may be referred to arbitration under a special scheme devised by Abta, but

AFRICA regionAl weAther 

REgionAL 

WEAtHER 

due to its sheer size, Africa has a wide range of climatic conditions, 

making it is possible to travel at most times of year and find certain areas 

that are at their best. the guide below offers a general indication of the 

best times of year to travel to different parts of Africa and the indian 

ocean, plus some information about how wildlife viewing is affected 

by seasonal changes. Please take into account that this data is based on 

historic averages and, in a world of increasingly erratic climatic conditions, 

the weather at any given time may vary significantly from the norm. 

soUtHERn AFRicA 

botsWAnA 

The safari season in Botswana runs from April through to October. May, 

June and July are the winter months, marked by cloudless days and mild 

temperatures. In the delta, the floodwaters from Angola start to fill the 

countless lagoons and streams. The weather in August and September 

is comparable to spring in the northern hemisphere. Occasional rain 

showers come towards the end of October as the heat builds. At this time, 

wildlife viewing is excellent due to the lack of thick vegetation. November, 

early December and March are considered summer months, when you 

may encounter brief, but heavy, rain and thunderstorms. November and 

December continue to afford excellent wildlife viewing. 

MAUn JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

Max av temp (C) 33 32 32 31 29 26 26 29 33 35 34 33 

Min av temp (C) 20 20 19 16 12 8 8 11 16 20 21 20 

Av rain (mm) 108 68 42 23 1 1 0 0 2 11 49 83 

LEsotHo 

Lesotho, the mountain kingdom, contains the highest mountains in 

southern Africa. There are two distinct seasons: the cold and fairly dry 

winter between May and September, when temperatures drop quite 

low and snow may fall, and the warm and wet summer from October 

to April. The hottest and wettest months are January and February. 

MAserU JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

Max av temp (C) 27 26 25 23 19 16 16 20 22 25 26 26 

Min av temp (C) 13 13 12 7 2 -2 -3 0 5 9 11 13 

Av rain (mm) 77 70 83 40 19 6 7 17 12 46 58 87 

MALAWi 

Malawi has a varied geography and climate – the lowlands can be hot 

and humid, and the mountains cool and misty in any month of the year. 

The most popular months for travel are when temperatures are coolest 

and the lake is at its calmest, between April and November. There is little 

rainfall throughout the year near the lakeshore – the majority falls in the 

more mountainous regions between December and March. 

lilongwe JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

Max av temp (C) 25 25 25 24 24 22 22 23 26 27 28 26 

Min av temp (C) 17 17 16 15 11 9 8 10 13 15 17 17 

Av rain (mm) 221 196 150 48 10 3 3 0 3 13 81 203 

MoZAMbiQUE 

Along the coast, temperatures are warm and pleasant for most of 

the year due to the sea breezes. During the rainy season between 

November and March, it can be very hot and humid. 

VilAncUlos JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

Max av temp (C) 31 31 31 29 27 26 25 26 27 28 29 30 

Min av temp (C) 24 23 22 20 17 15 14 16 18 20 22 23 

Av rain (mm) 152 160 84 41 36 24 18 23 39 40 59 138 

nAMibiA 

The most pleasant weather is between April and October, when 

temperatures are cooler and there is very little rainfall. The coastal 

region near Swakopmund is noticeably cooler than the desert interior 

throughout the year. Wildlife viewing is good year round, but is at 

its best during the drier winter months, when wildlife congregates at 

the waterholes. 

windhoek JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

Max av temp (C) 31 30 29 27 24 21 21 24 28 30 31 32 

Min av temp (C) 18 17 16 14 11 7 7 9 13 15 16 17 

Av rain (mm) 66 73 40 27 3 0 1 0 2 8 19 25 

swAkoPMUnd JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

Max av temp (C) 21 21 21 20 20 20 19 17 17 18 19 20 

Min av temp (C) 16 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 11 12 13 14 

Av rain (mm) 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 

soUtH AFRicA 

the cape: The weather is at its warmest between November and 

March. The hottest days are cooled by winds from the south-east, which 

keep Cape Town pollution-free. The cooler months of June to August 

offer the best value stays, with excellent hotel and airline rates available. 

Whale watching is possible from July through to November. 

cAPe town JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

Max av temp (C) 25 26 24 22 20 19 18 18 19 21 23 24 

Min av temp (C) 17 17 16 14 14 12 12 12 13 14 15 17 

Av rain (mm) 3 2 2 19 23 35 22 18 10 4 10 6 

the kruger: Wildlife viewing is good throughout the year, although 

it is more popular during the dry winter season, between May 

and September, when animals are forced to gather near the 

waterholes. Wildlife tends to be more dispersed during the wetter 

summer months. Temperatures can fall quite low at night during 

the winter. 

krUger JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

Max av temp (C) 30 33 31 32 28 26 24 28 30 32 28 31 

Min av temp (C) 23 21 20 14 12 10 7 10 13 17 18 20 

Av rain (mm) 85 88 64 18 0 4 5 7 18 40 154 176 

natal: Located on the coast between the Cape and Kruger, this 

area includes subtropical beaches and high mountains, which receive 

a dusting of snow in winter. The coast is popular in summer, when 

temperatures can be quite hot, although rainfall and humidity are 

at their highest. The weather is cooler inland as you approach the 

Drakensberg mountains and temperatures can drop significantly 

at night. 

dUrbAn JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

Max av temp (C) 28 28 28 26 25 23 23 23 23 24 25 27 

Min av temp (C) 21 22 21 18 14 11 11 13 16 17 19 20 

Av rain (mm) 100 100 88 61 24 19 42 31 55 74 89 90

egionAl weAther AFRICA 

ZAMbiA 

The most popular time to visit Zambia is during the short dry period, 

between April and September, when wildlife congregates near waterholes. 

The ‘green’ season runs from December to April. It is not only a quiet 

time of year for the lodges, but travel is relatively inexpensive. During 

this time, the rivers in the Luangwa valley swell, dry plains become lakes, 

vegetation grows lush and green, animals give birth and food for wildlife 

is plentiful. Many of the resident birds form spectacular breeding colonies 

and migrant birds arrive from the north. During the wet season, wildlife 

viewing is restricted to the less remote camps. 

lUsAkA JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

Max av temp (C) 26 26 29 26 24 23 23 26 29 30 29 26 

Min av temp (C) 17 17 17 16 12 11 9 11 14 17 18 17 

Av rain (mm) 213 236 132 48 5 0 0 0 2 15 101 200 

ZiMbAbWE 

The winter months between April and October are the best for safaris, 

although evening temperatures can sometimes drop close to freezing. 

Summers can be extremely hot between November and March, while 

rainfall usually occurs at night. The Victoria Falls are at their most dramatic 

between March and May. 

VictoriA FAlls JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

Max av temp (C) 30 29 30 29 27 25 25 28 32 33 32 30 

Min av temp (C) 18 18 17 14 10 6 6 8 13 17 18 18 

Av rain (mm) 168 126 70 24 3 1 0 0 2 27 64 174 

EAst AFRicA 

EtHioPiA 

The best time to visit the highlands is between October and June. From 

July to September, temperatures are higher and rainfall greater. Night 

time temperatures can fall to near or below freezing in the mountains, 

particularly during the dry season. Because of the elevation of the 

country, it is advisable to bring a sweater year round. 

Addis AbAbA JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

Max av temp (C) 23 24 25 24 25 23 20 20 21 22 23 23 

Min av temp (C) 7 8 10 11 11 10 10 10 10 8 7 7 

Av rain (mm) 20 32 80 96 56 112 245 267 117 40 9 13 

kEnYA 

The long rains occur from late March to late May, while the short rains 

occur from late October to the end of November. The winter months 

from December to February, plus July and August, are the busiest. The 

annual wildebeest migration normally takes place in Kenya’s Masai Mara 

between mid-July and early October. Bookings for this time of year 

should be made well in advance, preferably before January. The coast 

has a tropical climate, with showers possible at any time. From May to 

September, the trade winds can bring seaweed and debris to the beach 

and can cause the seas to be rough between May and July. 

nAirobi JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

Max av temp (C) 27 28 28 26 25 24 23 24 26 27 25 25 

Min av temp (C) 13 13 14 15 14 12 11 12 12 14 14 14 

Av rain (mm) 44 29 53 93 75 18 8 15 15 27 91 53 

RWAndA 

The dry season runs from June to September and is the best time of year for 

tracking gorillas, as it is dry underfoot. There are two annual rainy seasons: the 

long rains between mid February and early June, and the short rains between 

mid September and mid December. The wettest months are March to May 

and are ideally avoided. November to March holds the greatest appeal for 

birders and the wet season is the best time to track chimps in Nyungwe. 

kigAli JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

Max av temp (C) 26 26 26 25 25 25 26 27 27 27 26 26 

Min av temp (C) 15 15 15 15 15 15 14 16 15 15 15 15 

Av rain (mm) 69 100 106 183 92 20 9 34 86 102 127 100 

UgAndA 

The rainy seasons in the south are from April to May and October to 

November, with April typically being the wettest month. In the north, 

the wet season is from April to October and the dry season is from 

November to March. Most of the country has the same tropical climate, 

with temperatures averaging 26C during the day and 6C at night. The 

hottest months are from December to February. Humidity is generally 

low outside the wet season. 

kAMPAlA JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

Max av temp (C) 30 31 31 29 28 28 28 29 30 30 30 30 

Min av temp (C) 17 18 18 18 18 17 16 17 17 18 18 17 

Av rain (mm) 85 48 127 154 123 66 44 54 75 79 89 8 

tAnZAniA 

There are two distinct rainy seasons: from the end of March to early 

June, and from the end of October to mid December. Rain usually 

comes in short, sharp downpours with clear skies in between. From 

January to March it is hot and dry. June to October is warm and dry, with 

colder evenings. Wildlife viewing is good throughout the year, although 

the migration leaves the Serengeti for the Masai Mara at the end of 

March / beginning of April, arriving in Kenya in late June / early July. The 

return migration leaves Kenya in October and arrives in the Serengeti 

in December, depending on the year’s rainfall. Please note that due to 

baggage restrictions on the light aircraft, clothing is limited to a total of 

12kg per person. 

dAr es sAlAAM JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

Max av temp (C) 32 32 32 31 30 29 29 29 30 31 31 32 

Min av temp (C) 24 24 23 23 22 20 18 18 19 20 22 23 

Av rain (mm) 54 54 116 179 132 35 30 24 15 52 76 8 

indiAn ocEAn 

MAdAgAscAR 

Madagascar has a tropical climate, with large variations in rainfall across 

the island dictated by the central mountain and trade winds. The most 

popular time to visit is during the dry months between April and 

October. There is a rainy season from December to March, including the 

cyclone season in February and March. 

AntAnAnAriVo JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

Max av temp (C) 27 26 26 26 23 21 20 21 24 26 27 27 

Min av temp (C) 17 17 17 15 13 11 10 10 11 13 15 16 

Av rain (mm) 289 209 135 46 19 2 8 7 9 34 93 198 

MAURitiUs 

Mauritius is a year-round destination. Rainfall is at its most plentiful 

from January to May, when temperatures are at their peak. The cyclone 

season runs from November through to March, although a direct strike 

is a rarity. July to September offers comfortable temperatures and the 

lowest rainfall. It is essential to book well ahead for visits at Christmas 

and New Year. 

Port loUis JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

Max av temp (C) 32 31 32 31 29 28 27 27 28 29 30 31 

Min av temp (C) 24 24 24 23 22 20 19 19 19 30 22 23 

Ave. Rain (mm) 131 140 83 87 48 24 18 19 17 15 24 85 

sEYcHELLEs 

Located in the tropics, the islands have a fairly constant temperature 

year round, with the highest rainfall occurring between November and 

February. June to October has the coolest temperatures and the least 

rainfall. Some beaches are affected by seaweed at certain times of the 

year. Early bookings for Christmas are recommended. 

MAhe islAnd JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC 

Max av temp (C) 30 30 31 31 30 29 28 28 29 30 30 30 

Min av temp (C) 25 25 25 25 26 25 24 24 25 25 24 24 

Av rain (mm) 312 198 136 132 140 112 67 62 131 123 158 198

AFRICA trAVel in AFricA 

tRAVEL in 

AFRicA 

At cox & kings, we believe that a good holiday is not luck, but 

judgment. we have compiled the following advice to outline the 

nature of travel in Africa and to help you prepare for your holiday. 

even with the most meticulous planning, however, minor problems 

can occur and, while our local representatives are on hand to rectify 

such occurrences, we do request that you have a patient 

and broadminded approach to travelling in Africa. 

FLigHts 

international flights: Cox & Kings uses a number of 

reputable airlines to Africa and the Indian Ocean, 

including British Airways, KLM, Kenya Airways, Virgin 

Atlantic, South African Airways, Royal Air Maroc, Air 

Namibia, Air Seychelles and Air Mauritius. Direct 

services are used where possible and are classified 

as direct when there is no plane change involved. All 

our itineraries are based on Economy Class; however, 

should you wish to upgrade to a premium class this 

is normally possible, subject to availability. Baggage 

allowances vary according to the destination, flight 

and class booked, although, in the majority of cases, 

the allowance for Economy is 20kg, Business is 30kg 

and First is 40kg. However, if you are going to take 

internal flights on a light aircraft, it may be necessary 

to travel light – some charter flights into areas such 

as the Masai Mara and the Serengeti are limited to 

one soft bag weighing 12kg or less, and it may not 

be possible to leave behind any excess baggage. 

Therefore, passengers are recommended not to 

bring any excess baggage on tours that feature lightaircraft 

flights. Please ask your tour consultant for 

further details regarding specific routes. 

internal flights: Some internal flights are on smaller 

aircraft. Air Botswana flights feature 70-seater ATR 

turbo-prop aircraft. Internal private flights in Botswana, 

Zambia, Kenya, Malawi, Namibia and Tanzania are 

usually with five-passenger single prop Cessna aircraft 

(or similar). Occasionally, when travelling on internal 

flights with local carriers or on light aircraft, it may be 

necessary for operators to change schedules at short 

notice. If this should happen, everything possible will 

be done to minimise the inconvenience. Such a change 

may cause a delay to your onward travel arrangements 

and require an extra night’s accommodation at your 

board point, alternative travel by another airline 

or another method of transport. Although these 

arrangements are at the discretion of the airline, Cox 

& Kings will endeavour to help in any way it can and 

ensure that arrangements go as smoothly as possible. 

Flight delays & insurance: Unfortunately, due to 

the increase in air traffic, government restrictions 

and changing weather conditions, flight delays have 

become more commonplace. Apart from delaying 

your arrival at your destination, these delays can 

cause problems with onward connections and / or 

hotel and holiday arrangements, which may need to 

be rescheduled. Although the airline will sometimes 

make alternative arrangements to get you to your 

next destination at no extra cost, additional costs 

may be involved for you after your arrival in the form 

of additional accommodation costs, transfers and 

onward tickets. Unfortunately, since most services are 

paid for in advance, any services missed due to delays 

are non-refundable. Please also bear in mind that 

many international flight tickets are non-changeable 

and non-refundable. Therefore, it is essential that you 

are insured against such eventualities. The insurance 

policy offered by Cox & Kings (see facing page) is 

designed to mitigate the costs and effects of such 

delays in certain circumstances. 

Flight amendments: Most flights booked by Cox & 

Kings have special airline fares. These have certain 

conditions, which normally restrict changes of date, 

route and airline. Any such changes made after a 

ticket has been issued will normally necessitate the 

purchase of a new ticket at the passenger’s expense. 

Should you require flexibility with regard to your 

airline tickets, please advise us prior to booking your 

holiday and we will discuss the options with you. 

special requests: Cox & Kings will endeavour 

to request any specific meals or services, on the 

condition that we are told at the time of booking. 

Specific seat requests with most major airlines can 

now only be made if travelling in Business or First 

Class. With all special requests, please remember that 

they are ‘requests’ and as such are at the discretion of 

the airline and cannot be guaranteed. 

Airport departure taxes: International UK departure 

tax is included in your airline ticket unless otherwise 

stated. Many cities in Africa levy a departure tax for 

passengers departing on international flights and, 

where this is not included in the ticket price, it will 

need to be paid in local currency or the equivalent 

in US dollars. Other cities within a country may also 

levy a small charge for departures on domestic flights. 

Occasionally, taxes may be included in your ticket 

and we will advise you accordingly. Since there is no 

standard charge between countries and taxes are 

subject to change, it is not possible to list the taxes 

in this brochure. We will advise you of the current 

charge with your final documents and our local 

agents will confirm the amount payable on arrival. 

Please ensure you keep enough local currency or US 

dollars to cover these taxes. 

RoAd tRAVEL 

Generally, road conditions in southern Africa are 

reasonably good; however, they vary greatly between 

the modern cities and the remote areas, where 

the dusty gravel roads necessitate travel in a 4x4 

vehicle. When travelling off the beaten track, roads 

are frequently narrow, bumpy and potholed, and 

have stretches that are not sealed or are under 

reconstruction. In Ethiopia, Madagascar, Namibia, 

Rwanda and Uganda particularly, conditions are 

very dusty and off-road journeys tend to be quite 

strenuous. Road conditions change throughout the 

year and heavy tropical rains and extreme weather 

patterns can affect journey times enormously. 

If we are tailoring an itinerary for you, it is always a 

good idea to discuss your particular requirements with 

your travel consultant, who will endeavour to include 

as much or as little road travel as you require. The type 

of vehicle varies according to the country visited and 

the numbers on a group tour: in Namibia and South 

Africa, transport will usually be in the form of a 15- or 

20-seater Sprinter or larger European-style coach. 

In destinations where conditions require it, off-road 

driving will be in 4x4 Land Cruisers or Land Rovers. 

tRAin tRAVEL 

Travelling by train in southern Africa can be a very 

rewarding and enjoyable experience. New luxury 

train routes are constantly being developed and 

there is now a variety of excellent routes available. 

Cox & Kings does not advise travellers to use local 

trains, which cannot be confirmed as safe; however, 

the internationally acclaimed Blue Train and Rovos 

Rail offer a relaxed and luxurious alternative to road 

travel. Please see pages 30 and 31 for the available 

routes and facilities aboard these trains. 

AccoMModAtion 

Accommodation standards vary dramatically 

throughout Africa; however, hotels used on Cox 

& Kings holidays can normally be expected to be 

very comfortable. In more remote destinations, 

such as parts of Ethiopia, Madagascar and Rwanda, 

accommodation will be more basic. Cox & Kings 

endeavours to use the best available properties in 

remote destinations and, although these will be clean 

and offer en suite rooms, in general they cannot be 

compared to hotels in the west. In some locations, 

many of the hotels we use are small, privately owned 

properties retaining much of their original ambience; 

however, the size, shape and design of the rooms 

vary enormously (although rooms may well all carry 

the same price), because they were not purposebuilt. 

In most destinations, service and food will be 

high quality, but in some less-developed regions 

hotel service can be slow and we ask you to show 

patience in this regard. Hotels across the continent 

are continually trying to upgrade their services and 

many have building works going on throughout the 

year. Cox & Kings will endeavour to obtain rooms 

as far away from any construction work as possible, 

but please bear in mind that many hotels run on full 

capacity during peak season and specific rooms can 

rarely be pre-booked. Please note, all rooms reserved 

on your tour are standard; however, if you wish to 

upgrade your room (eg to a lake or falls view, de luxe 

or suite etc), please speak to your tour consultant, 

who will be able to advise you about the options and 

applicable supplements. 

early starts: Many flights within and to / from Africa 

depart and arrive in the late evening or early in the 

morning. Although Cox & Kings will endeavour to 

book you on a flight that travels at a reasonable time, 

there is often little or no choice and, as a result, some 

very early check-in times may be necessary. When on 

safari, you may find it is necessary to leave your lodge 

very early in the morning (around dawn) in order to 

maximise the opportunities for wildlife viewing. 

check-in & check-out times: In some situations, 

when a flight arrives very early in the morning, it may 

be that you will be taken for breakfast or sightseeing 

before being allocated your rooms since check-in / 

check-out time is normally 12 noon. Cox & Kings’ 

local representatives will ensure that you are able to 

access your room as early as possible. 

safari parks & remote areas: Within Africa we 

generally use the best accommodation available. 

However, even luxurious properties are a long 

way from other civilisation and can often only be 

reached down narrow and makeshift roads. Although 

accommodation will often be in tents, these can 

be more luxurious than some lodges and include 

private facilities. Even when you travel off the beaten 

track with Cox & Kings, you can be sure that your 

accommodation in safari lodges, smaller hotels and 

tented camps is on a par with the best available 

in that category. Sometimes the best hotel may 

be the only hotel, which may be very modest. In 

these cases, we feel that the inconvenience of such 

accommodation is outweighed by the experience of 

these more remote areas. 

single supplements: Generally in Africa, single and 

double occupancy rooms have the same price, 

which means that single supplements for certain 

itineraries can seem high. In addition, single rooms 

cannot always be guaranteed at all hotels and lodges, 

especially in peak season. Occasionally, the location 

and standard of single rooms may not be as good as 

that of doubles, although often there is absolutely no 

difference. If you are in doubt, we suggest you ask us 

beforehand to book a double room at an additional 

supplement. If you are unhappy with your room while 

on holiday, please ensure that you query this with a 

Cox & Kings representative at the time. 

FoREign & coMMonWEALtH 

oFFicE tRAVEL AdVicE 

The Foreign and Commonwealth Office (FCO) 

produces a wide range of material about overseas 

countries that may be visited by British citizens to 

ensure that travellers are properly informed about 

any overseas destination, particularly in relation 

to political unrest, crime and health issues. Where 

the FCO considers that British citizens would face 

unjustifiable risks to health, it actually advises either 

against travelling to the country in question or against 

non-essential travel to that country. 

Full details of all FCO advice can be obtained on the 

FCO website – www.fco.gov.uk/en/travelling-andliving-overseas. 

Alternatively, you can contact the FCO 

at: Foreign and Commonwealth Office, King Charles 

Street, London SW1A 2AH, or on 0845 850 2829 

(24 hours a day, seven days a week). Calls are charged 

at 4p per minute with BT. Other networks vary.

trAVel insUrAnce AFRICA 

tRAVEL 

insURAncE 

At cox & kings, we regard your safety, protection and holiday enjoyment 

as being of paramount importance. therefore, travel insurance is essential 

whenever you travel abroad. indeed it is a condition of booking with us that 

you must have adequate travel insurance. 

We have arranged competitive travel insurance from specialist insurance 

brokers Campbell Irvine Ltd and underwritten by ACE European Group Ltd. 

The 24-hour Worldwide Emergency Medical Service is provided by Specialty 

Assistance Limited, experts in providing friendly and professional emergency 

help around the clock. 

Should you decide not to purchase our insurance, you must provide us with 

details of your alternative insurance with your final payment. 

coX & kings tRAVEL insURAncE bEnEFits 

beneFit 

liMit 

A. Medical expenses £5,000,000 

In patient benefit £10 per day up to £200 

Criminal injuries £100 per day up to £5,000 

Personal liability £2,000,000 

b. Personal accident £25,000 

Permanent loss of sight £25,000 

Loss of limb(s) £25,000 

Permanent total disablement £25,000 

Death £10,000 

c. cancellation or curtailment £5,000* 

d. delayed departure or arrival 

Either compensation up to £100 

OR cancellation after 12 hours up to £1,000 

Hijack of aircraft £100 per day up to £3,000 

Interruption of transport £300 

e. Personal effects £2,000 

(Valuables limited to £350) 

(Single article limit £250) 

(Disc collections £200) 

Money £500 

Tickets £1,000 

Passport and visas £250 

F. legal expenses £15,000 

g. winter sports optional 

excesses: Under most sections of your policy, claims will be subject to an excess 

of £75. This means you will be responsible for paying the first part of each claim. 

optional extensions: Optional Winter Sports cover is available on payment of 

additional premium. 

* top up: An additional premium is payable to increase the standard £5,000 per 

person cancellation sum insured. 

For trips costing between £5,001 and £6,000 per insured person: £45 



All premiums shown are inclusive of insurance premium tax currently at 20% 

and valid for policies issued up to 31 December 2013 irrespective of the 

booked departure date. 

Family rate: For families travelling together, a special premium applies based on 

two times the adult rate. This provides for two adults under 66 years and up to 

four children aged 18 years or less. 

child reduction: Premiums are reduced by half for children aged 18 years or 

less at date of payment of insurance premium, if travelling with an adult insured 

under this scheme. 

Free cover – infants under two years old: Infants aged under two years at 

departure can be included free of charge if travelling from the departure point 

with a parent insured under this scheme – provided that the insured person 

request that the child’s name is included on the booking invoice. 

Age 66 to 70 years: For persons aged 66 to 70 years at the date of payment of 

the insurance premium, double the standard rates apply. 

Age 71 years & over: For persons aged 71 years or more, please contact Vital 

Health for a quotation on 0844 826 2716 

Annual multi-trip policy: Available upon request at £120 for passengers up to 

and including 65 years old for worldwide trips including North America. 

PREMiUMs PER PERson 

single trip Uk europe † worldwide worldwide Australasia 

Age 18-65 excluding including 

north north 

America America 

Up to 4 days £12 £18 £47 £58 £42 

5 to 9 days £15 £23 £55 £63 £51 

10 to 17 days £19 £30 £63 £78 £59 

18 to 24 days £23 £37 £69 £87 £65 

25 to 32 days £30 £45 £78 £94 £72 

33 to 45 days £39 £70 £110 £125 £93 

† 

Please note: Europe includes all countries west of the Ural mountains and 

countries bordering the Mediterranean, plus Iceland, Jordan, and Madeira, and 

the Canary, Azores and Mediterranean islands. 

trips over 45 days: Please contact Cox & Kings Travel direct for a quotation. 

Please note: This is only a summary of cover. Full details of the cover provided 

are shown on your policy document which will be emailed to you upon receipt 

of payment of the premium. Please read it carefully to ensure you understand 

the cover provided which includes certain terms, conditions, exclusions and 

excesses as this insurance is being sold to you on a non-advised basis from 

a single insurer. In particular, cover is excluded for any pre-existing medical 

condition for which you or any person upon whom travel depends are suffering, 

such as a relative. If in doubt, please contact the insurers medical helpline on 

0844 826 2686. Should you wish, a specimen copy will be made available prior 

to purchase upon request. If the insurance does not meet your requirements 

you may return the documentation within 14 days of the purchase or prior to 

travel if this is sooner and, providing no claim has been made, obtain a refund. 

Cover is only available to residents of Europe other than the Ukraine, Belarus, 

Montenegro and Switzerland. 

Cox & Kings is an Appointed Representative of Campbell Irvine Ltd who are 

authorised and regulated by the Financial Services Authority.

DOCUMENTS & HEALTH AFRICA 

DOCUMENTS & HEALTH 

HEALTH & ENTRY REQUIREMENTS 

All the destinations featured in our brochure have 

specific entry regulations and requirements, and 

many have recommended health precautions. The 

requirements and recommendations in force at the 

time of publication are detailed below. If there are 

any changes, you will be informed when you book. 

However, it is your responsibility to double-check 

relevant requirements and recommendations before 

departure to ensure that you comply with them, and 

take with you the correct documentation for the 

country or countries that you are visiting. 

Please note that the entry requirements listed are 

only valid for British citizens. All other nationalities 

should check with Cox & Kings for advice. 

Requirements and recommendations are as follows: 

Botswana: 

AC † DEFGIL. 

Ethiopia: 

ABCC † DEFGIKL. 

Kenya: 

ABCC † DEFGIL. 

Lesotho: 

AC*DEGIKL. 

Madagascar: ABC*EFGIKL. 

Malawi: 

AC*DEFGIL. 

Mauritius: 

AC † EGL. 

Mozambique: ABCC † DEFGIL. 

Namibia: 

AC † EFGKL. 

Rwanda: 

ABCC † DEFGL. 

Seychelles: AB*C † EGL. 

South Africa: AC † DEFGIKL. 

Swaziland: 

AC*DEFGKL. 

Tanzania: 

ABCC † DEFGKL. 

Uganda: 

ABCC † DEFGIKL. 

Zambia: 

ABCC*DEFGIKL. 

Zimbabwe: ABC*DEFGIL. 

Key to the codes: 

A: Full valid British passport (minimum six 

months validity from the intended date 

of return). 

B: Visa required (see footnote). 

B*: Tourist card required (see footnote). 

C: Yellow fever precautions advised. 

C*: A yellow fever certificate is required if 

travelling from an infected country. 

C † : A yellow fever certificate is required for 

all travellers over the age of 1 year if 

travelling from an infected country. 

D: Cholera precautions advised. 

E: Typhoid, polio and hepatitis A 

precautions may be advised. 

F: Malaria precautions advised. 

G: Tetanus precautions advised. 

H: Areas of high altitude – check with GP 

for confirmation that it is safe to visit. 

I: Food and drink precautions advised. 

J: Entry prohibited if you have an Israeli 

stamp, or stamps from other countries’ 

bordering crossing points with Israel, in 

your passport. 

K: Diphtheria precautions advised. 

L: Hepatitis B precautions advised. 

Changes to requirements and recommendations: 

The above information is accurate at the time of 

publication (August 2012). Please note that Cox & 

Kings will advise you before accepting your booking 

should there be any subsequent changes to the above 

recommendations and requirements. 

Malaria: Malaria is a risk throughout sub-Saharan 

Africa and no drug will guarantee total protection. 

It is essential that medical advice is sought before 

travelling to this region as there are many factors that 

need to be considered, including, but not limited to, 

the area to be visited, risk of exposure and possible 

side-effects. 

You should contact your doctor or Masta (Medical 

Advisory Service for Travellers Abroad), which 

operates a travellers’ advice line, costing £1 per 

minute, on telephone number 0906 822 4100. 

They will be able to give you professional advice, 

arrange any vaccinations and give advice on malaria 

protection. You can also obtain a leaflet from the 

Department of Health, Health Advice for Travellers 

(T7.1), by telephoning 0300 123 1002, or online at 

www.dh.gov.uk and find further useful health advice 

for travellers at www.fitfortravel.nhs.uk. 

GENERAL HEALTH ADVICE 

In addition to the inoculation advice listed above, we 

recommend that you observe the following: 

• Drink only bottled water and check the seal is 

secure when you receive it. 

• Do not eat raw vegetables, unpeeled fruit and raw 

or uncooked seafood. 

• Avoid food and drink from street vendors and 

restaurants that might have suspect refrigeration 

and sanitary practices. 

PASSPORTS & EMBASSIES 

This advice is only valid for British citizens. Any clients 

who hold non-British passports must contact the 

relevant embassy / consulate (telephone numbers 

listed below). It is important that you hold a valid 10- 

year British passport, and we recommend that your 

passport is valid for six months from your date of 

travel. Passports can be obtained from the Post Office 

or www.direct.gov.uk/en/travelandtransport/passports. 

A filled-out application form, birth certificate and 

two passport photographs (one to be signed by 

a referee who has known you for two years) are 

required. The cost for postal application is £77.50 and 

it can take up to three weeks to obtain from the date 

of application. Please note that one-year passports are 

no longer issued. 

Information on visas may be obtained from the 

respective embassies / high commissions at the 

following addresses: 

• Botswana High Commission, 6 Stratford Place, 

London W1C 1AY. Tel: 020 7499 0031. 

• Ethiopian Embassy, 17 Princes Gate, London SW7 

1PZ. Tel: 020 7538 3897 / 95. 

• Kenyan High Commission, 45 Portland Place, 

London W1B 1AS. Tel: 020 7636 2371/5. 

• Lesotho High Commission, 7 Chesham Place, 

London SW1X 8HN. Tel: 020 7235 5686. 

• Embassy of Madagascar, 4 Avenue Raphael, 75016 

Paris, France. Tel: +33 (1) 45 04 62 11. 

• Malawi High Commission, 36 John St, London 

WC1N 2AT. Tel: 020 7421 6010. 

• Mauritius High Commission, 32 / 33 Elvaston Place, 

London SW7 5NW. Tel: 020 7581 0294/5. 

• Mozambique High Commission, 21 Fitzroy Square, 

London W1T 6EL. Tel: 020 7383 3800. 

• Namibian High Commission, 6 Chandos Street, 

London W1G 9LU. Tel: 020 7636 6244. 

• Rwanda High Commission, 120-122 Seymour Place, 

London W1H 1NR.Tel: 020 7224 9832. 

• Seychelles High Commission, 51 Ave Mozart, 75016 

Paris, France. Tel: +33 (1) 42 30 57 47. 

• South African High Commission (Consular Section), 15 

Whitehall, London SW1A 2DD. Tel: 020 7925 8900. 

• Swaziland High Commission, 20 Buckingham Gate, 

London SW1E 6LB. Tel: 020 7630 6611. 

• Tanzania High Commission, 3 Stratford Place, 

London W1C 1AS. Tel: 020 7569 1470. 

• Uganda High Commission, Uganda House, 58 / 59 

Trafalgar Square, London WC2N 5DX. 

Tel: 020 7839 5783. 

• Zambia High Commission, 2 Palace Gate, London 

W8 5NG. Tel: 020 7589 6655. 

• Zimbabwe High Commission, Zimbabwe House, 

429 The Strand, London WC2R 0JR. 

Tel: 020 7836 7755. 

VISAS & CHARGES 

Cox & Kings will be pleased to obtain visas on your 

behalf (for British passport holders only) provided a 

minimum period of six weeks prior to departure is 

given. The charge to process each visa required is £35 

in addition to the cost of the visa. 

Granting visas: Cox & Kings will be happy to make 

any necessary visa applications on your behalf. We 

cannot, however, guarantee the granting of any visas, 

as this is a matter outside our control. If, through no 

fault of Cox & Kings, a visa is not granted, then we 

cannot accept any liability for the consequences and 

reserve the right to pass on to you any costs we incur 

as a result, including cancellation charges. 

At the time of publication, visas are not required 

for British passport holders travelling to Botswana, 

Lesotho, Malawi, Mauritius, Namibia, South Africa or 

Swaziland. In the Seychelles, Rwanda and Madagascar, 

a visa is issued free of charge upon arrival, however 

this is subject to change. 

Visa costs & requirements: 

Ethiopia: Single entry visa £14. 

Multiple entry visa £22. 

Kenya: Single entry £30. 

Multiple entry £60. 

Single entry on arrival US$50. 

Madagascar: Free entry (subject to change 

Mozambique: Single entry £40. 

Multiple entry £70. 

Rwanda: 

Free entry (subject to change). 

Seychelles: Free entry (subject to change). 

Tanzania: Single entry £38. 

Uganda: Single entry £25. 

Visa on arrival US$50. 

Zambia: Single entry £35. 

Double / multiple £60. 

Visa on arrival $50. 

Zimbabwe: Single entry £40. 

Visa on arrival £35. 

Visitors to Ethiopia, Kenya, Mozambique, Madagascar 

and Zimbabwe may obtain visas on arrival at the 

major border crossings and airports. However, we 

recommend that you obtain a visa in advance, where 

available, as this will speed up the immigration process. 

The following details will be required: a visa 

application form, full name, date of birth, passport 

number, date of issue, date of expiry, permanent 

address, occupation and nationality. One passport 

photo is required for Ethiopia and Uganda, and two 

for Madagascar, Zimbabwe, Zambia and Tanzania. 

Visitors to Rwanda may obtain the visa on arrival 

at the major border crossings, free of charge. Two 

passport photos will be required.

cox & kings specialist brochures 

group tours & tailor-made travel 

Also available online: Honeymoons, The Relax Collection, 

Family Explorer, Royal Academy of Arts – Art Tours Worldwide

Cox & Kings Africa 2013 Brochure - Travel Club Elite

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?